ML18038A458: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:;;AQ'ERATED D1S1BUTIOY DEMO'.iSTR+IO.i SYSTEM REGULATORY INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (RIDS)ACCESSION NBR:8905030108 DOC.DATE: 89/04/28 NOTARIZED:
{{#Wiki_filter:;; AQ     'ERATED       D1S1BUTIOY                 DEMO'.iSTR+IO.i           SYSTEM REGULATORY INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (RIDS)
YES DOCKET FACIL:50-410 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit 2, Niagara Moha 05000410 AUTH.NAME AUTHOR AFFILIATION TERRY,C.D.
ACCESSION NBR:8905030108           DOC.DATE: 89/04/28         NOTARIZED: YES         DOCKET FACIL:50-410 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit 2, Niagara Moha                 05000410 AUTH. NAME           AUTHOR AFFILIATION TERRY,C.D.           Niagara Mohawk Power Corp.
Niagara Mohawk Power Corp.RECIP.NAME RECIPIENT AFFILIATION Document Control Branch (Document Control Desk)
RECIP.NAME           RECIPIENT AFFILIATION Document Control Branch (Document Control Desk)


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
Forward amend to FSAR fo x e Mg.e P in Unit 2.~&/g//SW n!~~~S~Oar DISTRIBUTION CODE: AO53D COPIES IVED:LTR ENCL Lg SIZE:o~'TITLE: OR Submittal:
Forward     amend   to             fo   x e Mg.e P   in Unit 2.~
Updated FSAR (50.71)and Amendments D NOTES S RECIPIENT ID CODE/NAME PD1-1 LA SLOSSON,M INTERNAL: ACRS REG FILE DS 7E 01 EXTERNAL: IRM/DISS/DCB NRC PDR SAIC LINER,R COPIES'TTR ENCL 1 0 1 1~o o{l 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 RECIPIENT ID CODE/NAME PD1-1 PD BENEDICT,R AEOD/DOA/IRB NUDOCS-ABSTRACT RGN1 LPDR NSIC COPIES LTTR ENCL 1 0 1 1 1 1 R I UMrrEOQIvWauMN OsmeLOSums oua Vos~ze (<RID PLEASE HELP US'IO REDUCE WASTE!CXNI'ACT'IHE DOCUMEMI'G&#xc3;IBDL DESK, RXM Pl-37 (EXT.20079)TO ELDhZNATE YOUR NAME FBI DISTRIBUTION LI8IS FOR DOCUMENIS YOU DON'T NEED!TOTAL NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED: LTTR 16 ENCL c@$S h D D S
DISTRIBUTION CODE: AO53D TITLE:  OR FSAR
~7 al V NIAGARA P50MQHANK NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION/301 PLAINFIELD ROAD, SYRACUSE, N.Y.13212/TELEPHONE (315)474-1 511 April 28, 1989 NMP2L 1198 U.S.Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Hashington, D.C.20555 Re: Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Docket No.50-410 NPF-69 Gentlemen:
                                    &/g//SW COPIES n!~~
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.4(b)(6) and 50.71(e), Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation hereby submits one signed original and ten copies of the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, hereinafter referred to as the Updated Safety Analysis Report (USAR)for Nine Mile Point Unit 2.Copies are also being sent directly to the Regional Administrator, Region I and the NRC Resident Inspector at Nine Mile Point Unit 2.An extension for the submittal of the initial USAR (from October 1988 to April 1989)was requested by our September 16, 1988.letter and granted by the NRC on October 31, 1988.Under separate cover, we are transmitting updates to material which had previously been given proprietary status by the NRC pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.790.In addition to plant modifications, the following changes have been incorporated into the initial Updated Safety Analysis Report: 1.The Emergency Plan, formerly included in the FSAR, is maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix E, V and therefore is not included in the USAR.2.The Quality Assurance Program is maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3) and therefore is incorporated in the USAR (Chapter 17)by reference.
IVED:LTR Submittal: Updated FSAR (50.71) and Amendments
3.Appropriate portions of Niagara Mohawk's responses to NRC FSAR questions have been incorporated into the body of the initial USAR.4.The Technical Specification has been referenced in place of Chapter 16 and the Chapter 16 text has been deleted from the USAR.5.The initial USAR incorporates a number of editorial changes.These changes were to correct spelling and typographical, errors;update references to USAR figures, sections, documents or, tables of contents;to improve grammar or clarity;and to move information to more appropriate locations.
                                                                      ~    S~
88905030108 890428 PDR AOOCK 05000410 K PDC i 1 l-'g l, The.certification required by 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2) is attached to this letter.An errata sheet is provided in Attachment 1 describing corrections that were identified after the initial USAR was released for printing.Our Nuclear Compliance and Verification group is concluding its additional internal verification program on the submittal.
ENCL Lg SIZE:o  ~
Procedures are in place to document the results of the verification process.Any required correction will be made in the next update.In accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e)(3)(i) and the NRC's exemption issued on October 31, 1988, the USAR is up-to-date as of April 30, 1988.Attachment 2 is being submitted in fulfillment of the requirements of 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2)(ii) to identify changes made under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission.
Oar    '
None of the safety evaluations in Attachment 2 involved an unreviewed safety question as defined by 10 CFR 50.59(a)(2).
D NOTES S
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50'9(b)(2), Niagara Mohawk had submitted on October 26, 1988 a summary of the safety evaluation reports.Attachment 2 supplements the previous submittal and also contains a list of safety evaluations that reflect changes in the design of the plant prior to the issuance of the full-term operating license.Sincerely, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION C.D.Terr Vice President Nuclear Engineering
RECIPIENT          COPIES'TTR RECIPIENT         COPIES ID CODE/NAME                   ENCL    ID  CODE/NAME      LTTR ENCL PD1-1 LA                 1        0    PD1-1 PD              1    0 SLOSSON,M                 1        1    BENEDICT,R             1   1 INTERNAL: ACRS                      ~o         o{l   AEOD/DOA/IRB DS 7E        1         0     NUDOCS-ABSTRACT REG  FILE        01      1         1     RGN1                  1   1 EXTERNAL: IRM/DISS/DCB                1         1     LPDR NRC PDR                  1         1     NSIC SAIC LINER,R             1         1 R
&Licensing CDT/bd 7185G xc: Regional Administrator, Region I Mr.R.A.Capra, Director Hs.H.L.Slosson, Project Manager Mr.W.A.Cook, Resident Inspector Records Management  
I oua Vos~ze UMrrEOQIvWauMN OsmeLOSums S
h D
D
(<RID S
PLEASE HELP US 'IO REDUCE WASTE! CXNI'ACT 'IHE DOCUMEMI'G&#xc3;IBDLDESK, RXM Pl-37 (EXT. 20079) TO ELDhZNATE YOUR NAME     FBI DISTRIBUTION LI8IS FOR DOCUMENIS YOU DON'T NEED!
TOTAL NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED: LTTR               16   ENCL   c@$
 
~7 al V NIAGARA P50MQHANK NIAGARAMOHAWKPOWER CORPORATION/301 PLAINFIELDROAD, SYRACUSE, N.Y. 13212/TELEPHONE (315) 474-1 511 April 28,   1989 NMP2L 1198 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN:   Document Control Desk Hashington, D.C. 20555 Re:   Nine Mile Point Unit     2 Docket No. 50-410 NPF-69 Gentlemen:
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.4(b)(6) and 50.71(e), Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation hereby submits one signed original and ten copies of the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, hereinafter referred to as the Updated Safety Analysis Report (USAR) for Nine Mile Point Unit 2. Copies are also being sent directly to the Regional Administrator, Region I and the NRC Resident Inspector at Nine Mile Point Unit 2. An extension for the submittal of the initial USAR (from October 1988 to April 1989) was requested by our September 16, 1988. letter and granted by the NRC on October 31, 1988. Under separate cover, we are transmitting updates to material which had previously been given proprietary status by the NRC pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.790.
In addition to plant modifications, the following changes have been incorporated into the initial Updated Safety Analysis Report:
: 1. The Emergency   Plan, formerly included in the       FSAR, is maintained in accordance   with 10 CFR 50 Appendix E,   V and therefore is not included in the USAR.
: 2. The Quality Assurance Program is maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3) and therefore is incorporated in the USAR (Chapter 17) by reference.
: 3. Appropriate portions of Niagara Mohawk's responses to NRC               FSAR questions have been incorporated into the body of the initial USAR.
: 4. The Technical Specification has been referenced in place of Chapter                 16 and the Chapter 16 text has been deleted from the USAR.
: 5. The initial USAR incorporates a number   of editorial     changes.       These changes were to correct spelling and typographical, errors; update references to USAR figures, sections, documents or, tables of contents; to improve grammar or clarity; and to move information to more appropriate locations.
88905030108   890428 PDR   AOOCK   05000410 K                   PDC i
 
1 l- '
g
 
l, The. certification required by 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2) is attached to this     letter.
An errata sheet is provided in Attachment 1 describing corrections that were identified after the initial USAR was released for printing. Our Nuclear Compliance and Verification group is concluding its additional     internal verification program on the submittal. Procedures are in place       to document the results of the verification process.     Any required correction will be made in the next update. In accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e)(3)(i) and the NRC's exemption issued on October 31, 1988, the USAR is up-to-date as of April 30, 1988.
Attachment   2 is being submitted in fulfillment of the requirements of 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2)(ii) to identify   changes made under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission. None of the safety evaluations in Attachment 2 involved an unreviewed safety question as defined by 10 CFR 50.59(a)(2). Pursuant to 10 CFR 50 '9(b)(2), Niagara Mohawk had submitted on October 26, 1988 a summary of the safety evaluation reports. supplements the previous submittal and also contains a list of safety evaluations that reflect changes in the design of the plant prior to the issuance of the full-term operating license.
Sincerely, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION C. D. Terr Vice President Nuclear Engineering & Licensing CDT/bd 7185G xc:   Regional Administrator, Region I Mr. R. A. Capra, Director Hs. H. L. Slosson, Project Manager Mr. W. A. Cook, Resident Inspector Records Management
 
" Xi''
" Xi''
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Hatter of NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION)(Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station)Unit No.2)Docket No.50-410 CERT I F ICATION C.D.Terry, being duly sworn, states that he is Vice President, Nuclear Engineering and Licensing of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, that he is authorized on the part of said Company to sign and file with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission this certification; and that, in accordance with 10 C.F.R.$50.71(e)(2), the information contained in the attached letter and updated Final Safety Analysis Report accurately presents changes made since the previous submittal necessary to reflect information and analyses submitted to the Commission or prepared pursuant to Commission requirement and contains an identification of changes made under the provisions of$50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission.
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Hatter of NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION)                             Docket No. 50-410 (Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station)
By C.D.Terry Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing Subscribed and sworn to before me this PE'Kh day of , 1989.Notary Public DIANE R.KIMt3ALL Ptrhrio irr the Sralo ol How York Co lsatortExptreaMay31,1+7 4252W  
Unit No. 2                                       )
,~$  
CERT I F ICATION C. D. Terry, being duly sworn, states that                   he is Vice President, Nuclear Engineering and Licensing of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, that he is authorized on the part of said Company to sign and file with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission this certification; and that, in accordance with 10 C.F.R.
<<Qp~g S/4 d/~q[Q@g p3~
$ 50.71(e) (2), the information contained in the attached letter and updated Final Safety Analysis Report accurately presents changes made since the previous submittal necessary to reflect information and analyses submitted to the Commission or prepared pursuant to Commission requirement and contains an identification of changes made under the provisions of $ 50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission.
I J V yP~r'+.~f wats soot sFv VaS Bess upOa>Fo 70 INCLUDE REY SIGNS THROUGH DiTED Sp NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 QOg]Q",vV g 0 QCIOOQQO CI AMENDMENT 28  
By C. D. Terry Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing Subscribed and sworn to before                   me this PE'Kh         day       of               , 1989.
Notary Public DIANE R. KIMt3ALL York Ptrhrio irr the Sralo ol How Co lsatortExptreaMay31,1+7 4252W
 
,
  ~ $
 
<<Qp
            ~g S/4 d/
    ~q[Q
      @g p3~
 
I J
yP V   ~r'+ .~f
 
wats soot sFv VaS Bess upOa>Fo 70 INCLUDE REY SIGNS THROUGH DiTED
 
Sp NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 QOg]Q",vV g 0 QCIOOQQO CI AMENDMENT28
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                    Title                        Volume CHAPTER 1    INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1          Introduction 1.2          General Plant Description 1.3          Comparison Tables 1 ~ 4        Identification of Agents and  Contractors 1.5          Requirements  for Further Technical Information 1.6          Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7          Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8          Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9          Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance  Criteria 1.10        Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11        Abbreviations and Acronyms 1.12        Generic Licensing Issues 1.13        Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2    SITE CHARACTERISTICS Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and  Military Facilities 2.3          Meteorology 2.4          Hydrologic Engineering 2.5          Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering                    3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B                                              5 Appendixes 2C through 2H                                  6 Appendixes 2I, 2J                                        7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M                                    8 CHAPTER 3    DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1          Conformance  with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2          Classification of Structures, Systems,  and Components Amendment 16                                      December 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                  Title                      Volume 3.3          Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4          Water Level (Flood) Design
'3. 5        Missile Protection 3.6A        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope, of SupplY)                                  9,10 3.6B        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)    10 3.7A        Seismic Design                            10 3 'B        Seismic Design                            10 3.8          Design of Seismic Category I Structures  10 3.9A        Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B        Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A        Seismic Qualification of. Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of .Supply)                              12 3 10B
  ~          Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)                                12 3.11        Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment                  12 Appendixes 3A  through  3D                              12 CHAPTER 4    REACTOR 4.1          Summary  Description                      12 4.2          Fuel System Design                        12 4.3          Nuclear Design                            12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design                  12 4.5        Reactor Materials                          12 4.6          Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems                            12 CHAPTER 5    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS                          13 5.1          Summary  Description                      13 5.2          Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure  Boundary                        13
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section              Title                      Pacae 1.2.9.19  Safe Shutdown from Outside the Control Room                          1 2 33
                                                  ~
1.2.9.20  Main Control Room Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System            1 2-33
                                                  ~
1.2.10    Cooling Water and Auxiliary Systems    1. 2-34 1.2.10.1  Reactor Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System                  1.2-34 1.2.10.2  Turbine Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System                  1.2-34 1.2.10.3  Service Water System                  1.2-34 1.2.10.4  Ultimate Heat Sink                    1 2-34
                                                  ~
1.F 10.5  Plant Chilled  Water System            1.2-34 1.2.10.6  Heating,. Ventilating, and  Air Conditioning Systems                  1.2-35 1.2.10.7  Process Sampling                      1.2-35 1.2.10.8  Condensate Makeup and Drawoff System  1.2-35 1.2.10.9  Water Treatment and Makeup Water Systems                          1.2-35 1 2.10.10
  ~      Domestic Water and Sanitary Drains and Disposal Systems            1 2-36
                                                  ~
1.2.10.11 Compressed Air Systems,                1.2-36 1.2.10.12 Auxiliary Steam System                1.2-37 1.2.10.13 Standby Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Transfer System        1.2-37 1.2.10.14 Fire Protection System                1 2 37
                                                  ~
1 '.10.15 Communication Systems                  1.2-37 1.2.10.16 Lighting Systems                      1.2-38 1.2.11    References                            1.2-41 1.3      COMPARISON TABLES                      1.3-1 1.3. 1 ~  Comparison  with Similar Facility Designs                                1.3-1 1.3.2    Comparison  of Final and Preliminary Information                            1~3 1 1.4      IDENTIFICATION OF AGENTS AND CONTRACTORS                            1.4-1 1.4. 1    Applicant                              1.4-1 1.4.2    Architect-Engineer                    1.4-2 1.4.3    Nuclear Steam Supply'System            1.4-3 1.4.4    Turbine Generator Supplier            1.4-4 1.4.5    Technical Consultants                  1.4-4 1.4.6    Reference                              1.4-8
 
Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                Title                          Pacae 1.5        REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION                                1.5-1 1.5. 1  Current BWR Development Programs            1.5-1 1.5. 1. 1  Instrumentation for Vibration Detection                                  1.5-1 1 ~ 5. 1.2  Core Spray Distribution                    1.5-1 1.5. 1.3    Core Spray and Core Flooding Heat Transfer Effectiveness              r      1.5-1 1.5.1.4    Verification of Pressure Suppression Design                                      1.5-2 1.5 1.5
      ~    Boiling Transition Testing                  1.5-3 1.5.2      Geotechnical Investigations                1.5-3 1 ~ 5.3    References                                  1.5-5 1.6        MATERIAI INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE          1. 6-1 1.7        DRAWINGS AND OTHER DETAILED INFORMATION                                1.7-1 1.7. 1  Electrical, Instrumentation,    and Control Drawings                            1 7 1
                                                          ~
l.7.2      Piping and Instrumentation Drawings        1.7-1 1 8
  ~        CONFORMANCE TO NRC REGULATORY GUIDES        1.8-1 1.9        STANDARD DESIGNS                            1.9-1 1.10        NINE MILE POINT UNIT 2 RESPONSE TO TMI REQUIREMENTS                            1.10-1 1.11        ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS                  1.11-1 1.12        GENERIC LICENSING ISSUES                    1. 12-1
: l. 13      UNIT 2 POSITION  ON UNRESOLVED
                                                          '3-1 SAFETY ISSUES                              1 Amendment 6              1-iv                    December 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                Title                  Volume 14.2        Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)              26,27 CHAPTER 15  ACCIDENT ANALYSIS                    27 15.0        General                              27 15.1        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature                          27 15.2        Increase in Reactor Pressure        27 15.3        Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate                    27 15.4        Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies                            27 15.5        Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory                            27 15.6        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory                            27 15.7        Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components            27 15.8        Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)                        27 Appendix 15A                                      28 Appendix 15B                                      28 Appendix 15C                                      28    26 Appendix 15D                                      28 Appendix 15E                                      28 CHAPTER 16  TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS            28 CHAPTER 17  QUALITY ASSURANCE                    28 17.0        Introduction                        28 17.1        Quality Assurance Program During Operation                            28 CHAPTER 18  HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING            28 18.1        Human  Factors Engineering Team      28 18.2        Safety Parameter Display System      28 Amendment 26                                  May 1986
 
,
  ~
0
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST'F  TABLES Table Number          Title 1.3-1  COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
: 1. 3-2 COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED'AFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
: 1. 3-3 COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
: l. 3-4 COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-5  COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-6  COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-7  COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
: 1. 3-8 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY
: 1. 3-9 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT
: 1. 4-1 COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETED, UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC
: l. 6-1 REFERENCED REPORTS  FOR THE NSSS  SCOPE OF SUPPLY
: 1. 7-1 ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION, AND CONTROL DRAWINGS 1.7-2  PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS 1.8-1  CONFORMANCE WITH  DIVISION  1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.-v
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES  (Cont)
Table            Title 1.8-2  CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8  NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.9-1  STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1.10-1 NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS 1.11-1 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES Table Number          Title 1.3-1            COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-2            COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-3            COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-4            COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-5            COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-6            COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-7            COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-8            COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY 1.3-9            COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT 1.4-1            COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETEDi UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC 1.6-1            REFERENCED REPORTS FOR THE NSSS  SCOPE OF SUPPLY
: 1. 7-1          ELECTRICAL'NSTRUMENTATIONi AND CONTROL DRAWINGS 1~7 2            PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS 1.8-1            CONFORMANCE WITH  DIVISION 1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.8-la          COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY GUIDE  1.150
      \
I,,
USAR    Revision 0              1-v                April 1989
 
Nine Mile Point Unit                2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST            OF TABLES    (Cont)
Title'ONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES  (Cont)
Figure Number                    Title 1.2-25        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, TURBINE BUILDING PLAN SECTION  5-5 1.2-26        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN (SHEETS 1 AND 2) 1 ~ 2 27      GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER  .
TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION (SHEETS 1 AND 2)                                  J z~
: 1. 2-28        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUIIDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION 1.2-29        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAIIS, INTAKE AND DISCHARGE TUNNELS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3)              2u
                                                                  /
1.2-30        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, INTAKE STRUCTURE 1.2-31        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, MAIN STACK 1.2-32        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING PLANS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3) 1 2 33
  ~            GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING
: 1.            GENERAI ARRANGEMENT, AUXILIARY BOILER 2-34'.2-35 HOUSE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING EL  261'-0" 1.2-36        GENERAL. ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING AND RAILROAD ACCESS LOCK SECTION 1.2-37        GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK BUILDING (SHEETS 1 AND 2)
: 1. 2-38        COOLING TOWER  FILL LEVEL  PLAN AND SECTION Amendment 24                1-ix                February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES  (Cont)
Figure Number                  Title 1.2-39      COOLING TOWER SECTION BELOW THE  FILL, LEVEL 1.2-40      GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, HYDROGEN STORAGE AREA 1.7-1        PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM (SWEC)
(SHEETS 1 THROUGH 5)
    .1. 7"2      PIPING  AND INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS (GE) 1 7 3
        ~          LOGIC DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC)
: z. I              (SHEETS 1 AND 2) 1.7-4        ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC) 1.10-1      DELETED 1.10-2      DELETED 1.10-3      DELETED 1.10-4      DELETED Amendment 24              1-x                February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit,  2 FSAR generator to the outgoing transmission system. The 115-kV switchyard receives power from two separate offsite power sources through two physically and electrically independent incoming circuits.      The two 'circuits feed two separate reserve station service transformers and an auxiliary boiler transformer. The reserve station service transformers step down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV, and provide two independent offsite power sources for the unit auxiliary    power  distribution system. The auxiliary boiler transformer steps    down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV.      Its 13.8-kV winding supplies power to the auxiliary boiler and associated equipment; the 4.16-kV tertiary winding provides a backup source for the emergency 4.16-kV buses.
The  unit auxiliary power distribution system feeds all unit auxiliary loads through 13.8-kV switchgear,              4.16-kV switchgear, 600-V load centers, 600-V motor control centers, and various ac and dc distribution panels.        The system    is divided into nuclear nonsafety-related and nuclear safety-related systems. The nuclear nonsafety-related auxiliary power    distribution system feeds all non-Class 1E unit auxiliary loads. Under normal plant operating conditions, it is energized from the normal station service transformer.
During startup and normal shutdown conditions, it is energized from offsite power sources thxough reserve station service transformers. A normal 125-V dc system, consisting of batteries, battery chargers, and distribution panels, provides a reliable source of power for protection, control, and  instrumentation loads and dc motors under normal and emergency  conditions of the plant.        A +24-V dc    system provides a reliable source for the neutron monitoring system.
The  nuclear  safety-related    auxiliary power distribution system supplies all Class 1E      unit auxiliary loads. This system    is divided into        three independent divisions.
Division I    and Division    II    are  independent  redundant divisions    and supply all    nuclear safety-related auxiliary loads except the high pressure core spray (HPCS) system.
The HPCS system      and related equipment are supplied by Division III. All three divisions are normally energized from the offsite power sources through reserve station service transformers. The auxiliary boiler transformer can be connected    manually to act as a backup source for either the Division I or Division II supply.
Each of the three divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power distribution systems has its own independent standby diesel generator.          In the event of a LOCA and/or 1.2-'19
 
Nine Mile Point Unit      2 FSAR loss of    offsite  power, each    division is energized        from    its own    standby    diesel generator. A 125-V emergency dc power system feeds      all safety-related dc protection, control, and instrumentation loads and safety-related dc motors under normal operation of the plant as well as during emergency conditions.        The system      is divided into three independent divisions each consisting of its own battery, primary and backup battery chargers, switchgear, motor control centers, and distribution panels.          Each division feeds the dc loads associated with the corresponding divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power 'distribution system.
Chapter    8  describes the electrical power system in detail.
1.2 '.2      Nuclear System Process Control and Instrumentation Reactor Manual Control        S stem The    reactor manual control system (RMCS) provides the means by which control rods are positioned from the control room for power control. The system operates valves in each hydraulic control unit, to change control rod position.                  One control rod can be manipulated          at  a  time. The  RMCS  includes the logic that restricts abnormal control rod movement (rod block) under certain conditions as a backup to procedural controls.
Recirculation Flow Control S stem During normal power operation, a variable position discharge valve is used to control flow. Adjusting this valve changes the coolant flow rate through the core and thereby changes the core power level. The system can automatically adjust the reactor power to the load change by adjusting the electrical    power supply.
Neutron Monitorin        S stem The    neutron monitoring          system (NMS)'s      a system of incore neutron detectors          and    out-of-core electronic monitoring equipment.        The system provides indication of neutron flux, which can be correlated to thermal power level for the entire range of flux conditions that can exist in the core.
The source range monitors (SRMs) and the intermediate                  range monitors        (IRMs) provide        flux    level  indications    during reactor startup and low-power operation.                The .local power range    monitors      (LPRMs)    and    average  power    range monitors (APRMs)    allow    assessment      of  local    and    overall    flux conditions during power range operation. The traversing incore probe (TIP ) system provides a means to calibrate the 1.2-20
 
                            ~  0
~ ~            ~ ~    ~~
w  e~s ~                        0
    ~ ~    ~ ~    ~ ~
0
                              ~
0 e
                                        ~ 0
 
NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 Qo[gg~
Qcl  Q
                    -
AP2 0 QQQQQQO 0 vOL. 2
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                    Title                        Volume CHAPTER 1    INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1          Introduction 1.2          General Plant Description 1.3          Comparison Tables 1.4          Identification of Agents and  Contractors 1.5          Requirements  for Further Technical Information 1.6          Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7          Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8          Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1 9
  ~          Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance  Criteria
: 1. 10        Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues
            'esulting from TMI                            2
: 1. 11        Abbreviations and Acronyms                  2
: 1. 12        Generic Licensing Issues                    2
: 1. 13        Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2    SITE CHARACTERISTICS Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and  Military Facilities 2.3          Meteorology 2.4          Hydrologic Engineering 2.5          Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering                    3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B                                                5 Appendixes 2C through 2H                                  6 Appendixes 21, 2J                                          7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M                                      8 CHAPTER 3    DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1          Conformance  with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2          Classification of Structures, Systems,  and Components Amendment 16                                      December 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                  Title                      Volume 3.3          Wind and Tornado- Loading 3.4          Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5          Missile Protection 3.6A        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                  9,10 3.6B        Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)    10 3.7A        Seismic Design                            10 3.7B        Seismic Design                            10 3.8          Design of Seismic Category I Structures  10 3.9A        Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B        Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A        Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of =Supply)                              12 3.10B        Seismic Qualif ication of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)                                12 3.11        Environmental Design of Mechanical and  Electrical  Equipment                12 Appendixes 3A through  3D                              12 CHAPTER 4    REACTOR                                  12 4.1          Summary  Description                      12 4.2          Fuel System Design                        12 4.3          Nuclear Design                            12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design                  12 4.5          Reactor Materials                        12 4.6          Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems                          12 CHAPTER 5    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS                        13 5.1          Summary  Description                      13 5.2          Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure  Boundary                        13
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                Title                    Volume 5.3          Reactor Vessel                        13 5.4          Component and Subsystem Design        13 CHAPTER 6    ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES            13 6.1          Engineered Safety Feature Materials    13 6.2          Containment Systems                    14 6.3          Emergency Core Cooling Systems        15 6.4          Habitability Systems                  15 6.5          Fission Product Removal and Control Systems                        15 6.6          Inservice Inspection of Safety Class  2 and Class  3 Components      15 Appendixes 6A, 6B                                  15 CHAPTER 7    INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS    15 7 1
  ~          Introduction                          15
: 7. 2*        Reactor Protection (Trip)
System (RPS)  Instrumentation and Controls                              15 7.3          Engineered Safety Feature Systems      15 7.4          Systems Required for Safe Shutdown    16 7.5          Safety-Related Display Instrumentation                        16 7.6          All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety            16 7.7          Control Systems Not Required for Safety                            16 CHAPTER 8    ELECTRIC POWER                        16 V
8.1          Introduction                          16 8.2          Offsite  Power System                  16 8.3          Onsite Power System                    16, 17 CHAPTER 9    AUXILIARY SYSTEMS                      17 9.1          Fuel Storage and Handling              17 9.2          Water Systems                          18 9'          Process Auxiliaries                    19 9.4          Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems              20,21 9.5          Other Auxiliary Systems              '21, 22 Appendix 9A                                        23


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Section TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 1.2 1.3 1~4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 CHAPTER 2 Introduction General Plant Description Comparison Tables Identification of Agents and Contractors Requirements for Further Technical Information Material Incorporated by Reference Drawings and Other Detailed Information Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI Abbreviations and Acronyms Generic Licensing Issues Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.3 2.4 2.5 Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities Meteorology Hydrologic Engineering Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering Appendix 2A Appendix 2B Appendixes 2C through 2H Appendixes 2I, 2J Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 3,4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 3 3.1 3.2 Amendment 16 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components December 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 3.3 3.4'3.5 3.6A 3.6B 3.7A 3'B 3.8 3.9A 3.9B 3.10A 3~10B 3.11 Appendixes CHAPTER 4 3A REACTOR Wind and Tornado Loading Water Level (Flood)Design Missile Protection Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope, of SupplY)Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Design Seismic Design Design of Seismic Category I Structures Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply)Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of.Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of.Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment through 3D 9,10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.6 CHAPTER 5 5.1 5.2 Summary Description Fuel System Design Nuclear Design Thermal/Hydraulic Design Reactor Materials Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS Summary Description Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 1.2.9.19 1.2.9.20 1.2.10 1.2.10.1 1.2.10.2 1.2.10.3 1.2.10.4 1.F 10.5 1.2.10.6 1.2.10.7 1.2.10.8 1.2.10.9 1~2.10.10 1.2.10.11 1.2.10.12 1.2.10.13 1.2.10.14 1'.10.15 1.2.10.16 1.2.11 1.3 1.3.1~1.3.2 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 Title Safe Shutdown from Outside the Control Room Main Control Room Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System Cooling Water and Auxiliary Systems Reactor Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System Turbine Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System Service Water System Ultimate Heat Sink Plant Chilled Water System Heating,.Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems Process Sampling Condensate Makeup and Drawoff System Water Treatment and Makeup Water Systems Domestic Water and Sanitary Drains and Disposal Systems Compressed Air Systems, Auxiliary Steam System Standby Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Transfer System Fire Protection System Communication Systems Lighting Systems References COMPARISON TABLES Comparison with Similar Facility Designs Comparison of Final and Preliminary Information IDENTIFICATION OF AGENTS AND CONTRACTORS Applicant Architect-Engineer Nuclear Steam Supply'System Turbine Generator Supplier Technical Consultants Reference Pacae 1~2 3 3 1~2-33 1.2-34 1.2-34 1.2-34 1.2-34 1~2-34 1.2-34 1.2-35 1.2-35 1.2-35 1.2-35 1~2-36 1.2-36 1.2-37 1.2-37 1~2 3 7 1.2-37 1.2-38 1.2-41 1.3-1 1.3-1 1~3 1 1.4-1 1.4-1 1.4-2 1.4-3 1.4-4 1.4-4 1.4-8 Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.1.1 1~5.1.2 1.5.1.3 1.5.1.4 1.5~1.5 1.5.2 1~5.3 1.6 1.7 1.7.1 l.7.2 1~8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 l.13 Title REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION Current BWR Development Programs Instrumentation for Vibration Detection Core Spray Distribution Core Spray and Core Flooding Heat Transfer Effectiveness r Verification of Pressure Suppression Design Boiling Transition Testing Geotechnical Investigations References MATERIAI INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE DRAWINGS AND OTHER DETAILED INFORMATION Electrical, Instrumentation, and Control Drawings Piping and Instrumentation Drawings CONFORMANCE TO NRC REGULATORY GUIDES STANDARD DESIGNS NINE MILE POINT UNIT 2 RESPONSE TO TMI REQUIREMENTS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS GENERIC LICENSING ISSUES UNIT 2 POSITION ON UNRESOLVED SAFETY ISSUES Pacae 1.5-1 1.5-1 1.5-1 1.5-1 1.5-1 1.5-2 1.5-3 1.5-3 1.5-5 1.6-1 1.7-1 1~7 1 1.7-1 1.8-1 1.9-1 1.10-1 1.11-1 1.12-1 1'3-1 Amendment 6 1-iv December 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 14.2 Title Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)Volume 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8 General Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature Increase in Reactor Pressure Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)Appendix 15A Appendix 15B Appendix 15C Appendix 15D Appendix 15E CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 26 17.0 17.1 Introduction Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 18.2 Amendment 26 Human Factors Engineering Team Safety Parameter Display System 28 28 May 1986
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
,~0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST'F TABLES Table Number Title 1.3-1 COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-2 COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED'AFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-3 l.3-4 1.3-5 1.3-6 1.3-7 1.3-8 1.3-9 1.4-1 COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETED, UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC l.6-1 1.7-1 1.7-2 1.8-1 REFERENCED REPORTS FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION, AND CONTROL DRAWINGS PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.-v Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)Table 1.8-2 1.9-1 1.10-1 1.11-1 Title CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES Table Number 1.3-1 1.3-2 1.3-3 1.3-4 Title COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-5 1.3-6 1.3-7 1.3-8 1.3-9 1.4-1 1.6-1 1.7-1 1~7 2 1.8-1 COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETEDi UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC REFERENCED REPORTS FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY ELECTRICAL'NSTRUMENTATIONi AND CONTROL DRAWINGS PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.8-la COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY GUIDE 1.150\I,, USAR Revision 0 1-v April 1989 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)Title'ONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)Figure Number Title 1.2-25 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, TURBINE BUILDING PLAN SECTION 5-5 1.2-26 1~2 2 7 1.2-28 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN (SHEETS 1 AND 2)GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER.TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION (SHEETS 1 AND 2)J z~GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUIIDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION 1.2-29 1.2-30 1.2-31 1.2-32 1~2 3 3 1.2-34'.2-35 1.2-36 1.2-37 1.2-38 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAIIS, INTAKE AND DISCHARGE TUNNELS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3)GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, INTAKE STRUCTURE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, MAIN STACK GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING PLANS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3)GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING GENERAI ARRANGEMENT, AUXILIARY BOILER HOUSE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING EL 261'-0" GENERAL.ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING AND RAILROAD ACCESS LOCK SECTION GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK BUILDING (SHEETS 1 AND 2)COOLING TOWER FILL LEVEL PLAN AND SECTION/2u Amendment 24 1-ix February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)Figure Number Title 1.2-39 1.2-40 1.7-1.1.7"2 1~7 3 z.I 1.7-4 1.10-1 1.10-2 1.10-3 1.10-4 COOLING TOWER SECTION BELOW THE FILL, LEVEL GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, HYDROGEN STORAGE AREA PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM (SWEC)(SHEETS 1 THROUGH 5)PIPING AND INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS (GE)LOGIC DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC)(SHEETS 1 AND 2)ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC)DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED Amendment 24 1-x February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR generator to the outgoing transmission system.The 115-kV switchyard receives power from two separate offsite power sources through two physically and electrically independent incoming circuits.The two'circuits feed two separate reserve station service transformers and an auxiliary boiler transformer.
Section                 Title                     Volume CHAPTER 10   STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM      23 10.1         Summary  .Description                 23 10.2         Turbine Generator                      23.
The reserve station service transformers step down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV, and provide two independent offsite power sources for the unit auxiliary power distribution system.The auxiliary boiler transformer steps down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV.Its 13.8-kV winding supplies power to the auxiliary boiler and associated equipment; the 4.16-kV tertiary winding provides a backup source for the emergency 4.16-kV buses.The unit auxiliary power distribution system feeds all unit auxiliary loads through 13.8-kV switchgear, 4.16-kV switchgear, 600-V load centers, 600-V motor control centers, and various ac and dc distribution panels.The system is divided into nuclear nonsafety-related and nuclear safety-related systems.The nuclear nonsafety-related auxiliary power distribution system feeds all non-Class 1E unit auxiliary loads.Under normal plant operating conditions, it is energized from the normal station service transformer.
10.3         Main Steam Supply System               24 10.4         Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11  RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT           24
During startup and normal shutdown conditions, it is energized from offsite power sources thxough reserve station service transformers.
: 11. 1       Source Terms                          24 11.2         Liquid Waste Management Systems        24 11.3         Gaseous Waste Management Systems      25 11.4         Solid Waste Management System          25 11.5         Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems        25 Appendix 11A                                        25 CHAPTER 12  RADIATION PROTECTION                  25
A normal 125-V dc system, consisting of batteries, battery chargers, and distribution panels, provides a reliable source of power for protection, control, and instrumentation loads and dc motors under normal and emergency conditions of the plant.A+24-V dc system provides a reliable source for the neutron monitoring system.The nuclear safety-related auxiliary power distribution system supplies all Class 1E unit auxiliary loads.This system is divided into three independent divisions.
: 12. 1       Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)                     25 12 2
Division I and Division II are independent redundant divisions and supply all nuclear safety-related auxiliary loads except the high pressure core spray (HPCS)system.The HPCS system and related equipment are supplied by Division III.All three divisions are normally energized from the offsite power sources through reserve station service transformers.
  ~         Radiation Sources                      25
The auxiliary boiler transformer can be connected manually to act as a backup source for either the Division I or Division II supply.Each of the three divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power distribution systems has its own independent standby diesel generator.
: 12. 3       Radiation Protection Design Features                              25
In the event of a LOCA and/or 1.2-'19 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR loss of offsite power, each division is energized from its own standby diesel generator.
: 12. 4        Dose Assessment                        26
A 125-V emergency dc power system feeds all safety-related dc protection, control, and instrumentation loads and safety-related dc motors under normal operation of the plant as well as during emergency conditions.
: 12. 5        Health Physics Program                26-CHAPTER 13  CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS                  26
The system is divided into three independent divisions each consisting of its own battery, primary and backup battery chargers, switchgear, motor control centers, and distribution panels.Each division feeds the dc loads associated with the corresponding divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power'distribution system.Chapter 8 describes the electrical power system in detail.1.2'.2 Nuclear System Process Control and Instrumentation Reactor Manual Control S stem The reactor manual control system (RMCS)provides the means by which control rods are positioned from the control room for power control.The system operates valves in each hydraulic control unit, to change control rod position.One control rod can be manipulated at a time.The RMCS includes the logic that restricts abnormal control rod movement (rod block)under certain conditions as a backup to procedural controls.Recirculation Flow Control S stem During normal power operation, a variable position discharge valve is used to control flow.Adjusting this valve changes the coolant flow rate through the core and thereby changes the core power level.The system can automatically adjust the reactor power to the load change by adjusting the electrical power supply.Neutron Monitorin S stem The neutron monitoring system (NMS)'s a system of incore neutron detectors and out-of-core electronic monitoring equipment.
: 13. 1       Organizational Structure of Applicant                              26 13.2         Training                              26
The system provides indication of neutron flux, which can be correlated to thermal power level for the entire range of flux conditions that can exist in the core.The source range monitors (SRMs)and the intermediate range monitors (IRMs)provide flux level indications during reactor startup and low-power operation.
: 13. 3       Site Emergency Plan                    26
The.local power range monitors (LPRMs)and average power range monitors (APRMs)allow assessment of local and overall flux conditions during power range operation.
: 13. 4       Operation Review and Audit            26
The traversing incore probe (TIP)system provides a means to calibrate the 1.2-20
: 13. 5        Plant Procedures                      26
~0~~~~~~~~w e s~~~~~~0~0 0 e~0 NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 Qo[gg~Qcl Q-AP2 0 QQQQQQO 0 vOL.2
: 13. 6        Industrial Security                    26 Appendixes 13A, 13B                                26 CHAPTER 14  INITIAL TEST  PROGRAM                26
: 14. 1       Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report. (PSAR)               26


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section CHAPTER 1 Title INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT Volume 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1~9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 CHAPTER 2 Introduction General Plant Description Comparison Tables Identification of Agents and Contractors Requirements for Further Technical Information Material Incorporated by Reference Drawings and Other Detailed Information Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues'esulting from TMI Abbreviations and Acronyms Generic Licensing Issues Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2 2 2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities Meteorology Hydrologic Engineering Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering Appendix 2A Appendix 2B Appendixes 2C through 2H Appendixes 21, 2J Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 3,4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 3 3.1 3.2 Amendment 16 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components December 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6A 3.6B 3.7A 3.7B 3.8 3.9A 3.9B 3.10A 3.10B 3.11 Appendixes 3A through 3D Wind and Tornado-Loading Water Level (Flood)Design Missile Protection Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Design Seismic Design Design of Seismic Category I Structures Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply)Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of=Supply)Seismic Qualif ication of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 9,10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.6 CHAPTER 5 5.1 5.2 Summary Description Fuel System Design Nuclear Design Thermal/Hydraulic Design Reactor Materials Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS Summary Description Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 5.3 5.4 CHAPTER 6 Title Reactor Vessel Component and Subsystem Design ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES Volume 13 13 13 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 Appendixes 6A, 6B Engineered Safety Feature Materials Containment Systems Emergency Core Cooling Systems Habitability Systems Fission Product Removal and Control Systems Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 13 14 15 15 15 15 15 CHAPTER 7 7~1 7.2*7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 CHAPTER 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 CHAPTER 9 9.1 9.2 9'9.4 9.5 Appendix 9A INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Introduction Reactor Protection (Trip)System (RPS)Instrumentation and Controls Engineered Safety Feature Systems Systems Required for Safe Shutdown Safety-Related Display Instrumentation All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety Control Systems Not Required for Safety ELECTRIC POWER Introduction Offsite Power System Onsite Power System AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Fuel Storage and Handling Water Systems Process Auxiliaries Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems Other Auxiliary Systems 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 V 16 16 16, 17 17 17 18 19 20,21'21, 22 23 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 Summary.Description Turbine Generator Main Steam Supply System Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System 23 23.24 CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 24 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 Appendix 11A CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION Source Terms Liquid Waste Management Systems Gaseous Waste Management Systems Solid Waste Management System Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 12.1 12~2 12.3 12.4 12.5 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)Radiation Sources Radiation Protection Design Features Dose Assessment Health Physics Program 25 25 25 26 26-CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 Appendixes Organizational Structure of Applicant Training Site Emergency Plan Operation Review and Audit Plant Procedures Industrial Security 13A, 13B 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report.(PSAR)26 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 14.2 Title Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)Volume 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8.Appendix 1SA Appendix 15B Appendix 15C Appendix 15D Appendix 15E CHAPTER 16 CHAPTER 17 17.0 17.1 General Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature Increase in,.Reactor Pressure Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE Introduction Quality Assurance Program During Operation 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 26 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 18.1 Human Factors Engineering Team 18.2 Safety Parameter Display System Amendment 26 28 28 28 May 1986  
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                 Title                   Volume 14.2         Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)               26,27 CHAPTER 15   ACCIDENT ANALYSIS                   27 15.0         General                              27 15.1         Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature                         27 15.2        Increase in,.Reactor Pressure       27 15.3        Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate                     27
: 15. 4        Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies                           27 15.5        Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory                           27 15.6        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory                           27 15.7        Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components             27 15.8        Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)                         27
. Appendix 1SA                                      28 Appendix 15B                                      28 Appendix 15C                                      28    26 Appendix 15D                                      28 Appendix 15E                                      28 CHAPTER 16  TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS             28 CHAPTER 17  QUALITY ASSURANCE                   28 17.0        Introduction                         28 17.1        Quality Assurance Program During Operation                           28 CHAPTER 18   HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING           28 18.1         Human Factors Engineering Team     28 18.2         Safety Parameter Display System     28 Amendment 26                                   May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.28 Revision 2 Februar 1979 Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Design and Construction)
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide./26*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
Re   lator   Guide 1.28   Revision 2 Februar   1979 Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Design and Construction)
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
FSAR Section   Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*                                                           /26 The Unit     2   project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of   this guide.
26 Amendment 26 29 of 169 May 1986  
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical           26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision       1 supersedes   this commitment.
Amendment 26                 29 of 169                 May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.30 Revision 0 Au ust 1972 Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment FSAR Sections 3.11 and 7.2, Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*26 The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide.The Unit 2 quality assurance program complies with Regulatory Guide 1.30 as described in Appendix VII of the Quality Assurance Manual for the project during construction.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE   1.8-1 (Cont)
Unit 2 also complies with this regulatory guide as described in Chapter 17 of the FSAR.Regulatory Guide 1.30, Rev.0, endorses IEEE Stan-dard 336-1971.Unit 2 Specification E061A, Electrical Installation, invokes IEEE Standard 336-1977, which is more conservative than IEEE Standard 336-1971.Section 3 of IEEE-336 addresses the requirements for preinstallation verification of material and equipment.
Re ulator   Guide 1.30     Revision 0 Au ust   1972 Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric     Equipment FSAR     Sections     3.11   and 7.2, Chapter 17,   QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.     1                                                         26 Position*
It also states that"it is not intended to duplicate inspections but, rather to verify that items are in satisfactory condition for installation." Preinstallation verification includes the following:
The Unit     2   project complies       with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of       this guide.
1.Identification of materials and equipment.
The     Unit 2 quality assurance               program complies with Regulatory Guide 1.30 as described in Appendix VII of the Quality         Assurance     Manual     for the project during construction. Unit 2 also complies with this regulatory guide as described in Chapter 17 of the FSAR.
2.Availability of procedures, instruction manuals, and special work instructions.
Regulatory       Guide 1.30,       Rev. 0,   endorses     IEEE     Stan-dard 336-1971.         Unit 2     Specification   E061A,     Electrical Installation, invokes IEEE Standard 336-1977,             which is more conservative than IEEE Standard 336-1971.
3.Review of records of storage and preventive maintenance measures.4.Visual examination of materials and equipment.
Section 3       of IEEE-336 addresses the requirements for preinstallation verification of material and equipment.
to ensure physical integrity.
also     states     that "it is not intended to duplicate It inspections but, rather to verify that items                     are   in satisfactory condition for installation." Preinstallation verification includes the following:
All these required verifications are addressed by the SWEC QA program for receipt, storage, and preventive maintenance inspections.
: 1.     Identification of materials and equipment.
These inspections meet the intent of IEEE-336, Amendment 26 31 of 169 May 1986  
: 2.     Availability of procedures, instruction manuals, and special work instructions.
: 3.     Review     of records of storage           and   preventive maintenance   measures.
: 4.     Visual   examination of materials and equipment. to ensure physical integrity.
All   these     required verifications are addressed by the SWEC QA program     for receipt, storage, and preventive maintenance inspections. These inspections meet the intent of IEEE-336, Amendment 26                     31 of 169                     May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.30, Revision 0 Au ust 1972 Section 3;therefore, additional preinstallation verification is not done for the following components and materials (all equipment, however, is subject to preinstallation verification):
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE   1.8-1 (Cont)
1.Balance-of-plant.
Re   lator   Guide 1.30, Revision 0     Au ust 1972 Section 3;       therefore,         additional     preinstallation verification is not done for the following components and materials     (all equipment, however, is subject to preinstallation verification):
electrical components and materials such as terminal blocks, fuses, connectors, lugs, mounting hardware, etc.2.PGCC electrical components and materials that are shipped separately from the main panels by GE, e.g., relays, meters, switches, connectors, lugs, mounting hardware, etc.The above components and materials are subject to inprocess installation inspection and final installation inspections.
: 1. Balance-of-plant.       electrical     components     and materials     such     as   terminal blocks,     fuses, connectors,   lugs, mounting hardware, etc.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
: 2. PGCC   electrical components and materials that are shipped separately from the main panels by GE, e.g., relays, meters, switches, connectors, lugs, mounting hardware,     etc.
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
The above components and materials are subject to inprocess installation inspection and final installation inspections.
Amendment 26 31a of 169 May 1986  
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision           1 supersedes   this commitment.
Amendment 26                 31a of 169                   May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABIE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.37 Revision 0 March 16 1973 Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Sections 4.5.1.4, 4.5.2.4, 6.1.1, and 17.2, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 26 Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approaches described below.Para ra h C.3 The water quality for final flushes of fluid systems and associated components is at least equivalent to the quality of the operating system water, except for the oxygen content.2.Para ra h C.4 Expendable materials, i.e., inks and related products, temperature indicating sticks, tapes, gummed labels, wrapping materials (other than polyethylene), water soluble dam materials, lubricants, NDT penetrant materials, and couplants that contact stainless steel or nickel alloy surfaces are in accordance with the Unit 2 Position for Regulatory Guide 1.38, Revision 2.3.Due to seasonal conditions, freshwater from Lake Ontario will have an allowable upper pH limit of 8'.Upgraded piping systems and components constructed of carbon steel materials will meet Class B cleanness requirements except for final flushing/cleaning which may exhibit rust staining in accordance with Class C cleanness requirements.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABIE 1.8-1 (Cont)
The quality assurance requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.37 have been addressed in Appendix VII of the Quality Assurance Program Manual and Section 17 for the Unit 2 project.Amendment 26 38 of 169 May 1986 4
Re ulator   Guide 1.37   Revision 0   March 16   1973 Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Sections     4.5.1.4, 4.5.2.4, 6.1.1, and 17.2,     QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1                                                 26 Position*
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Erection specifications and procedures for Category I fluid systems and associated components include the requirements of the guide as delineated above.*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
The Unit     2 project complies     with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of     this guide through the alternate     approaches described below.
At that time, the OATR-l, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
Para ra h C.3 The water quality for final flushes of fluid systems and associated components is at least   equivalent   to the quality of the operating system water, except   for the oxygen content.
26 Amendment 26 38a of 169 May 1986  
: 2. Para ra h C.4 Expendable materials, i.e., inks and related products, temperature indicating sticks, tapes, gummed labels, wrapping materials (other than polyethylene), water soluble dam materials, lubricants, NDT penetrant materials, and couplants that contact stainless steel or nickel alloy surfaces are in accordance with the Unit 2 Position for Regulatory Guide 1.38, Revision 2.
: 3. Due to seasonal       conditions, freshwater from Lake Ontario will have an allowable upper pH limit of 8 '.
Upgraded   piping systems and components constructed of carbon steel materials will meet Class B cleanness     requirements       except     for     final flushing/cleaning which may exhibit rust staining in accordance with Class C cleanness requirements.
The quality assurance requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.37 have been addressed in Appendix VII of the Quality Assurance Program Manual and Section 17 for the Unit 2 project.
Amendment 26                   38 of 169                 May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.38 Revision 2 Ma 1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide.SWEC and NMPC QA program satisfies the QA requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.38 (Unit 2 QA Program Manual Appendix VII and Section 17).*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
4 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
Erection specifications and procedures for Category I fluid systems and associated components include the requirements of the guide as delineated above.
26 Amendment 26 39 of 169 May 1986  
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the OATR-l, Revision   1 26 supersedes this commitment.
Amendment 26                 38a of 169             May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.39 Revision 2 Se tember 1977 Housekeeping Requirements for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1)ze Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the requirements of the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide.Erection and installation specifications establish the requirements and the QA provisions to ensure compliance with this guide.Additionally, the requirements are implemented by site administrative procedures.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE   1.8-1 (Cont)
*This commitment.
Re   lator   Guide 1.38    Revision   2 Ma  1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items  for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants Position*
is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
The Unit   2   project complies       with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of     this guide.
At that time the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
SWEC  and   NMPC  QA program  satisfies the   QA  requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.38 (Unit      2 QA  Program Manual Appendix    VII and Section 17).
26 Amendment 26 40 of 169 May 1986  
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision             1 26 supersedes   this commitment.
Amendment 26                 39  of 169                     May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.52 Revision 2 March 1978 Cont ERDA 76-21, except for the frame tolerance guidelines in Table 4.2.The tolerances selected for HEPA and adsorber mountings are sufficient to satisfy the bank leak test criteria of Paragraphs C.S.c and C.S.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2.8.Para ra h C.3.h Exception is taken to the recommendations of Section 4.5.8 of ERDA 76-21 relative to drain sizes and arrangement.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
Normally open manual valves, in addition to water seals and Amendment 24 56b of 169 February 1985 e 0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8=1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.52 Revision 2 March 1978 Cont traps, will be provided to control the discharge of the fire sprinkler flow.9.Para ra h C.3.i Exception is taken to the requirement that the absorption unit should be designed for a maximum loading of 2.5 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon.Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 1, states that"the absorption unit.should have the capacity of loading 2.5 mg of total iodine (radioactive plus stable)per gram of activated carbon." The absorption unit provided has a loading capacity of 10.0 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon.10.Para ra h C.3.k Exception is taken to th requirement for humidity control to below 70 percent relative humidity for low flow air bleed cooling.A clarification is provided to the requirement that the low air bleed cooling to mitigate iodine desorption and auto-ignition.
Re   lator    Guide 1.39    Revision 2   Se tember 1977 Housekeeping Requirements      for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR  Section    Chapter 17,   QA  Topical Report    QATR-1, Rev. 1  )ze Position*
Each fi;ter train is physically separated, and the common connection between the filter trains is provided with redundant high temperature sensors and isolation valves to maintain equipment integrity in one filter train upon detection of high temperature.
The Unit   2   project complies      with the requirements of the Regulatory Position (Paragraph      C) of this guide.
Para ra h C.3.1 System resistances will be determined in accordance with Section 5.7.1 of ANSI NS09-1976 except that fan inlet and outlet losses will not be calculated in accordance with AMCA 201, but will be estimated and documented accordingly.
Erection      and installation specifications          establish the requirements and the QA provisions to ensure compliance with this guide. Additionally, the requirements are implemented by site administrative procedures.
Exception is taken to balancing techniques defined in Section 5.7.3 of ANSI N509-1976'he acceptable amplitude of vibration, peak to peak, in any plane measured on the shaft adjacent to the bearings, corresponds to a vibration velocity of 0.1 in./sec at the rated speed using the displacement values given in AMCA Publication 801.The displacement criteria using maximum vibration velocity method in accordance with ANSI N509-1976 are not required by Amendment 18 57 of 169 March 1985
*This commitment. is modified at the time of the QA Topical              26 Report implementation. At that time the QATR-1, Revision            1 supersedes    this  commitment.
Amendment 26                  40  of 169                     May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (CONT)Re ulator Guide 1.58, Revision 1 Se tember 1980 Cont Qualification of Nuclear Power Plant Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel FSAR Section 2.4 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Postion (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approaches described below and in Chapter 14.Z2 BOP The quality assurance program for Unit 2 is currently in compliance with Regulatory Positions C.5, 7, 8, and 10 of this regulatory guide.Regarding Regulatory Position C.6 of this regulatory.guide and Section 3.5, Education and Experience Recommendations, of ANSI N45.2.6-1978, the following alternatives are proposed for personnel education and experience for each level: 3.5.1 Level I 1.Two years of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or 2.High school graduation/general education development (GED)equivalent and 6 months of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or Completion of college-level work leading to an associate degree in a related discipline plus 3 months of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
4.Four-year college graduate plus 1 month of related experience or equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.
Re ulator   Guide 1.52    Revision 2  March 1978    Cont ERDA  76-21,   except    for    the    frame  tolerance guidelines    in Table 4.2.     The tolerances selected for HEPA and adsorber mountings are sufficient to satisfy      the  bank    leak    test criteria of Paragraphs C.S.c      and     C.S.d      of   Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2.
Amendment 22 64 of 169 November 1985  
: 8. Para ra h C.3.h Exception          is taken to the recommendations    of Section 4. 5. 8 of ERDA 76-21 relative to drain sizes and arrangement. Normally open manual valves, in addition to water seals          and Amendment 24              56b  of 169               February 1985


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.75 Revision 2 Se tember 1978 Physical Independence of Electric Systems FSAR Sections 7.1.2, 7.6.2, 8.3.1 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide'through the alternate approach described below and in Section 7'.2 and 8.3.1.Regulatory Position C.l states that"interrupting devices actuated only by fault current are not considered to be isolation devices within the context of this document." In the case of control and instrument circuits, a combination of two interrupting devices actuated by fault current have been used to isolate nonClass 1E circuits from Class 1E circuits.Both of these devices are Class 1E, and both of.them are coordinated with the main breaker upstream so that a failure of a nonClass 1E device or circuit will not affect any Class lE device or system.Any circuit breakers as-sociated with this redundant protection will be tested during each refueling outage.Regulatory Position C.9 requires that cable splices in raceways be prohibited.
e 0
Splicing in electrical penetrations for termination is considered to be exempt from this requirement.
Regulatory Position C.10 requires that the cables be marked at 5-ft intervals.
This is a typographical error as con-firmed by the former Electrical, Instrument and Control Branch Chief of USNRC, T.A.Ippolito, on October 10, 1975,-and the NRC Power Systems Branch Section Leader, R.G.FitzPatrick, on October 30, 1980.The correct distance is 15 ft, which has been followed in Unit 2.The minimum separation distance from 600 V or less nonsafety-related conduit to safety-related open cable trays and cable in free air for any service level is 1 in.26 All cables used in Unit 2 are flame-retardant.
The cable trays are not filled above the side rails.The hazard, in this case, is limited to failure or faults internal to the nonsafety cables in rigid steel conduit.Unit 2 has deter-mined by analysis that 1-in separation between the Class 1E cable tray and nonClass 1E conduit provides adequate protec-tion for the Class lE cables in the open ladder tray in the Amendment 26 89 of 169 May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)event of any failure of the nonClass 1E cables in conduit.This has been established by tests with 600 V levels, as ex-plained later in this section.26 Aluminum sheath cables (ALS)used for low energy 120-V ac systems and 8-hr battery pack lighting systems, are con-sidered enclosed raceways.These cables have flame retard-ant, cross-linked polyethylene insulation, chlorosulphonated polyethylene jacket, and polypropylene fillers enclosed in a continuous, impervious aluminum sheath which provides adequate protection.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE 1.8=1 (Cont)
As such, the minimum separation between these cables and Class 1E raceways is 1 in.The minimum separation between any Class 1E raceway and any lighting cord for drops to the lighting fixtures shall be 1 in.These cords are of size 12 AWG and supply 120/208 V ac low energy in low density applications.
Re  lator  Guide 1.52    Revision  2  March 1978      Cont traps,  will be provided to control      the discharge of the fire sprinkler flow.
As such, 1-in separation provides adequate protection to the Class 1E cir-cuits in the event of a fault in any lighting cord.IZEE Standard 384-1974, Section 5.1.1.2, allows lesser separation distances than those specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4, if established by analysis.Various tests have indicated that the following minimum separation distances between redundant Class lE cables and raceways, or between Class 1E and nonClass 1E cables and raceways, 600 V level and below, should be adequate to maintain independence of the redundant systems.NMPC also has verified these minimum separation distances by plant specific tests (Wyle Test Report No.47906-02, Electrical Separation Verification Testing).Cable tray to cable tray 10 in horizontal or 10 in vertical Cable tray to conduit Cable in free air to conduit Cable in free air to cable in free air 1 ln 1/2 in 10 in vertical or 10 in horizontal Cable in free air to cable tray 10 in vertical or 10 in horizontal Wrapped cable to unwrapped cable 0 in Conduit to conduit 1/2 in Amendment 26 89a of 169 May 1986
: 9. Para ra h    C.3.i Exception is taken to the requirement that the absorption unit should be designed for a maximum loading of 2.5 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon.            Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 1, states that "the absorption unit. should have the capacity of loading 2.5 mg of total iodine (radioactive plus stable) per gram of activated carbon." The absorption unit provided has a loading capacity of 10.0 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon.
: 10. Para ra h C.3.k    Exception      is taken to th requirement      for humidity      control to below 70 percent relative humidity      for low flow air bleed cooling.
A  clarification is provided to the requirement that the low air bleed cooling to mitigate iodine desorption and auto-ignition. Each fi;ter train is physically separated,     and the common connection between     the    filter trains is provided            with redundant high temperature      sensors    and isolation valves to maintain equipment integrity in one filter train upon detection of high temperature.
Para ra h C.3.1    System    resistances        will    be determined    in accordance with Section 5.7. 1 of ANSI NS09-1976    except that fan inlet and outlet losses will not be calculated in accordance with AMCA  201, but will be estimated            and documented accordingly.
Exception is taken to balancing techniques defined in Section 5.7.3 of ANSI N509-1976      'he    acceptable amplitude of vibration, peak to peak, in any plane measured on the shaft adjacent to the bearings, corresponds    to a vibration velocity of 0.1 in./sec at the rated speed using the displacement values given in AMCA Publication 801. The displacement criteria using maximum vibration velocity method in accordance    with ANSI N509-1976 are not required by Amendment 18              57 of 169                     March 1985


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Class 1E control/instrument cable 1 in to nonClass lE control instrument cable inside control/instrument cabinets Where the'inimum separation distances specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4 of IEEE Standard 384-1974 cannot be maintained due to physical arrangements, the minimum separation distances specified above shall be maintained.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (CONT)
Where the minimum separation distances specified in this section cannot be maintained, enclosed raceways will be used;or a separation barrier will be installed.
Re  ulator    Guide 1. 58, Revision  1  Se tember 1980    Cont Qualification of Nuclear Power Plant Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel FSAR  Section    2.4 Position The Unit    2 project    complies with the Regulatory Postion (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approaches described below and in Chapter 14.                                  Z2 BOP The  quality assurance program for Unit 2 is currently in compliance with Regulatory Positions C.5, 7, 8, and 10 of this regulatory guide. Regarding Regulatory Position C.6 of this regulatory .guide and Section 3.5, Education and Experience      Recommendations,      of ANSI N45.2.6-1978, the following alternatives are proposed for personnel education and experience for each level:
Amendment 26 89b of 169 May 1986
3.5.1 Level I
: 1. Two  years of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or
: 2. High      school      graduation/general      education development    (GED) equivalent      and  6 months    of related    experience    in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or Completion of college-level work leading to an associate degree in a related discipline plus 3 months    of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.
: 4. Four-year college graduate plus 1 month of related experience or equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.
Amendment 22                  64 of 169           November 1985


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 22 Jul 1984 Materials Code Case Acceptability-ASME Section III Division I FSAR Section 5.2.1.2 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the, Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approaches described below.Regulatory Guide 1.85 provides a list of ASME design and fabrication code cases that have been generically approved by the regulatory staff.Code cases on this list may, for design purposes.be used until appropriately annulled.Annulled cases are considered"active" for equipment that has been cont;:.actually committed to fabrication prior to the annulment.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
The various ASME code cases that applied to components in the RCPB are listed in Table 5.2-1.All Safety Class 2 and 3 equipment has been designed to ASME code or ASME-approved code cases.This provision, together with the quality control programs, provides adequate safety equipment functional assurances.
Re ulator  Guide 1.75 Revision 2      Se  tember 1978 Physical Independence of Electric Systems FSAR   Sections 7.1.2, 7.6.2, 8.3.1 Position The Unit     2 project   complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide 'through the alternate approach described below and in Section 7      '.2  and 8.3.1.
Amendment 18 99 of 169 March 1985
Regulatory Position C.l states that "interrupting devices actuated only by fault current are not considered to be isolation devices within the context of this document." In the case of control and instrument circuits, a combination of two interrupting devices actuated by fault current have been used to isolate nonClass        1E  circuits from Class 1E circuits. Both of these devices are Class 1E, and both of
.them are coordinated with the main breaker upstream so that a failure of a nonClass 1E device or circuit will not affect any Class lE device or system.         Any circuit breakers    as-sociated with this redundant protection will be tested during each refueling outage.
Regulatory    Position C.9 requires that cable splices in raceways be   prohibited. Splicing in electrical penetrations for termination is considered to be exempt from this requirement.
Regulatory    Position C.10 requires that the cables be marked at 5-ft intervals. This is a typographical error as con-firmed by the former Electrical, Instrument and Control Branch Chief of USNRC, T. A. Ippolito, on October 10, 1975,-
and    the    NRC    Power  Systems    Branch Section Leader, R. G. FitzPatrick,      on October 30,      1980. The  correct distance is 15 ft, which has been followed in Unit 2.
The    minimum    separation    distance from 600 V or less nonsafety-related conduit to safety-related open cable trays and cable in free air for any service level is 1 in.                26 All cables used in Unit 2 are flame-retardant. The cable trays are not filled above the side rails. The hazard, in this case, is limited to failure or faults internal to the nonsafety cables in rigid steel conduit. Unit 2 has deter-mined by analysis that 1-in separation between the Class 1E cable tray and nonClass 1E conduit provides adequate protec-tion for the Class lE cables in the        open ladder  tray in the Amendment 26                89  of 169                   May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.88 Revision 2 October 1976 Collection, Storage, and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plan%Quality Assurance Records FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide, except to change ANSI N45.2.9-1974 Section 5.6, Paragraph 3 to"Two hour minimum rated facility" in accordance with NFPA 232-1980.Implementation is as described below.Unit 2 Quality Assurance Records (and other required records)are stored in facilities designated as the Permanent Plant File and the Records Acceptance Center.In-process records are stored in controlled Intermediate Storage Facilities.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont) event of any failure of the nonClass 1E cables in conduit.           26 This has been established by tests with 600 V levels, as ex-plained later in this section.
Specific requirements for each include: Permanent Plant File-Complies to the above paragraph of this position statement.
Aluminum sheath      cables    (ALS) used  for  low energy 120-V ac systems and 8-hr    battery pack lighting systems, are con-sidered enclosed raceways. These cables have flame retard-ant, cross-linked polyethylene insulation,        chlorosulphonated polyethylene jacket, and polypropylene fillers enclosed in a continuous, impervious aluminum sheath              which provides adequate    protection. As such,     the minimum separation between these cables and Class 1E raceways is 1 in.
2.Records Acce tance Center-Complies with ANSI N45~2.9-1974, Section 5.3 to provide a mechanism to control records.The storage facility shall meet Section 5.6, except as follows: a.Structure has a minimum 2-hr fire rating.b.Doors, frames, and hardware have a 2-hr vault door.c.'lectrical facilities shall be limited to ceiling lights, air-conditioning units, smoke detectors, and alarm circuits.3.Intermediate Stora e Facilities
The  minimum  separation between any Class    1E  raceway and any lighting cord for drops to the lighting fixtures shall be 1 in. These cords are of size 12 AWG and supply 120/208 V ac low energy in low density applications.           As such,    1-in separation provides adequate protection to the Class 1E cir-cuits in the event of a fault in any lighting cord.
-Complies with ANSI N45.2.9-1974, Section 5.3 to provide a mechanism to control records.Each intermediate storage facility shall be evaluated by a Fire Protection Engineer to fulfill NFPA 232-1980 requirements.
IZEE    Standard 384-1974,     Section 5.1.1.2, allows lesser separation distances than those specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4,     if established by analysis. Various tests have indicated that the following minimum separation distances between redundant Class lE cables and raceways, or between Class 1E and nonClass 1E cables and raceways,           600 V level and below,      should be adequate to maintain independence of the redundant systems. NMPC also has verified these minimum separation distances by plant specific tests (Wyle Test Report No. 47906-02, Electrical Separation              Verification Testing).
NOTE: All intermediate storage facilities will be eliminated as contractor work is concluded.
Cable  tray to cable tray              10  in horizontal or 10  in vertical Cable  tray to conduit                  1 ln Cable  in free air to conduit          1/2 in Cable  in free air to cable            10 in vertical or in free air                            10 in horizontal Cable in free air to                   10 in vertical or cable tray                              10 in horizontal Wrapped cable  to unwrapped cable      0 in Conduit to conduit                      1/2 in Amendment 26                 89a of 169                     May 1986
Amendment, 26 102 of 169 May 1986  


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)The above controls and facilities are prepared to protect Quality Assurance records which take their physical form as radiographs, microfilm and paper.1.Special handling and environmental storage considerations must be maintained for radiographs.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
2.Designated archive (silver halide only)microfilm requires environmental storage considerations.
Class 1E control/instrument cable 1 in to nonClass lE control instrument cable inside control/instrument cabinets Where    the'inimum separation distances specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4 of IEEE Standard 384-1974 cannot be maintained    due  to physical arrangements,   the minimum separation distances specified above shall be maintained.
3.Use of fire-retardant cabinets is applicable to paper storage only.Technical Justification ANSI N45.2.9-1974 does not adequately define the storage facilities for inprocess quality records or NFPA requirements for fire rating of the facility.NFPA 232-1980, 1-3, emphasizes,"To consult with an experienced and competent Fire Protection Engineer or Records Protection Consultant." This position is based upon his recommendations.
Where  the minimum separation distances specified in this section cannot be maintained, enclosed raceways will be used; or a separation barrier will be installed.
The Unit 2 Records Management Plan establishes the program for turnover, collection, review, transfer, receipt, verification, permanent plant file entry, and retention of all Unit 2 records with implementing policy guidelines which specify the facility types."This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
Amendment 26               89b of 169               May 1986
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1, supersedes this commitment.
26 Amendment 26 102a of 169 May 1986  


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1~8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.94 Revision 1 A ril 1976 Quality Assurance Requirements For Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants Position*26 The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described below.ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.3 Bolt holes generally will not be burned (oxygen cut).If holes must be burned, the following criteria will be followed: a)after cutting, the edges of the cut will be ground or reamed back a minimum of 1/32 in, and b)the final bolt hble dimensions will not exceed those given in the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts.2.ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.4 For the Unit 2 project, the criterion established for correct bolt length is one thread extending beyond the face of the nut.3.ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.5 All reinforcing bar splices made by arc welding, except those splices welded to metal embedments, will be selected on a random basis for radiography as specified in the Unit 2-PSAR, Section 12.6.3, and inspected in accordance with AWS D12.1.Splices welded to metal embedments will be inspected in accordance with AWS 12.1.Additionally, sister splice testing will be done in accordance with Specification No.NMP2-S203C with the same frequency as specified for B-series sister splices when required=by the engineers.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 6.2.2 Exceptions regard-ing mechanical splicing of QA Category I rein-Amendment 26 108 of 169 May 1986
Re   lator  Guide 22    Jul  1984 Materials  Code Case  Acceptability-ASME Section  III Division  I FSAR  Section    5.2.1.2 Position The Unit   2   project   complies   with the, Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of     this guide through the alternate     approaches described below.
Regulatory Guide 1.85 provides a list of ASME design and fabrication code cases that have been generically approved by the regulatory staff. Code cases on this list may, for design purposes.       be used until appropriately annulled.
Annulled cases are considered "active" for equipment that has been cont;:.actually committed to fabrication prior to the annulment.
The  various    ASME    code cases  that applied to components  in the RCPB  are  listed in  Table 5.2-1.
All Safety    Class 2 and 3 equipment has been designed      to ASME code or ASME-approved code cases.         This provision,   together with the quality control programs, provides adequate safety equipment functional assurances.
Amendment 18                      99  of 169             March 1985


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABEE 1.8-1 (Cont)forcing bars can be found in Unit 2 Project Position 1.10.*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
At, that time, the QATR-l, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment,.
Re ulator Guide 1.88 Revision 2 October 1976 Collection, Storage, and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plan%    Quality Assurance Records FSAR  Section    Chapter 17,  QA Topical Report    QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*
Amendment 26 108a of 169 May 1986  
The Unit     2 project    complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph      C)  of this guide,          except  to      change ANSI N45.2.9-1974      Section 5.6, Paragraph 3 to "Two hour minimum rated facility" in accordance          with NFPA 232-1980.
Implementation is as described below.
Unit  2    Quality Assurance Records (and other required records)    are stored in facilities designated              as    the Permanent    Plant File and the Records Acceptance Center.
In-process records are stored in controlled Intermediate Storage Facilities. Specific requirements for each include:
Permanent    Plant File  Complies to the above paragraph of this position statement.
: 2. Records Acce tance Center  Complies with ANSI N45 2.9-1974, Section 5.3 to provide a mechanism to The storage facility shall meet
              ~
control records.
Section 5.6, except as follows:
: a. Structure has a minimum 2-hr fire rating.
: b. Doors, frames, and hardware have a 2-hr vault door.
c.'lectrical        facilities shall be limited to ceiling lights, air-conditioning units, smoke detectors, and alarm circuits.
: 3. Intermediate Stora e Facilities  Complies with ANSI N45.2.9-1974,       Section 5.3    to provide a mechanism to control records.          Each intermediate storage facility shall be evaluated by a Fire Protection      Engineer      to fulfill NFPA 232-1980 requirements.      NOTE:    All intermediate storage facilities will be eliminated as contractor work is concluded.
Amendment, 26                   102  of 169               May 1986


Nine Mi3e Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.97 Revision 2 December 1980 Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident FSAR Section 7'.2 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described below.Type A Conformance is in accordance with BWR Owners Group report position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, dated Meaa 1962 (see response to Question FaI21.36).~aa Type B Neutron flux-Conformance is in accord-ance with BWR Owners Group report posi-tion on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revis-ion 2, dated May 1982 (see response to Question F421.36).aa 2.Core thermocouples (also incorporates Type C)-See TMI Item II.F.1 in Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).Type C Drywell drain sumps level-See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).Type D Suppression pool temperature
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
-Meets intent of guide.See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).2~Drywell atmosphere temperature
The  above controls and facilities are prepared to protect Quality Assurance records which take their physical form as radiographs, microfilm and paper.
-Meets intent, of guide.See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).3.Cooling water temperature to ESF compon-ents-Meets intent of guide.See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.'36).
: 1. Special    handling      and    environmental    storage considerations must be maintained for radiographs.
aa Amendment, 19 ill of 169 May 1985
: 2. Designated archive (silver halide only) microfilm requires environmental storage considerations.
: 3. Use of fire-retardant        cabinets is applicable to paper storage only.
Technical  Justification ANSI    N45.2.9-1974  does    not  adequately define the storage facilities      for inprocess        quality records      or    NFPA requirements for fire rating of the facility. NFPA              232-1980,  1-3, emphasizes,  "To  consult with an experienced and competent Fire Protection Engineer or Records Protection Consultant."      This position        is    based  upon      his recommendations.       The    Unit 2 Records Management Plan establishes the program for turnover, collection, review, transfer, receipt, verification, permanent plant file entry, and retention of all Unit 2 records with implementing policy guidelines which specify the facility types.
"This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical            26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1, supersedes this commitment.
Amendment 26                    102a  of 169             May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.116 Revision 0-R Ma 1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment and Systems FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide.J ae*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABLE 1 ~ 8-1 (Cont)
At that time, the QATR-l, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
Re ulator Guide 1.94 Revision 1 A ril 1976 Quality Assurance Requirements For Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants 26 Position*
26 Amendment 26 130 of 169 May 1986  
The Unit   2   project complies       with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of   this guide through the alternate        approach described below.
ANSI  N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.3 Bolt holes generally will not  be burned (oxygen cut).      If holes must be burned, the following criteria will be followed: a) after cutting, the edges of the cut will be ground or reamed back a minimum of 1/32 in, and b) the final bolt hble dimensions will not exceed those given in the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts.
: 2. ANSI  N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.4 For          the    Unit 2 project, the criterion established for correct bolt length is one thread extending beyond the face of the nut.
: 3. ANSI  N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.5 All reinforcing bar splices  made by arc welding, except        those splices welded to metal embedments, will be selected on a random basis for radiography as specified in the Unit 2-PSAR,      Section 12.6.3,       and inspected    in accordance with AWS D12.1. Splices welded to metal embedments    will be inspected in accordance with AWS 12.1. Additionally, sister splice testing will be done in accordance with Specification No. NMP2-S203C with the same        frequency as specified for B-series    sister splices when required= by the engineers.
ANSI N45. 2. 5-1974  Section 6. 2. 2  Exceptions regard-ing mechanical      splicing of      QA  Category I rein-Amendment 26                   108  of 169               May 1986


Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re lator Guide 1.123 Revision 1 Jul 1977 Quality Assurance Recpxirements for Control of Procurement of Items and Services for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*I 26 The Unit 2 project complies with the Re'gulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described as follows: Certain standard catalog or nonengineered items may be processed without seller prequalification.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR TABEE  1.8-1 (Cont) forcing bars    can    be   found  in Unit 2 Project Position 1.10.
This alternative method is described in Section 7, paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2, 1.4.3, and 3.1.2 of the Quality Assurance Program for Unit 2.*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At, that time, the QATR-l, Revision       1 supersedes this commitment,.
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
Amendment 26                 108a  of 169             May 1986
26 Amendment 26 137 of 169 May 1986 0
Nine Mile'oint Unit'FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.143 Revision 1 October 1979 Design Guidance for Radioactive Waste Management Systems, Structures, and Components Installed in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section.15.7.1, 11.4 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described below.A.Liquid Waste System The fiberglass tanks purchased for the liquid rad-waste system (LWS)have been designed in accordance with the National Bureau of Standards (NBS)Product Standard (PS)PS 15-69, Custom Contact-Molded Reinforced-Polyester Chemical-Resistant Process Equipment, as identified in NMP2 Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, Table C-10b.NBS PS 15-69 provides the necessary design and fa-brication requirements to ensure the integrity of the tanks without the additional cost of burst testing.B.Off-Gas System The charcoal adsorbers of the off-gas system are not designed to the seismic requirements of this regulatory guide.Offsite dose calculations in accordance with Chapter 15.7.1 of the NMP2 FSAR show that release of gaseous activity due to failure of the charcoal adsorbers results in offsite doses less than 0.5 Rem to the whole body.In accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29, this permits classification as nonseismic.
At the time of design and procurement of the off-gas system (July 1974), Regulatory Guide 1.29, Revision 1, established the seismic requirements for the radioactive waste processing systems.160 of 169 0
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.144 Revision 1 Se tember 1980 Auditing of Quality Assurance Programs for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position*The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described below.The pre-audit and post-audit conferences required by Sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977 may be fulfilled by a variety of communications such as telephone conversations.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
26 Amendment 26 162 of 169 May 1986  


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.146 Revision 0 Au ust 1980 Qualification of Quality Assurance Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev.1 Position" 26 The Unit 2 project complies with Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide.*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation.
Nine Mi3e Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)
At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.
Re   lator    Guide 1.97    Revision 2  December 1980 Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident FSAR Section     7 '.2 Position The Unit     2 project complies       with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of     this guide through the alternate        approach described below.
26 Amendment 26 164 of 169 May 1986
Type A          Conformance is in accordance with BWR Owners Group report position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, dated Meaa 1962 (see response    to Question FaI21.36) .
                                                                        ~
aa Type B          Neutron  flux -  Conformance  is in accord-ance  with  BWR  Owners Group  report posi-tion  on NRC  Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revis-ion 2, dated May 1982    (see response to          aa Question F421.36).
: 2. Core thermocouples (also incorporates Type C)  See TMI Item II.F.1 in Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).
Type  C          Drywell drain sumps level  See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).
Type D          Suppression pool temperature  Meets intent of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).
2    Drywell atmosphere temperature  Meets intent, of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in
                  ~
Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).
: 3. Cooling water temperature to ESF compon-ents  Meets intent of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response            aa to Question F421.'36).
Amendment, 19                    ill of 169                   May 1985


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.147, Revision 1 Februar 1982 Inservice Inspection Code Case Acceptability-ASME Section XI Division 1 FSAR Section 14 Position The Unit.2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C)of this guide through the alternate approach described below.At the date of issuance of the NMP2 construction permit, the 1974 edition of ASME Section XI was in effect.The NMP2 ISI is based upon this edition according to 10CFR50.55a(g)(2).
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE   1.8-1 (Cont)
165 of 169
Re ulator   Guide 1.116    Revision 0-R  Ma  1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment and Systems FSAR  Section    Chapter 17,  QA  Topical Report  QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*                                                            J ae The Unit     2   project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of   this guide.
-0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)Re ulator Guide 1.150 Revision 1 Februar 1983 Ultrasonic Testing of Reactor Vessel Welds During Preservice and Inservice Examination I~s FSAR Section PSI/ISI Plan Position I" The Unit 2 degree of compliance with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C and Appendix')
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical            26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-l, Revision         1 supersedes    this commitment.
of this guide is addressed in the response to Question F250.1.23 Amendment 23 169 of 169 December 1985
Amendment 26                  130  of 169               May 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TADLE 1.9-1 (Cont)SRP IIILmhcr 6.2.1.4 6.2 1 5 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.2.7 6.3 6.4 6 5 1 6.5.2 6.5.3 6.5.4 6.6 6.7 Title Mass and Energy Release Analysis for Postulated Secondary System Pipe Ruptures Minimum Containment.
Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE  1.8-1 (Cont)
Prcssure Analysis for fmergcncy Core Cooling System Performaricc Capability Studies Containment llcat Remova I Systems Secondary Containment functional Design Cont.ainment Isolation System Combustible Gas Control in Containment Appendix A D1P CSD 6-2 Containmcnt Leakage Testing lracturc Prevention of Containment Pressure Doundary Emergency Core Cooling System DTP RSD 6-1 Control Room llabitability System Appendix A Engineered Safety feat,ure Atmosphere Cleanup Systems Containmcnl, Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System Fission Product Control Systems and Struct,urcs Ice Condenser as a Fission Product Cleanup System Inservice Inspection of Class 2 and 3 Components Main Steam Isolation Valve Leakage Control System (DWR)Revision Conformance NA Nn X X IIA NA X NA X X NA X NA Difference IIA NA Attachment 1.9-45 Attachment 1.9-46 NA NA Attachment 1.9-.48 Attachment 1.9-49 NA Attachment 1.9-50 NA NA CIIAPTER 7: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 Amendment 23 Instrumentation and Controls-Introduction Table 7-1-Acceptance Criteria and Guidelines for Instrumentation and Controls Systems Important To Safety Reactor Trip System Appendix A Engineered Safety Features System Appendix A Safe Shutdown Systems Information Systems Important to Safety 5 of 11 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 X X NA X NA X X NA NA December 1985 0
Re    lator  Guide 1.123 Revision    1 Jul 1977 Quality Assurance Recpxirements for Control of Procurement of Items and Services for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR  Section    Chapter 17, QA  Topical Report  QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*                                                              I 26 The Unit   2   project complies with the Re'gulatory Position (Paragraph C) of    this guide through the alternate approach described as   follows:
Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1;9-14 (Cont)4 containment.
Certain    standard  catalog or nonengineered items may be processed      without seller      prequalification.     This alternative      method    is described in Section 7, paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2, 1.4.3, and 3.1.2 of the Quality Assurance Program for Unit 2.
This is verified in the j et impingement evaluation where breaks are postulated at various elevations and azimuths.Additional investigation is only repetitive.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision          1   26 supersedes    this  commitment.
It is therefore concluded that this will not degrade the safety of the plant.Difference 2 Section B.l.c.l.d states that"if intermediate break locations cannot be determined by (b), (B.l.c.l.b) and (c), (B.l.c.l.c) above, two highest stress locations based on equation (10)should be selected." Unit 2 uses a reasonable basis which includes factors such as points of maximum stress intensity and/or cumulative usage factors;however, the points of maximum stress intensity are based on Equation (12)or (13).Discussion Since all postulated intermediate breaks require evaluation of Equations (12)and (13)and cumulative usage factors, it is reasonable to use these equations to determine points of maximum stress intensity.
Amendment 26                    137  of 169                May 1986
This approach is conservative.
Difference 3 Section BE 1.c.4 states that"if a structure separates a high energy line from an essential component, the separating structure should be designed to withstand the consequences of the pipe break in the high energy line which produces the greatest.effect at the structure irrespective of the fact that the above criteria might not require such a break location to be postulated." Unit 2 design structures withstand the consequence of pipe breaks postulated at locations in accordance with Sections B.l.c.l, BE 1.c.2, and B.l.c.3.Discussion A systematic logical method must be used to evaluate the effects of pipe breaks in order to address a finite number of potential load cases.By assuming breaks at highly stressed locations and by requiring a minimum number of locations to be selected, a reasonable margin of safety will evolve.Requiring breaks to be postulated based on structural capability is not prudent and does not enhance the safety of the plant.Several points are: Amendment 1 3 of 4 April 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-14 (Cont)Pipe whip loadings are very sensitive to the distance over which unrestrained whip could occur, piping geometry, and break orientation.
An infinite number of cases would require consideration particularly if splits are arbitrarily postulated along the length of the pipe.Jet impingement does not have this problem since the load is distributed over a reasonable area.However, pipe whip requires evaluation of local effects, which is much more involved.2.'n excessive number of scab plates would be required on all structures which separate high energy and essential systems, thus causing an unreasonable number of scab plates to be installed.
3.By strengthening the weakest part of a structure, the next weakest part would then be the worst case.This is a perpetual cycle.Additional safety is not really obtained by evaluating the least likely events.Since pipe breaks themselves are extremely unlikely, it is reasonable to postulate them only at the higher stressed locations.
Additionally, all walls in the proximity of high energy systems are evaluated for a reasonable number of pipe breaks simply due to the number of breaks which must be postulated using the stress criteria.Amendment 1 4 of 4 April 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-29 STANDARD REVIEW PLAN 3.11, REVISION 2 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF MECHANICAL AND EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Difference 1 The submittal of the environmental qualification document which demonstrates equipment environmental capability is not included.Discussion The environmental qualification document will be submitted and the FSAR amended accordingly prior to fuel load.Difference 2 Discussion of equipment qualification to a mild environment is not included.Discussion Definitive guidelines are not yet available from the NRC concerning equipment qualification in mild environment.
Difference 3 Coverage of mechanical equipment qualification is not.included.Discussion Current NRC direction indicates that formal mechanical equipment qualification guidelines may be issued in the future.The NRC has stated that no further requests for mechanical equipment qualification data will be made until the NRC has acceptance criteria upon which to evaluate them.When NRC guidelines are issued, the mechanical equipment qualification impact will be addressed.
Amendment 1 1 of 1 April 1983


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 STANDARD REVIEW PEAN 9.5.1, REVISION 3, JUIY 1981 FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM (FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM)Deviations to BTP CMEB 9.5-1 Attached to Standard Review Plan 9.F 1 Fire Protection Pro ram Difference 1 Section C.l.c.(3)states that"the fire suppression system should be capable of delivering water to manual hose stations located within hose reach of areas containing equipment required for safe shutdown following the safe shutdown earthquake (SSE)." Discussion Unit 2 standpipe and hose connection design is in accordance with Appendix A (dated August 1976)to BTP 9.5-1 (dated May 1, 1976)and Appendix R to 10CFR50, and is not seismically qualified.
0 Nine  Mile'oint Unit'    FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
The design does not contemplate simultaneous earthquake and fire conditions; therefore, this requirement was not incorporated into the design.Further, justification is that Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.Difference 2 Section CD 5.a(3)(b)of Unit 2 design incorporates fire boot-type penetration seals (approximately 200 of 11,000 fire rated seals)for which temperature levels on the unexposed side reached 3930F during the acceptance test.27 Discussion Fixed combustibles potentially within close proximity have ignition temperatures of)500 F.Cables are generally installed in raceways (ice., conduit or cable trays).Difference 3 Section C.5.a(5)-Unit 2 fire doors, including fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding gas suppression systems, are administratively supervised to verify that they are in the closed position.Discussion Fire doors are maintained in the closed position.Additionally, fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding CO<systems are provided with CO2 activated door releases, in the event that the door is in Amendment 27 1 of 4 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont)the open position at the time"of CO<discharge.
Re ulator    Guide 1.143    Revision  1  October 1979 Design Guidance    for Radioactive Waste Management Systems,  Structures, and Components Installed in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR  Section. 15.7.1, 11.4 Position The  Unit  2  project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.
Halon 1301 suppression systems are used in computer rooms and control rooms.Doors to these areas are inherently supervised by the occupants in the area, in addition to the"daily.inspection, to verify that the doors are in the proper'osition.Amendment 27 la of 4 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont)incorporate the use of open directional spray nozzles discharge an excessive amount of water in protected areas, requiring substantially larger drainage and processing capabilities than areas protected by sprinkler systems which minimize the potential for damage to safety-related structures and components.
A. Liquid Waste System The fiberglass tanks purchased for the liquid rad-waste system (LWS) have been designed in accordance with the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Product Standard (PS) PS 15-69,        Custom    Contact-Molded Reinforced-Polyester      Chemical-Resistant      Process Equipment,    as  identified  in NMP2  Preliminary  Safety Analysis Report, Table C-10b.
Difference 7 Section C.5.g.(1)-Unit 2 emergency lighting capability is provided by means other than individual 8-hr battery supplies.2 Discussion Areas which must be manned during safe shutdown will be supplied with'8-hr battery packs for access and egress lighting.Difference 8 Section C.S.g.(3)-The Unit 2 emergency communications system is not independent of the plant communication system.Discussion Fixed emergency communications systems independent of normal plant communications systems are not necessary because: 1~The systems are connectible to uninterruptible power sources, which provide reliability during emergency conditions.
NBS PS 15-69 provides the necessary design and fa-brication requirements to ensure the integrity of the tanks without the additional cost of burst testing.
2~In case of total loss of power to all communication systems, the Sound Powered Communication (SPC)system can be utilized.3.The system is set up as described in Section 9.5'.4.The system and important components are supervised.
B. Off-Gas System The  charcoal adsorbers of the off-gas system are not designed to the seismic requirements of this regulatory guide.
Difference 9 Section C.6.a.(3)-The fire detector spacing criteria for Unit 2 meet the intent of NFPA 72E.Discussion NFPA 72E recommends one detector per bay for beam depth greater than 8 in and bay width greater than Amendment 27 3 of 4 July 1986 Nine Mile Point.Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont)8 ft.NFPA 72E does not address beam depth greater than 8 in and bay width less than 8 ft.In this situation, the Unit 2 design incorporate's one detector for every other bay mounted on the bottom flange of structural steel..Difference 10 Section C.6.c.(4)-Unit 2 design does not cross connection to the service water firefighting capability post-SSE.Discussion Standpipes and hose connections for manual fire fighting are seismically supported in safety-related areas and in areas containing safety-related equipment.
Offsite dose calculations in accordance with Chapter 15.7.1 of the NMP2 FSAR show that release of gaseous activity due to failure of the charcoal adsorbers results in offsite doses less              than 0.5 Rem to the whole body.            In accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29, this permits classification as    nonseismic.      At the time of design and procurement of the off-gas system (July 1974),
The design bases do not contemplate simultaneous earthquake and fire conditions; therefore, this requirement was not incorporated into the design.Further justification is that, Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.Difference ll Section C.7.a.(1), part (c)-During normal operation, the Unit 2 design does not, incorporate the use of general area fire detection in the primary containment.
Regulatory Guide 1.29, Revision 1, established the seismic requirements for the radioactive waste processing systems.
160 of 169
 
0 Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
Re ulator    Guide 1.144  Revision  1  Se tember 1980 Auditing of Quality Assurance Programs for Nuclear  Power Plants FSAR  Section    Chapter 17,  QA  Topical Report  QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*
The Unit    2  project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of    this guide through the alternate approach described below.
The    pre-audit      and post-audit conferences      required by Sections 4.3.1      and 4.3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977 may          be fulfilled by      a variety of communications such as telephone conversations.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical            26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision          1 supersedes    this  commitment.
Amendment 26                    162  of 169                May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
Re ulator    Guide 1.146 Revision 0      Au ust 1980 Qualification of Quality Assurance Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR  Section    Chapter 17,  QA  Topical Report  QATR-1, Rev. 1 26 Position" The    Unit  2    project complies      with Regulatory    Position (Paragraph C) of    this guide.
*This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical            26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision          1 supersedes    this  commitment.
Amendment 26                    164  of 169                May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
Re  ulator    Guide 1.147, Revision  1  Februar 1982 Inservice Inspection    Code Case Acceptability-ASME Section XI Division  1 FSAR  Section    14 Position The  Unit. 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.
At the date of issuance of the NMP2 construction permit, the 1974 edition of ASME Section XI was in effect. The NMP2 ISI is based upon this edition according to 10CFR50.55a(g)(2).
165  of 169
 
-0 Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (Cont)
Re ulator  Guide 1.150    Revision 1  Februar  1983      I ~s Ultrasonic Testing of Reactor Vessel Welds During Preservice and Inservice Examination FSAR  Section  PSI/ISI Plan                                      I" Position The Unit  2 degree of compliance with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C and Appendix') of this guide is addressed        in  23 the response to Question F250.1.
Amendment 23                  169  of 169          December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TADLE 1.9-1 (Cont)
SRP IIILmhcr              Title                                  Revision Conformance  Difference 6.2. 1.4      Mass and Energy Release  Analysis for Postulated Secondary System Pipe Ruptures                        NA          IIA 6.2  1 5      Minimum Containment. Prcssure Analysis for fmergcncy Core Cooling System Performaricc Capability Studies                                  Nn          NA 6.2.2          Containment llcat Remova I Systems                                      Attachment 1.9-45 6.2.3          Secondary Containment functional Design                                Attachment 1.9-46 6.2.4          Cont.ainment Isolation System                                    X 6.2.5          Combustible Gas Control in Containment                            X Appendix A                                                    IIA        NA D1P CSD 6-2                                                    NA          NA 6.2.6          Containmcnt Leakage Testing                                      X 6.2.7          lracturc Prevention of Containment Pressure Doundary                                                      Attachment 1.9-.48 6.3            Emergency Core Cooling System                                          Attachment 1.9-49 DTP RSD 6-1                                                    NA          NA 6.4            Control Room llabitability System                                X Appendix A                                                    X 6 5  1        Engineered Safety feat,ure Atmosphere Cleanup Systems                                            Attachment 1.9-50 6.5.2          Containmcnl, Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System                                                  NA          NA 6.5.3          Fission Product Control Systems and Struct,urcs 6.5.4          Ice Condenser as  a  Fission Product Cleanup System 6.6            Inservice Inspection of Class 2 and    3 Components                                                      X 6.7            Main Steam Isolation Valve Leakage Control System ( DWR)                                            NA          NA CIIAPTER 7:  INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 7.1            Instrumentation and Controls-Introduction Table 7 Acceptance Criteria and Guidelines for Instrumentation and Controls Systems Important To Safety                        2          X 7.2            Reactor Trip System                                  2          X Appendix A                                        2          NA          NA 7.3            Engineered Safety Features System                    2          X Appendix A                                        2          NA          NA 7.4            Safe Shutdown Systems                                2          X 7.5            Information Systems Important to Safety              2          X Amendment 23                                            5  of 11                                December 1985
 
0 Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1;9-14 (Cont) containment. This is verified in the j et impingement 4
evaluation where breaks are postulated at various elevations and azimuths. Additional investigation is only repetitive.
It is therefore  concluded that this will not degrade the safety of the plant.
Difference    2 Section B. l.c. l.d states    that "if intermediate break locations cannot be determined by (b), (B.l.c.l.b) and (c),
(B.l.c.l.c) above, two highest stress locations based on equation (10) should be selected." Unit 2 uses a reasonable basis which includes factors such as points of maximum stress intensity and/or cumulative usage factors; however, the    points of maximum stress intensity are based on Equation (12) or (13).
Discussion Since all postulated intermediate breaks require evaluation of Equations (12) and (13) and cumulative usage factors,      it is reasonable to use these equations to determine points of maximum stress intensity. This approach is conservative.
Difference    3 Section  BE 1.c.4 states that "if a structure separates a high energy line from an essential      component,  the separating structure should be designed to withstand the consequences of the pipe break in the high energy line which produces the greatest. effect at the structure irrespective of the fact that the above criteria might not require such a break location to be postulated."          Unit 2 design structures withstand the consequence of pipe breaks postulated at locations in accordance with Sections B.l.c.l, BE 1.c.2, and B.l.c.3.
Discussion A systematic logical method must be used to evaluate the effects of pipe breaks in order to address a finite number of potential load cases. By assuming breaks at highly stressed locations and by requiring a minimum number of locations to be selected, a reasonable margin of safety will evolve.
Requiring breaks to be postulated based on structural capability is not prudent and does not enhance the safety of the plant. Several points are:
Amendment  1              3 of  4                  April  1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit      2 FSAR ATTACHMENT  1.9-14 (Cont)
Pipe  whip loadings are very sensitive to the distance over which unrestrained whip could occur, piping geometry,        and      break orientation.      An infinite number of cases                  would    require consideration      particularly        if arbitrarily postulated along the length of the splits are pipe. Jet impingement does not have this problem since the load is distributed over a reasonable area. However, pipe whip requires evaluation of local effects, which is much more involved.
: 2. 'n      excessive number of scab plates would be required on all structures which separate high energy and essential        systems,    thus causing an unreasonable  number  of  scab  plates to be installed.
: 3. By strengthening      the weakest part of a structure, the next weakest part would then be the worst case.
This is a perpetual cycle.
Additional safety        is not really obtained by evaluating the least likely events.            Since pipe breaks themselves are extremely unlikely, reasonable to postulate them only at the higher it is stressed locations. Additionally, all walls in the proximity of high energy systems are evaluated for a reasonable    number of pipe breaks simply due to the number of breaks which must be postulated using the stress criteria.
Amendment  1                4  of  4                      April 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR ATTACHMENT    1.9-29 STANDARD REVIEW PLAN 3.11, REVISION 2 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF MECHANICAL AND EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Difference 1 The submittal of the environmental qualification document which demonstrates equipment environmental capability is not included.
Discussion The environmental qualification document will be submitted and the FSAR amended accordingly prior to fuel load.
Difference  2 Discussion of equipment qualification to        a mild environment is not included.
Discussion Definitive guidelines are not yet available from the NRC concerning        equipment      qualification in mild environment.
Difference  3 Coverage    of mechanical    equipment    qualification is    not.
included.
Discussion    Current  NRC  direction indicates        that formal mechanical equipment qualification guidelines may be issued in the future. The NRC has stated that no further requests for mechanical equipment qualification data will be made until the NRC has acceptance criteria upon which to evaluate them. When NRC guidelines        are issued,    the mechanical equipment qualification impact will be addressed.
Amendment  1                  1 of  1                    April 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR ATTACHMENT  1.9-61 STANDARD REVIEW PEAN     9.5.1, REVISION 3, JUIY 1981 FIRE PROTECTION   PROGRAM   (FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM)
Deviations to BTP CMEB 9.5-1 Attached to Standard Review Plan 9.F       1 Fire Protection Pro ram Difference 1 Section C.l.c.(3) states that "the         fire suppression system should   be   capable of delivering water to manual hose stations located within hose reach of areas containing equipment required for safe shutdown following the safe shutdown earthquake     (SSE)."
Discussion Unit 2 standpipe and hose connection design is in accordance with Appendix A (dated August 1976) to BTP 9.5-1 (dated May 1, 1976) and Appendix R to 10CFR50, and is not seismically qualified.
The   design does not contemplate simultaneous earthquake and fire conditions; therefore,         this requirement was not incorporated into the design.           Further, justification is that Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.
Difference 2 Section CD 5.a(3)(b) of Unit 2 design incorporates fire boot-type penetration seals (approximately 200 of 11,000 fire rated seals) for which temperature levels on the unexposed           27 side reached 3930F during the acceptance test.
Discussion     Fixed combustibles potentially within close proximity have ignition temperatures of )500 F. Cables are generally installed in raceways (ice., conduit or cable trays).
Difference 3 Section C.5.a(5) - Unit 2 fire doors, including fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding gas suppression   systems,   are administratively supervised to verify that they are in the closed position.
Discussion Fire doors           are   maintained in the closed position. Additionally, fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding CO< systems are provided with CO2 activated door releases, in the event that the door is in Amendment 27                   1 of 4                     July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont) the open position at the time "of CO< discharge. Halon 1301 suppression systems are used in computer rooms and control rooms. Doors to these areas are inherently supervised by the occupants in the area, in addition to the "daily.
inspection, to verify that the doors are in the proper
                                                            'osition.
Amendment 27               la of 4               July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR ATTACHMENT   1.9-61 (Cont) incorporate the use of open directional spray nozzles discharge an excessive amount of water in protected areas, requiring substantially larger drainage and processing capabilities than areas protected by sprinkler systems which minimize     the   potential for damage to safety-related structures and components.
Difference 7 Section C.5.g.(1) - Unit 2 emergency lighting capability is provided by means other than individual 8-hr battery supplies.
2 Discussion Areas which must be manned during safe shutdown will be supplied with '8-hr battery packs for access and egress   lighting.
Difference   8 Section     C.S.g.(3) The Unit 2 emergency communications system is not independent of the plant communication system.
Discussion Fixed emergency communications systems independent of normal plant communications systems are not necessary because:
1     The systems     are connectible to uninterruptible which provide reliability during
      ~
power sources, emergency conditions.
2 ~   In case of total loss of power to all communication systems,   the   Sound     Powered   Communication   (SPC) system can be utilized.
: 3. The system is set up as described     in Section 9.5   '.
: 4. The system and   important components are supervised.
Difference 9 Section C.6.a.(3) The fire detector spacing criteria for Unit 2 meet the intent of NFPA 72E.
Discussion NFPA 72E recommends one detector per bay for beam depth greater     than 8 in and bay width greater than Amendment 27                   3   of 4                   July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point. Unit     2 FSAR ATTACHMENT   1.9-61 (Cont) 8 ft. NFPA   72E does     not address beam depth greater than 8 in and bay width less than 8 ft. In this situation, the Unit 2 design incorporate's one detector for every other bay mounted on the bottom flange of structural steel..
Difference 10 Section C.6.c.(4) Unit 2 design does not cross connection to         the     service   water firefighting capability     post-SSE.
Discussion     Standpipes   and hose connections     for manual fire fighting are seismically supported in safety-related areas and in areas       containing safety-related equipment.           The design bases do not contemplate       simultaneous   earthquake   and fire conditions;         therefore,   this   requirement   was not incorporated into the design. Further justification is that, Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.
Difference   ll Section C.7.a.(1), part (c) During normal operation, the Unit 2 design does not, incorporate the use of general area fire detection in the primary containment.
Discussion The Unit 2 containment is inerted during normal operation.
Discussion The Unit 2 containment is inerted during normal operation.
Difference 12 In general, Section C endorses the use of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)standards.
Difference 12 In general, Section C endorses the use of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards.             Unit 2 deviates from a number of these NFPA standards.
Unit 2 deviates from a number of these NFPA standards.
Discussion Each Unit 2 deviation to the NFPA standards is described and justified in Table 9.5-3.
Discussion Each Unit 2 deviation to the NFPA standards is described and justified in Table 9.5-3.Amendment 27 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-80 SRP DEVIATION WRITEUPS CHAPTER 16-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The information contained in Chapter 16 j.s preliminary and has not yet been modified to reflect NMPC policy and Unit 2 design.Therefore, an analysis to determine conformance to the SRP is not yet required.Amendment, 1 1 of 1 April 1983  
Amendment 27                                                 July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-80 SRP DEVIATION WRITEUPS CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The   information contained in Chapter 16 j.s preliminary and has not yet been modified   to reflect NMPC policy and Unit 2 design. Therefore, an analysis to determine conformance to the SRP is not yet required.
Amendment, 1               1 of 1                 April 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR NUREG-0578    Position Position  No.                              Clarification SRO  training  (3 )                    Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft) Section 5.2.1.8
'Administrative duties (4)                Not affecting plant safety Administrative duties                    On same  interval  as reviewed (4)*                            reinforcement:    i. e.,
annual by V. P. for operations Nine Mile Point Unit      2 Position Prior to fuel loa'ding and annually thereafter, the Vice President Nuclear Generation shall issue a management directive        that    emphasizes    the    primary management responsibility of the Station Shift Supervisor (SSS) for safe operation of the plant under all conditions on his shift and clearly establishes his command duties.
Plant procedures are written to ensure that the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the SSS and other licensed control room operators are properly defined to affect the chain of command.
In the future, administrative duties of the SSS will be reviewed annually after fuel load by the Vice President Nuclear Generation to ensure that such functions do not detract from safe plant operation.
SSS  Res onsibilities The Station Shift Supervisor        is in charge of all operations on his assigned shift. Under        the general direction of the Supervisor      Operations    Nuclear,      his function includes direction of shift activities, authorization of equipment releases      for maintenance, ensuring that the plant is operated safely and within the license and                  technical specifications        and ensuring that plant operations          are conducted in accordance        with approved procedures.          As
*This requirement shall be met before fuel loading.
See NUREG-0578, Section 22.1a, Item 4 and NRC letters of September  27, and November 9, 1979.
Amendment 14                    1.10-9                  October 1984
 
Nine Mile,Point Unit    2 FSAR overall  supervisor of      operations for his shift, the Shift Supervisor shou'ld avoid    becoming personally involved      in the manipulative tasks or        details of operation        of  any one portion of the plant so,    that he may retain      a  comprehensive perspective of general      station conditions at all times. In an emergency situation, however, should the Shift Supervisor choose to perform manipulative functions to ensure that the plant is in a safe condition, he shall, coordinate his actions    with the Chief Shift Operator.              Whenever he determines  that  the  safety  of the  reactor  is  in    immediate jeopardy    or  when    operating  parameters    exceed  any  of the reactor protection circuit set points and automatic shutdown should but does not occur, he has the responsibility and the authority to order shutdown of the reactor, or to personally effect the shutdown.
The    Shift      Supervisor      shall      hold      an      NRC sen'ior    reactor operator license. He shall be contin-uously      present      at the plant          for the duration of      his        assigned        shift      until        properly Amendment 17                    1.10-9a                  January 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR The    staff realizes that, the necessary knowledge and experience can be        gained      in a variety of ways.
Consequently,    credit  for    equivalent    experience should be given  to applicants  for SRO  licenses.
Applicants for SRO licenses at a facility may obtain their 1 yr operating experience in a licensed capacity (Operator or Senior    Operator) at another nuclear power plant.            In addition, actual, operating experience in a position      that  is equivalent to a licensed Operator. or Senior Operator at military propulsion -reactors will be acceptable on a one-for-one basis. Individual applicants must document this
 
experience in their individual applications in sufficient detail so that the staff can make a finding regarding equivalency.
Applicants    for SRO licenses who possess a degree in engineering or applicable sciences are deemed to meet the above requirement,      provided they meet the requirements set forth in Sections A.l.a and A.2 in enclosure 1 in .the letter from H. R. Denton and all power reactor applicants and licensees, dated March 28, 1980, and have participated in" a training program equivalent to that of a
 
                                                      'old  Senior Operator Applicant.
The NRC has not imposed the 1-yr experience requirement on cold applicants for SRO licenses.          Cold applicants are to work on',a facility not yet. in operation; their training
      .
programs are designed to supply the equivalent of the experience not. available to them.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Upgrading of Operator Training and Senior Operator Training for Unit 2 is being performed as described in
                          .
Section 13.2 of the FSAR. This is also in accordance with the Site Administrative Procedures.
1.10-15


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR NUREG-0578 Position Position No.Clarification SRO training (3)Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft)Section 5.2.1.8'Administrative duties (4)Not affecting plant safety Administrative duties reviewed (4)*On same interval as reinforcement:
Nine Mile Point. Unit 2 FSAR I.A.2.3   ADMINISTRATION OF TRAINING PROGRAMS FSAR  Cross Reference Section 13.2.1 NUREG-0737  Position Pending accreditation of training institutions, licensees and applicants    for operating licenses will assure that training center and facility instructors who teach systems, integrated responses,      transient, and simulator courses demonstrate    SRO    qualifications and are enrolled- in appropriate requalification programs.
i.e., annual by V.P.for operations Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position Prior to fuel loa'ding and annually thereafter, the Vice President Nuclear Generation shall issue a management directive that emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Station Shift Supervisor (SSS)for safe operation of the plant under all conditions on his shift and clearly establishes his command duties.Plant procedures are written to ensure that the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the SSS and other licensed control room operators are properly defined to affect the chain of command.In the future, administrative duties of the SSS will be reviewed annually after fuel load by the Vice President Nuclear Generation to ensure that such functions do not detract from safe plant operation.
The above position is a short-term position.      In the future, accreditation of training institutions will include review of the procedure for certification of instructors. ,The certification of instructors may or may not. include successful completion of a Senior Operator examination.
SSS Res onsibilities The Station Shift Supervisor is in charge of all operations on his assigned shift.Under the general direction of the Supervisor Operations Nuclear, his function includes direction of shift activities, authorization of equipment releases for maintenance, ensuring that the plant is operated safely and within the license and technical specifications and ensuring that plant operations are conducted in accordance with approved procedures.
The purpose    of the examination is to provide the NRC with reasonable    assurance  during the      interim period that instructors are technically competent. The requirement is directed to permanent members of the training staff who teach'he subjects enumerated above, including members of other organizations who routinely conduct training at the facility. There is no intention to require guest lecturers who are experts    in particular subjects (reactor theory, instrumentation, thermodynamics, health physics, chemistry; etc) to successfully complete a Senior Operator examination.
As*This requirement shall be met before fuel loading.See NUREG-0578, Section 22.1a, Item 4 and NRC letters of September 27, and November 9, 1979.Amendment 14 1.10-9 October 1984 Nine Mile, Point Unit 2 FSAR overall supervisor of operations for his shift, the Shift Supervisor shou'ld avoid becoming personally involved in the manipulative tasks or details of operation of any one portion of the plant so, that he may retain a comprehensive perspective of general station conditions at all times.In an emergency situation, however, should the Shift Supervisor choose to perform manipulative functions to ensure that the plant is in a safe condition, he shall, coordinate his actions with the Chief Shift Operator.Whenever he determines that the safety of the reactor is in immediate jeopardy or when operating parameters exceed any of the reactor protection circuit set points and automatic shutdown should but does not occur, he has the responsibility and the authority to order shutdown of the reactor, or to personally effect the shutdown.The Shift Supervisor shall sen'ior reactor operator license.uously present at the plant of his assigned shift hold an NRC He shall be contin-for the duration until properly Amendment 17 1.10-9a January 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The staff realizes that, the necessary knowledge and experience can be gained in a variety of ways.Consequently, credit for equivalent experience should be given to applicants for SRO licenses.Applicants for SRO licenses at a facility may obtain their 1 yr operating experience in a licensed capacity (Operator or Senior Operator)at another nuclear power plant.In addition, actual, operating experience in a position that is equivalent to a licensed Operator.or Senior Operator at military propulsion-reactors will be acceptable on a one-for-one basis.-Individual applicants must document this experience in their individual applications in sufficient detail so that the staff can make a finding regarding equivalency.
Nor do we intend to require a system expert, such as the Instrument and Control Supervisor teaching the rod control drive system to sit for a Senior Operator examination. The use of guest lecturers should be limited.
Applicants for SRO licenses who possess a degree in engineering or applicable sciences are deemed to meet the above requirement, provided they meet the requirements set forth in Sections A.l.a and A.2 in enclosure 1 in.the letter from H.R.Denton and all power reactor applicants and licensees, dated March 28, 1980, and have participated in" a training programequivalent to that of a'old Senior Operator Applicant.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The qualification of the training instructors meets the requirements of this task, as described in Section 13.2 of the FSAR.
The NRC has not imposed the 1-yr cold applicants for SRO licenses.work.on',a facility not yet.in programs are designed to supply experience not.available to them.Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position experience requirement on Cold applicants are to operation; their training the equivalent of the The Upgrading of Operator Training and Senior Operator Training for Unit 2 is.being performed as described in Section 13.2 of the FSAR.This is also in accordance with the Site Administrative Procedures.
: 1. 10-16
1.10-15 Nine Mile Point.Unit 2 FSAR I.A.2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF TRAINING PROGRAMS FSAR Cross Reference Section 13.2.1 NUREG-0737 Position Pending accreditation of training institutions, licensees and applicants for operating licenses will assure that training center and facility instructors who teach systems, integrated responses, transient, and simulator courses demonstrate SRO qualifications and are enrolled-in appropriate requalification programs.The above position is a short-term position.In the future, accreditation of training institutions will include review of the procedure for certification of instructors.,The certification of instructors may or may not.include successful completion of a Senior Operator examination.
 
The purpose of the examination is to provide the NRC with reasonable assurance during the interim period that instructors are technically competent.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR I.A.3.1  REVISE SCOPE AND CRITERIA FOR LICENSING EXAMINATIONS  SIMUZATOR EXAMS FSAR  Cross Reference Section  13 '.1 NUREG-0737  Position k
The requirement is directed to permanent members of the training staff who teach'he subjects enumerated above, including members of other organizations who routinely conduct training at the facility.There is no intention to require guest lecturers who are experts in particular subjects (reactor theory, instrumentation, thermodynamics, health physics, chemistry; etc)to successfully complete a Senior Operator examination.
Simulator    examinations      will  be  included  as  part of the licensing examinations.        The  administration of simulator examinations      will- be      deferred      for applicants whose facilities    do    not     have    simulators    onsite    as                  of October 1, 1980. These        deferred simulator examinations will be initiated by October 1, 1981.
Nor do we intend to require a system expert, such as the Instrument and Control Supervisor teaching the rod control drive system to sit for a Senior Operator examination.
The   clarification provides additional preparation time for utility    companies    and the       NRC    to meet      examination requirements as stated.           A study is under way to consider how similar a nonidentical simulator should be for a valid examination.     In addition,      present    simulators  are  fully booked months  in   advance.
The use of guest lecturers should be limited.Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The qualification of the training instructors meets the requirements of this task, as described in Section 13.2 of the FSAR.1.10-16 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I.A.3.1 REVISE SCOPE AND CRITERIA FOR LICENSING EXAMINATIONS
Application of this requirement was stated on June 1, 1980 to applicants where a simulator is located at the facility.
-SIMUZATOR EXAMS FSAR Cross Reference Section 13'.1 NUREG-0737 Position k Simulator examinations will be included as part of the licensing examinations.
Starting October 1, 1981, simulator examinations will be conducted for applicants of facilities that do not have simulators at the site.
The administration of simulator examinations will-be deferred for applicants whose facilities do not have simulators onsite as of October 1, 1980.These deferred simulator examinations will be initiated by October 1, 1981.The clarification provides additional preparation time for utility companies and the NRC to meet examination requirements as stated.A study is under way to consider how similar a nonidentical simulator should be for a valid examination.
NRC  simulator examinations normally require 2 to 3 hr.
In addition, present simulators are fully booked months in advance.Application of this requirement was stated on June 1, 1980 to applicants where a simulator is located at the facility.Starting October 1, 1981, simulator examinations will be conducted for applicants of facilities that do not have simulators at the site.NRC simulator examinations normally require 2 to 3 hr.Normally, two applicants are examined during this time period by two examiners.
Normally, two applicants are examined during this time period by two examiners.
Utility companies should make the necessary arrangements with an appropriate simulator training center to provide time for these examinations'referably these examinations should be scheduled consecutively with the balance of the'xamination.
Utility    companies    should    make  the necessary arrangements with  an appropriate simulator training center to provide time for these examinations'referably these examinations should be scheduled consecutively with the balance of However, they may be scheduled no sooner than    the'xamination.
However, they may be scheduled no sooner than 2 weeks prior to and not later than 2 weeks after the balance of the examination.
2 weeks prior to      and not later than 2 weeks after the balance of the examination.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position All new licensing examinations will utilize a control room ,simulator.
Nine Mile Point Unit      2 Position All new licensing examinations will utilize a control              room for Unit 2 has been ordered, it is expectedThe tosimulator
The simulator for Unit 2 has been ordered, and it is expected to be operational in January 1985.
,simulator.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I.B.1.2 INDEPENDENT SAFETY ENGINEERING GROUP FSAR Cross Reference Sections 13.4, 16.6.2 NUREG-0737 Position Each applicant for an operating license shall establish an onsite independent safety engineering group (ISEG)to perform independent reviews of plant operations.
be operational in January 1985.
The principal function of the ISEG is to examine plant operating characteristics, NRC issuances, Licensing Information Service advisories, and other appropriate sources of plant design and operating experience information that may indicate areas for improving plant safety.The ISEG is to perform independent review and audits of plant activities, including maintenance, modifications, operational problems, and operational analysis and to aid in the establishment of programmatic requirements for plant activities.
and
Where useful improvements can be achieved, it:is expected that this group will develop and present detailed recommendations to corporate management for such things as revised procedures or equipment modifications.
 
.-Another function of the ISEG is to maintain surveillance of plant operations and maintenance activities to provide independent verification that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as far as practicable.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR I.B.1.2   INDEPENDENT SAFETY ENGINEERING GROUP FSAR Cross Reference Sections 13.4, 16.6.2 NUREG-0737   Position Each    applicant for   an  operating license shall establish      an onsite    independent safety engineering group            (ISEG)    to perform independent reviews of plant operations.
ISEG will then be in a position to advise utility management on the overall quality and safety of operations.
The    principal function of the ISEG is to examine plant operating      characteristics,     NRC    issuances,       Licensing Information Service        advisories, and other appropriate sources of plant design and operating experience information that may indicate areas for improving plant safety. The ISEG is to perform independent review and audits            of plant activities,        including      maintenance,      modifications, operational problems, and operational analysis and to aid in the establishment of programmatic requirements for plant activities. Where useful improvements can be achieved,
ISEG need not perform detailed audits of plant operations and shall not be responsible for signoff functions such that it becomes involved in the operating organization.
:is expected that this group will develop and present it detailed recommendations to corporate management for such things as revised procedures or equipment modifications.
The new ISEG shall not replace the plant operations review committee (PORC)and the utility's independent review and audit group as specified by current staff quidelines (Standard Review Plan, Regulatory Guide 1.33, Standard Technical Specifications).
.-Another function of the ISEG is to maintain surveillance of plant operations and maintenance activities to provide independent verification that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as far as practicable.       ISEG will then be in a position to advise utility management    on the overall quality and safety of ISEG need not perform detailed audits of plant operations.
Rather, it is an additional independent group of a minimum of five dedicated, full-time engineers, located onsite but reporting offsite.to a corporate official who holds a high level, technically-oriented position that is not in the management chain for power production.
operations and shall not be responsible                for signoff functions such that organization.
The ISEG will increase the available technical expertise located onsite and will provide continuing, systematic, and independent assessment of plant activities.
it  becomes involved in the operating The new ISEG shall not replace the plant operations review committee (PORC) and the utility's independent review and audit group as specified by current staff quidelines (Standard Review Plan, Regulatory Guide 1.33,                Standard Technical Specifications).         Rather,    it independent group of a minimum of five dedicated, is an additional full-time engineers,      located onsite but reporting offsite. to a corporate      official who holds              a    high    level, technically-oriented position that is not in the management chain for power production.       The ISEG will increase          the available    technical expertise located onsite and will provide      continuing, systematic, and independent assessment of plant activities. Integrating the Shift Technical Amendment 23                1.10-18                    December 1985
Integrating the Shift Technical Amendment 23 1.10-18 December 1985 Nine Mile, Point Unit 2 FSAR Advisors (STAs)into the ISEG in some way would be desirable in that it could enhance the group's contact with the knowledge of day-to-day plant operations to provid'e additional expertise.
 
However, the STA on shift is necessarily a member of the operating staff and cannot be independent of it.It is expected that'he ISEG may interface with the quality assurance (QA)organization, but preferably should not be an integral part of the QA organization.
Nine Mile, Point Unit  2 FSAR Advisors (STAs) into the ISEG in some way would be desirable in that knowledge it  could enhance the group's contact with the of day-to-day        plant operations to provid'e additional expertise.        However, the STA on        shift is necessarily a member of the operating staff and cannot be independent of it.
The functions of the ISEG require daily contact with the operating personnel and continued access to plant facilities and records.The ISEG review functions can therefore best be carried out by a group physically located onsite.However, for utilities with multiple sites, it may be possible to perform portions of the independent safety assessment function in a centralized location for all the utility's plants.In such cases, an onsite group still is required, but it may be slightly smaller than would be the case if it were performing the entire independent safety assessment function.Such cases will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.At this time, the requirement for establishing an ISEG is being applied only to applicants for operating licenses in accordance with Task I.B.1.2.The staff intends to review this activity xn about a year to determine its effectiveness and to see whether changes are required.Applicability to operating plants will be considered in implementing long-term improvements in organization and management for operating plants (Task I.B.l.l).Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position An onsite independent safety engineering group (ISEG)will be established to perform independent reviews of plant operation.
It  is expected that'he ISEG may interface with the quality assurance (QA) organization, but preferably should not be an integral part of the QA organization.
The principal function of the ISEG'is to examine plant operating characteristics and the various NRC and industry licensing and service advisories, and to recommend areas for improving plant operations or safety.The ISEG will perform independent review of plant activities, including maintenance, modifications, operational concerns and analysis and make recommendations to the Supervi'sor Technical Support Nuclear.The Supervisor Technical Support Nuclear (or his designee)will present to the Operations Assessment Committee (OAC)and/or the Technical Superintendent the results of the analysis, including (when useful improvements can be Amendment 17 1.10-19 January 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR achieved)detailed recommendations such as revised procedures or equipment modifications.
The  functions of the ISEG require daily contact with the operating personnel and continued access to plant facilities and records.       The ISEG review functions can therefore best be carried out by a group physically located onsite.
Presentations to the SORC are provided by the OAC (Section 13.4).The ISEG will observe plant operations and maintenance activities to determine that these activities are being performed properly and provide written recommendations (when useful improvements can be achieved).
However,   for utilities with multiple sites, possible to perform portions of the independent safety it  may be assessment    function in a centralized location for all the utility's plants. In such cases, an onsite group still is required, but case  if it        it may be slightly smaller than would be the were performing the entire independent          safety assessment    function. Such cases    will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
The ISEG does not perform detailed (QA-type)audits and is not responsible for signoff functions associated with daily operational activities.
At this time, the requirement for establishing an ISEG is being applied only to applicants for operating licenses in accordance    with Task I.B.1.2. The staff intends to review this activity xn about a year to determine its effectiveness and to see whether changes are required.           Applicability to operating plants will be          considered    in implementing long-term improvements in organization and management for operating plants (Task I.B.l.l).
The ISEG is independent of the SORC and SRAB, but may make recommendations to these groups.26 The ISEG shall be composed of at least five dedicated, full-time engineers located onsite, assigned to Unit 2, who report to the Supervisor Technical Support Nuclear.Each shall have a bachelor's degree in engineering or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at lease 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.The Supervisor Technical Support, Nuclear reports to the Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear who reports to the Technical Superintendent who is responsible for all technical support onsite.Although the Technical Department reports to the General Superintendent Nuclear Generation (who is responsible for operations), the Technical Department is independent from the direct operational supervision of the plant (that responsibility resides with the Station Superintendent)
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position An onsite     independent safety engineering group (ISEG) will be established    to perform independent reviews of plant operation. The principal function of the ISEG 'is to examine plant operating characteristics and the various NRC and industry licensing and service advisories, and to recommend areas for improving plant operations or safety.           The ISEG will perform independent review of plant activities, including maintenance, modifications, operational concerns and analysis     and make recommendations      to the Supervi'sor Technical Support Nuclear.
~Additionally, the Technical Department has recourse to resolve safety concerns by addressing such concerns to either the SRAB or the Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing.
The Supervisor      Technical Support Nuclear (or his designee) will present to the Operations Assessment Committee (OAC) and/or the Technical Superintendent the results of the analysis,    including    (when  useful  improvements    can    be Amendment 17                    1.10-19                January 1985
Amendment 26 1.10-19a May 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Nine-Mile Point Unit 2 Position Unit 2 will utilize administrative and training procedures to implement op'crating experience feedba'ck to the plant staff..l.These procedures will: Clearly identify organizational responsibilities for review of operating experience, the feedback of pertinent-'nformation to operators and other personnel, and the incorporation of such information in training'and requalification training programs (Section 13.2.4.1.1, Item 9).2.Identify the administrative and technical review steps necessary to tianslate recommendations by the Operating Assessment Committee (OAC)into plant actions (e.g., changes to procedures and operating orders).Sections 13.4 and 1.10 provide information concerning the OAC.3.Identify the recipients of various categories of operating experience information (i.e., shift or supervisor, personnel) or otherwise provide means through which such information can be readily related to the job functions of the recipients (Section 13.2.4.1.3).
 
Provide means to ensure that affected personnel become aware of and understand information of sufficient importance so that this information should not wait for emphasis through routine training and retraining, standing orders or night orders.(For example, required reading assignments are made on an ongoing basis to address this concern.)5.Ensure that plant personnel do not routinely receive extraneous information on operating experience in such volume that it could obscure priority information.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR achieved)    detailed      recommendations      such    as   revised procedures or equipment modifications. Presentations to the SORC are provided by the OAC (Section 13.4).
6.Provide suitable, checks to ensure that correct information is conveyed to operators and other personnel.
The ISEG will observe          plant operations and maintenance activities to determine that these activities are being performed properly and provide written recommendations (when useful improvements can be achieved).           The ISEG does not perform detailed (QA-type)       audits  and is  not responsible for signoff functions      associated      with    daily    operational activities. The  ISEG  is independent of the  SORC and SRAB, but may make recommendations to these groups.
7.Provide periodic audits to ensure that the feedback program functions effectively (e.g., training audits).Amendment 17 1.10-33 January 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Operating experience assessment is performed on an ongoing basis by the Technical Support.Group, OAC, and SORC as described in the administrative procedures.
The  ISEG shall be composed          of at least five dedicated, full-time engineers located onsite, assigned to Unit 2, who report to the Supervisor Technical Support Nuclear. Each shall have a bachelor's degree in engineering or related 26 science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at lease 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field. The Supervisor Technical Support, Nuclear reports to the Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear who reports to the Technical Superintendent who is responsible for all technical support onsite.
The individuals involved review information from a variety of sources such as IE Bulletins, IE Information Notices, INPO reports, LERs, and vendor information letters, such as SILs.The feedback system provides for early notification of significant
Although the Technical Department reports to the General Superintendent Nuclear Generation (who is responsible for operations), the Technical Department is independent from the direct operational supervision of the plant (that responsibility resides with the Station Superintendent)              ~
:-information to operating personnel and management.
Additionally, the Technical Department has recourse to resolve safety concerns by addressing such concerns to either the SRAB or the Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing.
The evaluation process, specifically the OAC meeting, provides assurance that the information is correct and that unimportant and extraneous information does not impact overall proficiency.
Amendment 26                      1.10-19a                    May 1986
Amendment 17 1.10-33a January 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 3.Improvements in the safety monitoring and human factors enhancement of controls and control displays.Communications from the control room to points out-side the control room, such as the onsite technical support center, remote shutdown panel, offsite telephone lines, and to other areas within the plant for normal and emergency operation.
 
5.Use of direct rather than derived signals for the presentation of process and safety information to the operator.6.Operability of the plant from the control room with multiple failures of nonsafety-grade and nonseismic systems.7.Adequacy of operating procedures and operator training with respect to limitations of instrumen-tation displays in the control room.8~Categorization of alarms, with unique definition of safety alarms.9.Physical location of the shift supervisor's office either adjacent to or within the control room complex.Prior to the onsite review/audit, the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation will require a copy of the applicant's preliminary assessment and additional information which will be used in formulating the details of the onsite review/audit.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2      FSAR Nine-Mile Point Unit  2  Position Unit 2 will    utilize administrative    and  training procedures to implement op'crating    experience    feedba'ck  to the plant staff.. These procedures    will:
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 project will utilize the guidance provided by the NRC Committee to Review Generic Requirements (CRGR)as stated in SECY 82-111.NMPC has performed a preliminary control room design review based on the BWR Owners Group program.The survey was structured with a team consisting of representatives from NMPC, other utilities, the NSSS supplier, and a human fac-tors consultant.
: l. Clearly identify organizational responsibilities for review of operating experience, the feedback of pertinent -'nformation to operators and other personnel,      and    the   incorporation      of      such information in training 'and requalification training programs (Section 13.2.4. 1. 1, Item 9).
This group included licensed Senior Reac-tor Operators.
: 2. Identify the administrative and technical review steps necessary to tianslate recommendations by the Operating Assessment Committee (OAC) into plant actions (e.g., changes to procedures and operating orders).       Sections 13.4      and     1.10    provide information concerning the OAC.
The review included panel instrumentation, hardware, and layout and design, annunciators.
: 3. Identify the recipients of various categories of operating experience information (i.e., shift or supervisor, personnel) or otherwise provide means through which such information can be readily related to the job functions of the recipients (Section 13.2.4.1.3).
The 1.10-39 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR preliminary review, was set, up to identify areas where poten-tial changes could be made in the PGCC shop prior.to ship-ment.to the site in early 1983.The final control room design review will be conducted during 1983 or 1984 based on the guidance of NUREG-0700.
Provide means to ensure that affected personnel become  aware of and understand          information of sufficient importance so that this information should not wait for emphasis through                routine training and retraining, standing orders or night orders. (For example, required reading assignments are made on an ongoing basis to address this concern.)
The following paragraphs provide a description of this review.Pur ose and Sco e The purpose of the control room design review described is to 1)review and evaluate, the control room workspace, instrumentation, controls, and other equip-ment, from a human factors engineering point of view that takes into account, both system demands and operator capabilities; and 2)to identify, assess,.and implement con-trol room design modifications that improve control room man-machine interfaces.
: 5. Ensure    that plant personnel do not routinely receive    extraneous      information on operating experience in such volume that it could obscure priority information.
The scope of the Unit 2 control room design review described covers the human factors en-gineering aspects of the completed control room.the following objectives:
: 6. Provide    suitable,  checks  to ensure that correct information is conveyed        to operators and other personnel.
To determine whether the control room provides the system status information,.control capabilities, feedback, and analytic aids necessary for control room operators to accomplish their functions effectively.
: 7. Provide periodic audits to ensure that the feedback program    functions   effectively      (e.g.,    training audits).
2.3.To identify characteristics of existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.
Amendment 17                  1.10-33                  January 1985
To analyze and evaluate the problems that could arise from discrepancies of Items 1 and 2, and to analyze means of correcting those discrepancies.
 
To define and put into effect a plan of action that applies human factors principles to improve control room design and enhance operator effectiveness.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Operating experience assessment is performed on an ongoing basis by the Technical Support. Group, OAC, and SORC as described in the administrative procedures.     The individuals involved review information from a variety of sources such as IE Bulletins, IE Information Notices, INPO reports, LERs, and vendor information letters, such as SILs.
The  feedback    system provides for early notification of significant    :- information to operating      personnel  and management.       The evaluation process, specifically the OAC meeting, provides assurance that the information is correct and that unimportant and extraneous information does not impact overall proficiency.
Amendment 17                  1.10-33a            January 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit      2 FSAR
: 3. Improvements in the       safety monitoring      and human factors    enhancement    of    controls    and   control displays.
Communications from the      control  room  to points out-side the control room, such as the onsite technical support center, remote shutdown panel, offsite telephone lines, and to other areas within the plant for normal and emergency operation.
: 5. Use  of direct rather than derived signals for the presentation of process and safety information to the operator.
: 6. Operability of the plant from the control room with multiple failures of nonsafety-grade and nonseismic systems.
: 7. Adequacy    of operating      procedures    and   operator training with respect to limitations of instrumen-tation displays in the control room.
8 ~  Categorization of alarms, with unique definition of safety alarms.
: 9. Physical location of the shift supervisor's office either adjacent to or within the control room complex.
Prior to the onsite review/audit, the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation will require a copy of the applicant's preliminary assessment and additional information which will be used in formulating the              details of the onsite review/audit.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 project will utilize the guidance provided by the NRC Committee    to Review Generic Requirements (CRGR) as stated in SECY 82-111.
NMPC has performed a preliminary control room design review based on the BWR Owners Group program.                The survey was structured with a team consisting of representatives from NMPC, other utilities, the NSSS supplier, and a human              fac-tors consultant. This group included licensed              Senior  Reac-tor Operators.
The      review      included      panel      layout    and    design, instrumentation,      hardware,      and      annunciators.        The 1.10-39
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR preliminary review, was set, up to identify areas where poten-tial changes could be made in the PGCC shop prior. to ship-ment. to the       site in early 1983. The final control room design review will be conducted during 1983 or 1984 based on the    guidance of NUREG-0700.         The following paragraphs provide a description of this review.
Pur ose and Sco e The purpose of the control room design review described is to 1) review and evaluate, the control room workspace, instrumentation, controls, and other equip-ment, from a human factors engineering        point of view that takes    into account, both system demands and operator capabilities; and 2) to identify, assess,.and implement con-trol room design modifications that improve control room man-machine interfaces.       The scope    of the Unit 2 control room design review described covers the human factors en-gineering aspects of the completed control room.
the following objectives:
To    determine whether the control room provides the system status    information, . control capabilities, feedback,     and analytic aids necessary for control room    operators to accomplish        their functions effectively.
: 2. To identify characteristics        of existing control room  instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and   physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.
: 3. To analyze     and evaluate     the problems that could arise from discrepancies of Items 1 and 2, and to analyze means of correcting those discrepancies.
To define and put into effect a plan of action that applies human factors principles to improve control room design and enhance         operator effectiveness.
Particular emphasis will be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator perform-ance under abnormal or emergency conditions.
Particular emphasis will be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator perform-ance under abnormal or emergency conditions.
To integrate the control room design review with other areas of human factors inquiry identified as a result of TMI-related requirements.
To integrate     the control room design review with other areas of human factors inquiry identified as a result of TMI-related requirements.
1.10-40 Nine Mile Point.Unit 2 FSAR room is separated into a primary display and a secondary display.The secondary display is also utilized for main generator temperature monitoring.
: 1. 10-40
At this time the nuclear data link (NDL)has not been defined by the NRC and no equipment has been procured for this purpose.Amendment, 3 1.10-46a June 1983 Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 3 1.10-46b June 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Criterion 2 The licensee shall establish an onsite radiological and chemical analysis capability to provide, within 3-hr time frame established above, quantification of the following:
 
Certain radionuclides in the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere that may be indicators of the degree of core damage (e.g., noble gases;iodines and cesiums, and nonvolatile isotopes);
Nine Mile Point. Unit 2 FSAR room is separated     into a primary display and a secondary display. The secondary display is also utilized for main generator temperature monitoring.
2.Hydrogen levels in the containment atmosphere 3.Dissolved gases (e.g., H~), chloride (time allotted for analysis subject to discussion below), and boron concentration of liquids.'4.Alternatively, have inline monitoring capabilities to perform all or part of the above analyses.Clarification 2 A discussion of the counting equipment capabilities is needed, including provisions to handle samples and reduce background radiation to minimize personnel radiation exposures (ALARA).Also a procedure is required for relating radionuclide concentrations to core damage.The procedure should include: a.Monitoring for short-and long-lived volatile and non-volatile radionuclides (see.Vol.II, Part 2, pp., 524-527 of Rogovin report for further information).
At this time the nuclear data link (NDL) has not been defined by the NRC and no equipment has   been procured for this purpose.
b.Provisions to estimate the.extent of core damage based on radionuclide concentrations and taking into consideration other physical parameters such as core temperature data and sample location.2.Show a capability to obtain a grab sample, transport and analyze for hydrogen.3.Discuss the capabilities.
Amendment, 3                 1.10-46a               June 1983
to sample and analyze for the accident sample species listed here and in Regulatory Guide 1.97, Rev.2.4.Provide a discussion of the reliability and maintenance information to demonstrate that the Amendment 7 1.10-64'a December 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR selected on-line instrument is appropriate for this application.(See (8)and (10)below relative to back-up grab sample capability and instrument range and accuracy).
 
Position 2 Response: (2)The reactor coolant and containment atmosphere samples from the PASS can be analyzed for major fission product concentrations by gamma ray spectral analysis'he samples may be diluted by a factor of up to 10~to.obtain activities permitting isotopic analysis on a germanium crystal detector.The samples are handled using long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure to a level as low as reasonably achievable.
Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 3             1.10-46b         June 1983
The concentrations of Kr-85, I-131, Cs-137, and Xe-133 are corrected for dilution, decay, temperature, and pressure to the time of reac+or shutdown.The extent of fuel damage can then be determined directly from the figures provided in the plant emergency procedures.
 
Hydrogen levels in the containment, can be measured by the Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System.The hydrogen analyzer is environmentally qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.89 to operate satisfactorily following a LOCA.The hydrogen concentration is recorded in the main control room.Alternatively, a grab sample of the containment atmosphere can be obtained by the PASS and analyzed for hydrogen concentration by using a gas chromatograph.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR Criterion     2 The   licensee shall establish an onsite radiological and chemical analysis capability to provide, within 3-hr time frame established above, quantification of the following:
Boron content of reactor coolant can be determined by analyzing the diluted reactor coolant sample by the carminic acid method.The sample is handled in the laboratory with long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure.Total dissolved gas levels in the reactor coolant can be determined by measuring the pressure of the gas collected from a degassed sample of coolant.A sample of the dissolved gases can be obtained and analyzed for hydrogen or oxygen content using a gas chromatograph.
Certain radionuclides in the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere that may be indicators of the degree of core damage (e.g., noble gases; iodines and cesiums, and nonvolatile isotopes);
Amendment 20 1.10-64b July 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II B.3-1 TIME AND DOSE PROJECTIONS FOR PASS SAMPLING'RANSPORTS AND ANALYSIS Task Decision to take sample Start~Sto Persons<>>Whole~Bod Extremities 0 0 NA N/A N/A Notes Assumes TSC and OSC activated and sample room habitated Read containment atmosphere Hm levels in control room Operate control panel for dilute reactor coolant Transpor t dilute reactor coolant to laboratory Prepare coolant for isotopic Perform isotopic analysis of coolant Analyze coolant for Boron Prepare sample panel for containment atmosphere Operate control panel for containment atmosphere Transfer containment atmosphere to small cask Transport containment atmosphere to laboratory Prepare containment atmosphere for isotopic Perform isotopic analysis of containment atmosphere Operate control panel for total dissolved gas 0 20 20 42 42 44 5 1 445 495 1 49 5 54 2 1 20 20 20 35 35 39 8 1 39 8 58 5 2 58 5 63 9 1 63 9 68 9 1 39 8 109.8 3 NEG.9-5 3 6+1 5 0-1 2 2-A 2 5 4.8+0 1 8+1 5.8+2 3 3 2\7 3 2 5+1 N/A 9 5 2.5+2 6.3+1 2 0-1 8.6+1 4 8+0 2.4+2 2 4+3 5.2+2 2.0+0 2.5+1 6<<lead shielding 6<<lead shielding (Max)3<<lead shielding (Min)4<<lead glass for W.B.(Max)1/2<<lead shielding (Min)4<<lead glass+2<<lead for W.B.1/2<<lead shielding 6<<lead shielding 2<<lead shielding 2<<lead shielding 3<<lead shielding 4" lead glass 6 2<<lead for W.B.(Max)1/2<<lead shielding (Min)6<<lead shielding 28 Amendment 28 1 of 2 May 1987  
: 2. Hydrogen   levels in the     containment atmosphere
: 3. Dissolved gases (e.g.,       H~), chloride (time       allotted for analysis subject         to discussion         below),   and boron concentration of       liquids.
    '4. Alternatively, have inline monitoring capabilities to perform all or part of the above analyses.
Clarification 2 A discussion of the counting equipment capabilities is needed, including provisions to handle samples and   reduce     background     radiation to minimize personnel radiation exposures           (ALARA).       Also a procedure is required for relating radionuclide concentrations to core damage.                 The   procedure should include:
: a. Monitoring for short- and long-lived volatile and non-volatile radionuclides           (see. Vol. II, Part 2, pp., 524-527 of Rogovin report for further information).
: b. Provisions to estimate the extent of core
                                                      .
damage   based on radionuclide concentrations and taking into consideration other physical parameters   such as core temperature         data   and sample   location.
: 2. Show   a     capability to obtain           a   grab   sample, transport   and analyze     for hydrogen.
: 3. Discuss the capabilities. to sample and analyze for the accident sample species listed here and in Regulatory Guide 1.97, Rev. 2.
: 4. Provide     a   discussion of the reliability and maintenance information to demonstrate                 that the Amendment 7                     1. 10-64'a                 December 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR selected on-line instrument is appropriate for this application. (See (8) and (10) below relative to back-up grab sample capability and instrument range and accuracy).
Position   2 Response:     (2)
The   reactor coolant and containment atmosphere samples from the PASS can be analyzed for major               fission product concentrations by gamma ray spectral analysis'he samples may be   diluted by a factor of up to 10~ to. obtain activities permitting isotopic analysis           on a germanium crystal detector. The samples are handled using long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure to a level as low as reasonably achievable.     The concentrations of Kr-85, I-131, Cs-137, and Xe-133 are corrected for dilution, decay, temperature, and pressure to the time of reac+or shutdown.
The extent of fuel damage can then be determined directly from the figures provided in the plant emergency procedures.
Hydrogen levels in the containment, can be measured by the Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System.           The hydrogen analyzer is environmentally qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.89 to operate satisfactorily following a LOCA. The hydrogen concentration is recorded in the main control room.
Alternatively, a grab sample of the containment atmosphere can be obtained by the PASS and analyzed             for hydrogen concentration by using a gas chromatograph.
Boron   content of reactor coolant can be determined by analyzing the diluted reactor coolant sample by the carminic acid method.       The sample is handled in the laboratory with long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure.
Total dissolved     gas levels in the reactor coolant can be determined by measuring the pressure of the gas collected from a degassed sample of coolant.
A sample   of the dissolved gases can   be obtained and analyzed for hydrogen or oxygen content using   a gas chromatograph.
Amendment 20                 1.10-64b                   July 1985
 
Nine Mile Point     Unit   2 FSAR TABLE   II B.3-1 TIME AND DOSE PROJECTIONS   FOR   PASS SAMPLING'RANSPORTS AND ANALYSIS Task                                 Start  ~Sto     Persons<>>     Whole     ~Bod Extremities               Notes Decision to take sample                        0       0         NA       N/A           N/A         Assumes TSC and OSC activated and sample room habitated Read containment atmosphere                                               NEG .          N/A Hm levels in control room Operate control panel for dilute               0    20                    9-5            9 5        6<<  lead shielding reactor coolant Transpor t dilute reactor coolant             20      42                    3 6+1        2. 5+2      6<<
3<<
lead shielding (Max) lead shielding (Min) to laboratory Prepare coolant for isotopic                  42      44 5        1          5  0-1        6.3+1      4<<  lead glass  for W. B.  (Max) 1/2<< lead shielding (Min)
Perform isotopic analysis of                 445    495        1          2  2-A        2  0-1 coolant Analyze coolant  for Boron                  49 5   54 2       1         2 5           8. 6+1     4<< lead glass    + 2<<  lead for W.B.
1/2<< lead  shielding 28 Prepare sample panel  for  containment      20      20                                              6<<  lead shielding atmosphere Operate  control panel for                    20      35                    4. 8+0       4 8+0        2<< lead shielding containment atmosphere Transfer containment atmosphere                35    39 8        1          1  8+1       2.4+2       2<<  lead shielding to small cask Transport containment atmosphere              39 8   58 5        2         5.8+2         2 4+3       3<<  lead shielding to laboratory Prepare containment atmosphere                58 5    63 9        1        3 3            5. 2+2     4" lead glass    6 2<< lead for isotopic                                                                                          for  W.B. (Max) 1/2<< lead   shielding (Min)
Perform isotopic analysis    of                63 9    68 9        1          2\7  3      2. 0+0 containment atmosphere Operate  control panel for total              39 8  109.8        3          2 5+1        2. 5+1      6<< lead shielding dissolved gas Amendment 28                                                  1  of  2                                                           May 1987
 
Nine  Nile Point Unit    2 FSAR TABLE  II.B.3-1    (Cont)
Task                              Start  Stop      persoosll) lltole    ~soo    Brtreeities                Notes Operate  control panel for 10-ml          109 8  119 8        3          3.6+0          3.6+0        6" lead shielding reactor coolant Transport 10-ml reactor coolant          119.8  179  1       3          6. 0+1          3.8-3        6" lead shielding (Max) 2PB lead shielding  (Bin) to laboratory Analyze 10-ml reactor coolant                                                                        4" glass lead      2" lead for chloride                            179  1 183 6        1          2 4+1          8. 1+3                        8 for  Q.B. (Sax) 1/2<< lead  shielding (Sin)
<>>Number of persons performing particular task.
<>>Doses are based on the assumption that the decision  to take    a sample    is  made  1  hr after reactor scram.
2  of 2                                                              Nay 1987 Amendment 28
 
Nine Mile Point Unit                2 FSAR TABLE  II.B.3-2 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING ANALYTICAL METHODS A~nal sis        Method                      Suitabilit        Rancae        A~ccurac Boron            Carmini c                  GE  NEDC-30088    50-          +50 ppm acid                        In-house          2,000  ppm            I testing Chloride          Specific                    ASTM D512D        1-10 ppm      +1 ppm:"
ion                        In-house          >10 ppm      +10%
electrode                  testing pH                Combina-                    GE  NEDC-30088    2-12 pH      +0.2 pH tion                pH electrode Isotopic          Gamma                      In-house          lvCi/gm-      +200%
spectral                    testing          10 Ci/gm analysis Total            Gas                        GE  testing      25-50 cc/kg  +50%
Dissolved        sample                      In-house          50-400 cc/kg  230%
Gas              pressure                    testing measure-ments Dissolved                                    GE  testing      25-50 cc/kg  +50%
H> or 0<          chromato-                                    50-400 cc/kg  +30%
graph and pressure measurements Gas                        In-house          0. 1-100 %
                                                                          *  +0. 1%
Hydrogen'~'xygen'~'as chroma-                    testing tograph Gas                        In-house          0.5-100  %    +0.5%
chroma-                    testing tograph
'''Verification is analysis for on-line inconclusive'Backup H>/O~  monitoring system Amendment 14                                  1  of  1                  October 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR II.D.1    RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE TEST REQUIREMENTS FSAR  Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 5.4 NUREG-0737    Position BWR  licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief and safety valves under    expected    operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2  Position
~
The  NRC  has    identified  a  total of  20  scenarios that could possibly lead to high      pressure    two-phase    or liquid flow through the SRV.
The  Unit  2  project    will    provide  the    following means to resolve the    NRC  concerns:
: 1. Redundant Level 8      trip for  RCIC  (Events 4 and 9)
: 2. Redundant Level 8      trip for  HPCS  (Events  5  and 10)
: 3. Redundant nonsafety Level 8      trip  to close the three feedwater    control valves      and    two    HPLF    valves (Event 1)
The  tests and analyses described in Reference 1 verify the adequacy  of safety relief valves (SRV) operation and the integrity of the SRV piping under expected liquid discharge conditions, and satisfy all requirements of NUREG-0737, Item IIELD.l.
As  discussed    in  Appendix    A  of Reference      1, for Dikkers valves, there are no material,        dimensional      or  operational differences between the          in-plant  valves    and    the tested valves. Since the valves are        identical,    the    test  results for Dikkers valves        are    applicable    to  the  corresponding in-plant valves.
Reference
: 1. Analysis of Generic BWR Safety/Relief Valve Operability Test Results, NEDO-24988, Class I, October 1981.
Amendment 7                    1.10-69                    December 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR In    a  letter from D".G. Eisenhut of the NRC to C.V. Mangan of NMPC      dated March 29, 1984, the Equipment              Qualification Branch requested          that NMPC provide additional information
.concerning TMI Action Plan II.D.1.                Following are        the responses to each NRC question:
uestion      1 A The      test    program    utilized    a  rams  head    discharge  pipe configuration. Most plants              utilize a tee quencher
                                                        .
configuration at the end of the discharge line. Describe the discharge pipe configuration used at your plant and compare the anticipated            loads on valve internals in the plant configuration to the measured loads in the test program.        Discuss the impact of any differences in loads on valve operability.
~Res  ense Unit    2. utilizes a tee quencher at the end of the main steam SRV    discharge line (SRVDL). The test program described in NEDE-24988-P used a rams head discharge device with test conditions simulating the shutdown cooling mode. The impact of the difference on valve operability is accounted for as follows:
      . Valve    operability is affected by dynamic loads on valve internals. The dynamic loads are governed by (a) back pressure of the SRV and (b) flow through the SRV.
Higher back pressures        and    flow  will    produce  higher dynamic loads.
(a)  In the    test  -.program, the  SRV  inlet  pressure was equal    to 250 psig.      The Unit 2 reactor pressure      during shutdown cooling'ode is approximately 135 psig.        The maximum        back pressure      of the SRV is approximately 35 percent of the SRV inlet pressure;            thus, the test program has qualified the SRV to .work with back pressure of about two times that of Unit 2.      This provides adequate margin to offset the difference in using a tee quencher.
(b) The test program has qualified the SRV with a rams head discharge device.      The tee quencher allowed less flow (257 ibm/sec) than the rams head (260 ibm/sec) because resistance.
it has- higher flow Thus, operability of the SRV for Unit 2 SRVDL with a tee quencher will also be qualified.
Amendment 23                        1.10-69a                December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Refer  to the responses to Questions F421.21 and F421.23 for further information regarding the Unit 2 position.
Refer to the response for Task II.F.1 for a discussion of incore thermocouples and to the response for Task I.D.l for Amendment 14                1.10-84a            October 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjjY BIANK Amendment 14            1.10-84b          October 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR An  investigation of the feasibility and contraindications of reducing challenges to the relief valves by use of the aforementioned methods should be conducted. Other methods should also be included in the feasibility study.              Those changes which are shown to reduce relief valve challenges without compromising the performance of the relief valves or other systems should be implemented.              Challenges to the relief valves should be reduced substantially (by an order of magnitude).
Failure of the power-operated relief valve (PORV) to reclose during the TMI-2 accident resulted in damage to the reactor core. As a consequence,      relief valves in all plants, in-cluding BWRs, are being examined with a view toward their possible role in a small-break LOCA.
The SRVs are  dual-function pilot-operated relief valves that use a spring-actuated    pilot for the safety function and ex-ternal air diaphragm-actuated pilot for the relief function.
The operating history of the SRV has been poor. A new design is used in some plants but the operational history is too brief to evaluate the effectiveness of the new design.
Another way of improving the performance of the valves is to reduce the number of challenges to the valves. This may be done by the methods described above or by other means.          The feasibility and contraindications of reducing the number of challenges to the valves by the various methods should be studied. These changes,      which are shown to decrease the number of challenges without compromising the performance of the valves or other systems,      should be implemented.
The  failure of an SRV to reclose will be the most probable cause  of a small-break LOCA. Based on the above guidance and clarification, results of a detailed evaluation should be submitted to the staff. The licensee shall document the proposed    system    changes    for staff approval before implementation.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2  Position The  BWR  Owners  Group  (BWROG)  .evaluated the NRC-suggested modifications listed earlier.          Section 4.3 of the BWROG study (March 31, 1981)      states:    "For comparing the various valves, the  Three-Stage  Target  Rock  Valve was taken as the benchmark valve with an assumed normalized factor of 1.0 for probability to stick open when challenged."            Section 4.3.3 compares    Crosby and Dikkers SRVs to the three-stage target rock, and states:    "Based on valve qualification test data and limited operating experience,            a normalized factor of 1.10-89
 
Nine Mile Point Unit                  2 FSAR 0.125    was    assigned                  for their relative probability to stick open, when challenged."                        Since the Unit 2 design includes Dikkers SRVs, a reduction of challenges, relative to the benchmark valve, of roughly one order of magnitude,                              is achieved; therefore, the intent of the NUREG is satisifed.
The  Unit  2  design does not incorporate any of the proposed changes  listed in    NUREG-0737,                    since the BWROG study has determined that either unjustified increases                              in system complexity and/or minimal reduction (less than 5 percent) in SRV challenge rate would result from these changes.
II.K.3.17      REPORT ON OUTAGES OF EMERGENCY CORE-COOLING SYSTEMS LICENSEE REPORT AND PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES FSAR  Cross Reference Section 6.3, 16.3/4.5 NUREG-0737    Position Several    components                      of the  emergency  core-cooling  (ECC) systems  are permitted by technical specifications to have substantial outage times (e.g., 72 hours for one diesel-generator; 14 days for the HPCI system). In addition, there are no cumulative outage time limitations for ECC systems.
Licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and lengths of outages for all ECC systems for the last 5 years of operation. The report should also include the causes of the outages (i.e., controller failure, spurious isolation).
The  present technical specifications contain limits on allowable outage times for ECC systems and components.
However, there are no cumulative outage time limitations on these same systems.                        It is possible that ECC equipment could meet present technical specification requirements but have a high unavailability because of frequent outages within the allowable technical      specifications'he licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and length of outages for all ECC systems                        for the last 5 years of operation, including causes of the outages.                            This report will provide the staff with a quantification of historical unreliability due to test and maintenance outages, which will be used to determine for cumulative outage requirements in the technical if  a need    exists specifications.
Amendment 23                                    1.10-90              December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR Based  on    the above guidance and clarification, a detailed report  should  be submitted. The report should contain    (1) outage    dates  and  duration    of  outages;  (2) cause  of the outage; (3) ECC systems or components involved -in the outage;    and    (4)    corrective action taken.      Test and maintenance outages should be included in the above listings which are to cover the last 5 years of operation. The licensee should propose changes to improve the availability of ECC equipment,    if needed.
Applicant for    an  operating license shall establish    a plan to meet, these requirements.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2  Position NMPC  will report      ECCS  outages via LERs and Annual Summary Reports as    required by technical specifications.
Amendment 9                    1.10-90a                  March 1984
 
Nine Mile*.Point'nit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 9          1.10-90b            March 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR II.K.3.22    RCIC SUCTION SOURCE FSAR  Cross Reference Sections 5.4.6, 7.4 NUREG-0737  Position The  reactor core isolation cooling    (RCIC) system takes suc-tion from the condensate storage,  tank with manual switchover to the suppression pool when the condensate storage tank level is low. This switchover should be made automatically.
Until the automatic switchover is implemented, licensees should verify that clear and cogent procedures exist for the manual switchover of the RCIC system suction from the con-densate  storage tank to the suppression pool.
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 Position The  Unit 2 project will implement the NRC . position to automatically transfer RCIC suction source.          Condensate storage tank low water inventory will initiate automatic transfer of the suction of the RCIC pump to the suppression pool.
1.10-93
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.24  RCIC AND HPCI SUPPORT POWER FSAR  Cross Reference Section 9.4 NUREG-0737  Position Long-term operation of the reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) and high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) systems may require    space cooling to maintain the pump room tem-peratures within allowable limits. Licensees should verify the acceptability of the consequences of a complete loss of ac power. The RCIC and HPCI systems should be designed  to withstand a complete loss of offsite ac power to their sup-port systems,'ncluding coolers, for at least 2 hr.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 ECCS design employs a cubicle arrangement to en-sure physical, electrical, and environmental, separation of each portion ,of the ECCS. The RCIC system is also located within a separate cubicle. The HPCS pump room is cooled ,by either of two fully redundant Category I unit space coolers.
The remaining ECCS pump rooms and the RCIC pump room are each cooled by one Category I unit space cooler with an ad-ditional cooler provided as a spare. These coolers are part of the reactor building heating, ventilation, and air con-ditioning (HVAC) system which utilize cooling water from the service water (SWP) system. The safety-related portions of the SWP system are powered from the            standby diesel generators following a loss of offsite power; therefore a reliable supply of cooling water is provided. Likewise, the control systems involved in the operation of the unit coolers also receive their power from the diesel generators following a loss of offsite power. This design assures that the pump room temperatures      are maintained within normal limits for an indefinite period following a complete loss of offsite  power.
: 1. 10-94
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.27    COMMON WATER  LEVEL REFERENCE FSAR  Cross Reference Sections 7.3, 16.3/4.3 NUREG-0737  Position Different reference points of the various reactor vessel water level instruments may cause operator            confusion.
Therefore, all level instruments should be referenced to the same point. Either the bottom of the vessel or the top of the    active    fuel is a reasonable          reference point (NUREG-0737).
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 Position Unit 2  utilizes  a common water level reference elevation at 380.69  in  above the vessel  invert elevation. This reference point  corresponds    to  the top of the upper core support plate. All five level instrumentation ranges ( shutdown, upset, wide, narrow, and fuel) utilize this reference.
Amendment 23                  1 '0-97              December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR II.K.3.28    ADS ACCUMULATORS FSAR  Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 6.3, 9.3. 1 NUREG-0737  Position Safety    analysis    reports    claim that air or nitrogen accumulators for the automatic depressurization system (ADS) valves are provided with sufficient capacity to cycle the valves open five times at design pressure.          GE  has also stated that the emergency core cooling systems (ECCS) are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their function for 100 days following an accident.
The licensee should verify that the accumulators on the ADS valves meet these requirements,          even considering normal leakage. If this cannot be demonstrated,    the licensee must show  that the accumulator design is    still acceptable.
The  ADS valves, accumulators,      and associated equipment and instrumentation must be capable          of performing their functions during and following exposure to hostile environments,    taking no credit for nonsafety-related equipment    or instrumentation.        Additionally, air (or nitrogen)'eakage through valves must be accounted for in order to assure that enough inventory of compressed air is available to cycle the ADS valves.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The primary source      of pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the ADS accumulators will be from two nitrogen storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Long-term post-accident supply and leakage makeup will be provided by two bottled nitrogen connections, also located outside the reactor building. Two Category I nitrogen accumulator tanks are located in the reactor building and are pressurized from the nitrogen storage tanks. These two large accumulators provide pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the seven smaller ADS accumulators located          inside the primary containment. This arrangement provides sufficient time to place the bottled nitrogen system into service condition requires long-term ADS operation.
if  the plant The ADS valves, including pilot operators, are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their safety function for 100 days following an accident.
Amendment 23                  1.10-98              December 1985
 
Nine  Nile Point Unit    2 FSAR TABLE  III    D 3 4-1 RESULTS OF TOXIC CHENICAL ANALYSIS FOR THE CONTROL ROON HABITABILITY STUDY Allowable Naximum    Control                      Time Chemical                            Room  Concentration      Toxic Limit  Period Location          Chemical              ~ZmZl J.A. FitzPatrick    Nm                    7.5                  274          15 Plant                HgSOg              6.6 x 10-m                0. 002      2 COm                    4 3                  54. 8      15 Propane                0.9                  43. 1      15 Alcan                Clm                    0.02                  0  045      2 Propane                3 5                  43  1      15 Nm                    0 9                  274          15 HCl                    0. 02                  0 05        15 COm                    0.06                  54 8          2      28 Route 104            Hcl                    0 04                  0 050        2 Nm                    0 4                  274          15 COm                    0.06                  54. 8        2 Nine Nile Point      Ng                    15. 0                274          15 Unit  1              COg                  10. 2                  54. 8        15 Hm SOg            1.3 x 10-~                  0 002      2 Nine  Nile Point    HgSOg                  0 0017                  0. 002      2 Unit  2              COg                  32. 8                  54 8        15 Halon 1301            4 0                  432          15 Nm                    20 5                  274          15 Copper Neld        Isopropyl          4.0 x 10-i                  1  2      15 Bimetallics Group Alcohol      1 Amendment 28                          1. 10-133                              Nay 1987
 
0 Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR In addition to the load combination requirement for the con-tainment design, there is a fatigue analysis requirement for the liner of a concrete containment. For'steel containment, the consideration of fatigue is specified in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.
However, the liner on the concrete          foundation mat of the steel containment should be treated as the liner of a con-crete containment. Since the staff's position requires the pool liner to be designed in accordance with the ASME BEcPV Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE,          it is suggested that a generic method to consider fatigue of both the steel containment and the steel liner in the concrete containment should be adopted.
Position The      absolute sum method of combining dynamic loads is used for the design of structures.          The details    of load com-binations used in designing the structures are covered in FSAR    Section 3.8.
The      Unit 2 primary containment liner is evaluated for fatigue to the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-.
sel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.
LICENSING ISSUE:      43  FIUID/STRUCTURE INTERACTION I
I s sue.
The      dynamic forcing functions for various loads have been established through testing on models that. are generally more stiff than the actual structures to which the lo'ads will be applied. By directly applying such forcing func-
          'o tions          actual structures in the analysis, the interactive effect between the fluid mass and the structure                    is neglected.. Under certain conditions, this effect may be significant". It is proposed that a generic approach to study; such effects should be established.
Position This issue is not directly applicable to the Unit 2 Mark II containment. Since the Unit 2 containment is stiff in the suppression pool region and the dynamic forcing functi'ons are conservatively defined, any interactive effect between the fluid: mass and the structure is inherently included.
Amendment 3                      1.12-31                    June 1983
 
Nine Mi'le Point Unit  2 FSAR LICENSING ISSUE 44    .LONG-TERM  POST-LOCA OPERABILITY OF DEEP-DRAFT ECCS PUMPS Issue IE  Bulletin 79-15, dated July 1979, identified problems with deep-draft  ECCS pumps that could      threaten their long-term post-LOCA operability. Structure flexibility; shaft/column misalignment; vibrational frequencies near rotation speeds; inlet flow induced vortices; and dimensional deficiencies such as those discovered with certain LaSalle ECCS pumps, could cause excessive vibration and bearing wear. The'RC staff has asked applicants to define programs and provide data that compare the expected servic'e life with the ac-cumulated operating time          and    confirm the      long-term operability.
Position The inherent design features of the Byron Jackson ECCS pumps in Unit 2 .preclude excessive vibration and bearing wear.
Each pump is supplied with a casing or suction barrel and is not installed in a wet sump. They do not have long, limber columns; the longest pump is only 24 ft, compared to the 30-to 60-ft pumps described in IE Bulletin 79-15.          Also the pump assembly rigidity is enhanced by seismic rings between the assembly and the barrel. The pumps use a double-suction first stage to provide stability over a wide range of flows.
Column frequencies are well removed from pump speed.        Larger diameter barrels provide low flow velocities around pump inlets, and ring seismic restraints                act" as      flow straighteners to suppress vortex formation. The pumps'have high-precision, keyed, sleeve-type couplings.
Long-term operability is assured by preventive maintenance, functional testing and surveillance,              and  vibration monitoring.      Scheduled preventive maintenance consists of resistance readings of motor windings; lubrication of critical rotating components; general cleaning and inspec-tion of rotating electrical equipment; and inspection, overhaul,    alignment, and adjustment of impeller lift.
Functional-testing measurements of pump inlet pressure, differential pressure, flow rate, vibration, and upper temperature, as prescribed by Section XI of the ASME BEcPV Code, provide data for engineering analysis to identify per-formance changes or trends.        In addition, vibration data bases,    established      during the preoperational/startup testing, are compared with functional-testing vibration data to monitor journal bearing wear and shaft whip.
"Amendment 4                    1. 12-32            September  1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR ISSUE:  A-24  ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF SAFETY-RELATED EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT        ~
NRC  Descri tion Accidents postulated for nuclear power plants could create severe environmental conditions        such  as  temperature, pressure,    humidity,    radiation,    chemical  sprays, and submergence both inside and, outside the containment.          In order to ensure that the electrical equipment in safety systems will perform their intended function, that such equipment be qualified to perform in the it is required environment associated with an accident.
Schedule  for NRC Resolution NUREG-0588,  Revision 1, completed August 1981.
IEEE-323 and Regulatory Guide 1.89 contain specific guidance for meeting the requirements.      The final rule concerning environmental qualification was published in the Federal Register on January 21, 1983.
Unit  2 Position Environmental qualification of Class lE equipment located in harsh environments meets or exceeds the requirements for Category II qualification in accordance with NUREG-0588, including the guidance provided for incorporation of IEEE-323. The mild environments qualification program has not been addressed to the NRC.
Amendment 9                  1.13-11                  March 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit    2 FSAR ISSUE:    A-26    REACTOR  VESSEj PRESSURE TRANSIENT PROTECTION g )
NRC  Descri tion Pressure      transients      in PWRs which have exceeded the pressure/temperature      limits of the reactor vessel have occurred (usually during plant startup or shutdown, when the temperature of the reactor coolant was low). The transients have    been    attributed to personnel error, procedural deficiencies, component random failure, and spurious valve actuation.
Schedule  for  NRC  Resolution NUREG-0224 completed        September    1978. All operating PWRs have an installed system to protect against low temperature overpressurization.        However, systems in 10 plants have not been completely reviewed against acceptance          criteria.
Unit 2 Position As Unit 2 is a BWR, this issue is not applicable.
Amendment 9                      1. 13-12                  March 1984
 
NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 QQo[gQQ g OQCIQQQQOG
 
'1 Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                    Title                      Volume CHAPTER 1    INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1          Introduction 1.2          General Plant Description 1.3          Comparison Tables 1 ~ 4        Identification of Agents and  Contractors 1.5          Requirements  for Further Technical Information 1.6          Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7          Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8          Conf ormance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9          Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance  Criteria 1.10        Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI
: 1. 11        Abbreviations and Acronyms
: 1. 12        Generic Licensing Issues
: l. 13        Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2    SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1          Geography and Demography 2.2          Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and  Military Facilities 2.3          Meteorology 2.4          Hydrologic Engineering 2.5          Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering                    3,4 Appendix 2A                                              4 Appendix 2B                                              5 Appendixes 2C through 2H                                  6 Appendixes 2I, 2J                                        7 Appendixes 2K, 2I., 2M                                    8 CHAPTER 3    DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1          Conformance  with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2          Classification of Structures, Systems,  and Components Amendment 16                                      December 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                  Title                      Volume 3.3        Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4        Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5          Missile Protection 3.6A        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                  9,10 3.6B        Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)    10 3.7A        Seismic Design                            10 3.7B        Seismic Design                            10 3.8          Design of Seismic Category I Structures  10 3.9A        Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B        Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A        Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                12
: 3. 10B      Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)                                12 3.11        Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment                  12 Appendixes 3A  through  3D                            12 CHAPTER 4    REACTOR                                  12 4.1          Summary  Description                    12 4.2          Fuel System Design                        12 4.3          Nuclear Design                            12 4            Thermal/Hydraulic Design                  12 4.5          Reactor Materials                        12 4.6          Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems                          12 CHAPTER 5    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS                        13 5.1          Summary  Description                    13 5.2          Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure  Boundary                      13 3.i
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                Title                    Volume 5.3          Reactor Vessel                        13 5.4          Component and Subsystem Design        13 CHAPTER 6    ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 6.1          Engineered Safety Feature Materials  13 6.2          Containment Systems
                                                          '4 6.3          Emergency Core Cooling Systems        15 6.4          Habitability Systems                  1'5 6.5          Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6.6          Inservice Inspection of Safety Class  2 and Class  3 Components      15 Appendixes 6A, 6B                                  15 CHAPTER 7    INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 7.1          Introduction                          15 7.2          Reactor Protection (Trip)
System (RPS)  Instrumentation and Controls                              15 7.3          Engineered Safety Feature Systems    15
: 7.          Systems Required for Safe Shutdown    16 4'.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation                      16  ~
7.6          All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for 'Safety          16 7'          Control Systems Not Required for Safety                            16 CHAPTER 8    ELECTRIC POWER 8.1          Introduction                          16 8.2          Offsite  Power System                16 8.3          Onsite Power System                  16, 17 CHAPTER 9    AUXILIARY SYSTEMS                    17 9.1          Fuel Storage and Handling            17 9.2          Water Systems                        18 9.3          Process Auxiliaries                  19 9.4          Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems              20,21 9.5          Other Auxiliary Systems              21,22 Appendix  9A                                      23
'0-
 
Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                  Title                    Volume CHAPTER 10  STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM      23 10.1        Summary .De sc r iption                23 10.2        Turbine Generator                      23 10.3        Main Steam Supply System              24 10.4        Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11  RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.1        Source Terms                          24 11.2        Liquid Waste Management Systems        24 11.3        Gaseous Waste Management Systems      25 11.4        Solid Waste Management System          25 11.5        Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems        25 Appendix 11A                                        25 CHAPTER 12  RADIATION PROTECTION                  25 12.1        Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)                    25
: 12. 2        Radiation Sources                      25
: 12. 3        Radiation Protection Design Features                              25 12.4        Dose Assessment                        26 12.5        Health Physics Program                26 CHAPTER 13  CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS                  26
: 13. 1        Organizational Structure of Applicant                              26
: 13. 2        Training                              26
: 13. 3        Site Emergency Plan                    26
: 13. 4        Operation Review and Audit            26
: 13. 5        Plant Procedures                      26
: 13. 6        Industrial Security                    26 Appendixes 13A, 13B                                26 CHAPTER 14  INITIAL TEST    PROGRAM              26 14.1        Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)                26
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                  Title                  Volume L
14.2        Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)                26,27 CHAPTER 15  ACCIDENT ANALYSIS                      27 15.0        General                                27 15.1        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature                            27 15.2        Increase in Reactor Pressure          27 15.3        Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate                      27 15.4        Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies                              27 15.5        Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory                              27 15.6        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory                              27 15.7        Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components              27 15.8        Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)                          27 Appendix 15A                                        28 Appendix 15B                                        28 Appendix 15C                                        28    26 Appendix 15D                                      . 28 Appendix 15E                                        28 CHAPTER 16  TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS              28 CHAPTER 17  QUALITY ASSURANCE                      28 17.0        Introduction                          28 17.1        Quality Assurance Program During Operation                              28 CHAPTER 18  HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING              28 18.1        Human  Factors Engineering Team      28 18 '        Safety Parameter Display System        28 Amendment 26                                    May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                    Title                  Pacae 2.3.3.1.3    Meteorological Instrumentation
                            .                      2.3-28 2.3.3.1.4    Methodologies                          2.3-30 2 '.3.1.5    Instrumentation Surveillance          2.3-30 2.3  '.1.6  Data Acquisition and Reduction        2.3-31 2.3.3.1.7    Data Analysis Procedures              2 3 31 2.3  '.2 2 '.3.2.1 Operational Measurements Program Description
                                                      ~
2.3-31 2 3 31
                                                      ~
2.3.3.2.2    Meteorological Instrumentation        2.3-32 2.3.3.2.3    Processing and Recording of Meteorological Sensor Signals          2.3-32a 2'  '.2.4  Instrumentation Surveillance          2.3-32b 2.3.3.2.5    Data Analysis Procedures              2.3-32b 2.3.4        Short-Term (Accident) Diffusion Estimates                              2 3 33
                                                      ~
2.3.4. 1    Objective                              2 3 33 2.3  '.2 2 '.4 '
X/Q Estimates Accident Assessment
                                                      ~
2 3 33
                                                      ~
2.3-34 2.3.4.3.1    Methodology                            2.3-34a 2.3.4 '.2    Meteorological Data                    2.3-36 2 '.4.4      Atmospheric Diffusion Models          2.3-38 2.3.4.4.1    Main Stack X/Q Calculations            2.3-38 2.3.4.4.2    Vent X/Q Calculations                  2.3-42 2.3.4.4 '    Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panel X/Q Calculations                2.3-46 2.3.5        Long-Term (Routine) Diffusion Estimates                              2 '-46 2.3. F 1    Objective                              2.3-46 2 '.
2.3. 5.2 5.3 2.3. 5.3.1 X/Q and D/Q Estimates Methodology Meteorological Input 2.3-46 2.3-47 2.3-47 2.3. 5.3.2  Source Configuration                  2.3-48 2.3. 5.3.2.1 Main Stack Release                    2.3-48 2.3. 5 '.2.2 Vent Release                          2.3-48 2.3. 5 '.2.3 Site Impacts  on  the Main Stack and Vent Releases                2.3-49 2.3.5 3 3
      ~  ~  Plume Rise                            2.3-50 2.3.5 3.4
      ~    Diffusion Model                        2.3-52 2.3.5 .3.5  Terrain Corrections                    2.3-52 2.3.5 .3.6  Wind Speed Adjustment                  2.3-53 2.3.5 .3.7  Atmospheric  Stability                2.3-53 2.3.5 3.8
      ~    Dispersion Coeffients                  2.3-53 2.3.5 3.9    Land/Lake Breeze                      2.3-54 2.3.5 3 2.3.6
      ~
      ~  '0 Deposition References 2.3-55 2.3-57 2.4          HYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING                2.4-1 Amendment 24                  2-113.          February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                    Title                Pacae 2.4.1        Hydrologic Description              2. 4-1 2.4.1.1      Site  and Facilities                2. 4-1 Amendment 24              2-iiia            February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 24          2-iiib              February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                      Title                Pacae 2.4. 1.2    Hydrosphere                          2. 4-1 2.4.2        Floods                              2. 4-3 2.4.2.1      Flood History                        2. 4-3 2.4.2.2      Flood Design Considerations          2. 4-3a 2.4.2.3      Effects of Local Intense Precipitation                        2. 4-4 2.4.2.3.1    Probable Maximum Precipitation      2. 4-4 2.4.2.3.2    Precipitation Losses                2. 4-4a 2.4.2.3.3    Probable Maximum Flood Flow          2. 4-5 2.4.3        Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers                  2.4-7 2.4.4        Potential  Dam  Failures            2.4-7 2.4.5        Probable Maximum Surge and Seiche Flooding                            2.4-8 2.4.5.1      Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters 2.4-8 2.4.5.2      Surge and Seiche Water Levels        2.4-10 2.4.5.3      Wave  Action                        2.4-11 2.4.5.4      Resonance                            2.4-12 2.4.5.5      Protective Structures                2.4-13 2.4.6        Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding    2.4-14 2.4.7        Ice Effects                          2.4-14a 2 '.8        Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs  2.4-15 2.4.9        Channel Diversions                  2.4-15 2 '.10      Flooding Protection Requirements    2.4-16 2.4.11      Low Water Considerations            2.4-16a 2.4.11.1    Low Flow in Streams                  2.4-16a 2.4.11.2    Low Water Resulting from Surges, Seiches, or Tsunami                  2 '-16a 2.4. 11.3    Historical Low Water                2.4-17 2.4. 11.4    Future Controls                      2 '-18 2.4. 11. 5  Plant Requirements                  2.4-18 2.4.11.6    Heat Sink Dependability Requirements 2.4-18 2.4.12      Dispersion, Dilution, and Travel Times of Accidental Releases of Liquid Effluents in Surface Waters  2.4-19 2.4.13      Groundwater                          2.4-22 2.4.13.1    Description and Onsite Use          2.4-22 2.4.13.1.1  Regional Groundwater Conditions      2.4-22 2.4.13.1.2  Local Aquifers                      2.4-31 2.4.13.1.3  Recharge and Discharge              2.4-32 2.4.13.1.4  Onsite Use                          2.4-32 2.4.13.2    Sources                              2 '-32 Amendment 26                                        May 1986
 
Nine Mile. Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Parcae Section                    Title APPENDIX 2G  LONG-TERN (ROUTINE) DIFFUSION ESTIMATES FOR THE MAIN STACK AND COMBINED RADWASTE AND REACTOR BUILDING VENT APPENDIX 2H  EXCAVATION MAPS APPENDIX 2I  DEMSTER STRUCTURAL ZONE WITH DISCUSSION ON ORIGIN AND EXTENT APPENDIX 2J  TEST PROCEDURES, APPENDIX 2K  BORING LOGS APPENDIX 2L  POPULATION DISTRIBUTION APPENDIX 2M  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON TRENCH 1 Amendment 24                2-viiia            February 1986


Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II.B.3-1 (Cont)Task Operate control panel for 10-ml reactor coolant Start Stop 109 8 119 8 persoosll) lltole~soo Brtreeities 3 3.6+0 3.6+0 Notes 6" lead shielding Transport 10-ml reactor coolant to laboratory Analyze 10-ml reactor coolant for chloride 119.8 179 1 3 179 1 183 6 1 6.0+1 2 4+1 3.8-3 8.1+3 6" lead shielding (Max)2PB lead shielding (Bin)4" glass lead 8 2" lead for Q.B.(Sax)1/2<<lead shielding (Sin)<>>Number of persons performing particular task.<>>Doses are based on the assumption that the decision to take a sample is made 1 hr after reactor scram.Amendment 28 2 of 2 Nay 1987
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 14            2-viiib            October 1984


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II.B.3-2 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING ANALYTICAL METHODS A~nal sis Boron Chloride Method Carmini c acid Specific ion electrode Suitabilit GE NEDC-30088 In-house testing ASTM D512D In-house testing Rancae 50-2,000 ppm 1-10 ppm>10 ppm A~ccurac+50 ppm I+1 ppm:"+10%pH Combina-tion pH electrode GE NEDC-30088 2-12 pH+0.2 pH Isotopic Gamma spectral analysis In-house testing lvCi/gm-10 Ci/gm+200%Total Dissolved Gas Gas sample pressure measure-ments GE testing In-house testing 25-50 cc/kg+50%50-400 cc/kg 230%Dissolved H>or 0<Hydrogen'~'xygen'~'as chromato-graph and pressure measurements Gas chroma-tograph Gas chroma-tograph GE testing In-house testing In-house testing 25-50 cc/kg+50%50-400 cc/kg+30%0.1-100%*+0.1%0.5-100%+0.5%'''Verification is inconclusive'Backup analysis for on-line H>/O~monitoring system Amendment 14 1 of 1 October 1984
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES  (Cont)
Table Number                        Title 2 3 3
  ~
              -
GROUND-LEVEL INCREASES IN AMBIENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) DUE TO OPERATION OF THE NATURAI-DRAFT COOIING TOWER AT NINE MILE POINT 2.3-4          METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.3-4A        OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS
,2. 3-5        METEOROIOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES 2.3-5A        OPERATIONAL METEOROIOGICAI INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES
: 2. 3-6        FASTEST MILE WIND SPEEDS AT OSWEGO,  SYRACUSE, AND ROCHESTER 2~3 7          NORTHEAST STATE SNOWFALL RECORDS ABSTRACTED BY LUDLUM 2.4-1          HISTORICAL MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION 2.4-2          MAXIMUM INSTANTANEOUS WATER LEVEIS OF LAKE ONTARIO AT OSWEGO, NEW YORK 2.4-3          PROBABLE MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION (PMP) 2.4-4          STORMS CAUSING HIGH RECORDED SURGES  ON LAKE ERIE AND LAKE ONTARIO 2.4-5          DIURNAL VARIATION OF RATIO OF OVERWATER SPEED TO OVERLAND SPEED 2.4-6          PREDICTED HOURLY VAIUES OF PRESSURE, WIND SPEED,. AND WIND DIRECTION FOR PMWS ON LAKE ONTARIO
: 2. 4-7        BRETSCHNEIDER'S JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF H AND T FOR ZERO CORRELATION Amendment 24                  2-Zi                February 1986


Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.D.1 RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE TEST REQUIREMENTS FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 5.4 NUREG-0737 Position BWR licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief and safety valves under expected operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES  (Cont)
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position~The NRC has identified a total of 20 scenarios that could possibly lead to high pressure two-phase or liquid flow through the SRV.The Unit 2 project will provide the following means to resolve the NRC concerns: 1.Redundant Level 8 trip for RCIC (Events 4 and 9)2.Redundant Level 8 trip for HPCS (Events 5 and 10)3.Redundant nonsafety Level 8 trip to close the three feedwater control valves and two HPLF valves (Event 1)The tests and analyses described in Reference 1 verify the adequacy of safety relief valves (SRV)operation and the integrity of the SRV piping under expected liquid discharge conditions, and satisfy all requirements of NUREG-0737, Item IIELD.l.As discussed in Appendix A of Reference 1, for Dikkers valves, there are no material, dimensional or operational differences between the in-plant valves and the tested valves.Since the valves are identical, the test results for Dikkers valves are applicable to the corresponding in-plant valves.Reference 1.Analysis of Generic BWR Safety/Relief Valve Operability Test Results, NEDO-24988, Class I, October 1981.Amendment 7 1.10-69 December 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR In a letter from D".G.Eisenhut of the NRC to C.V.Mangan of NMPC dated March 29, 1984, the Equipment Qualification Branch requested that NMPC provide additional information.concerning TMI Action Plan II.D.1.Following are the responses to each NRC question: uestion 1 A The test program utilized a rams head discharge pipe configuration.
Table Number                      Title 2.4-8        JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF WAVE HEIGHT AND WAVE PERIOD AT THE MAXIMUM WAVE DURING PMWS 2.4-9       PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY DATA 2 '-10       DOMESTIC WELLS WITHIN  2-MI RADIUS OF PLANT
Most plants utilize a.tee quencher configuration at the end of the discharge line.Describe the discharge pipe configuration used at your plant and compare the anticipated loads on valve internals in the plant configuration to the measured loads in the test program.Discuss the impact of any differences in loads on valve operability.
~4 I 2.4-11       PUBLIC AND PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS IN THE UNITED STATES DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO-WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI) OF UNIT 2
~Res ense Unit 2.utilizes a tee quencher at the end of the main steam SRV discharge line (SRVDL).The test program described in NEDE-24988-P used a rams head discharge device with test conditions simulating the shutdown cooling mode.The impact of the difference on valve operability is accounted for as follows:.Valve operability is affected by dynamic loads on valve internals.
: 2. 4-12     CANADIAN WATER SUPPLIERS AMD INDUSTRIAL USERS DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI) OF UNIT 2 2.4-13       UNITED STATES IRRIGATION INTAKES ON jAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM .(50 MI) OF UNIT 2 2.4-14       CANADIAN IRRIGATION INTAKES ON LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM  (50 MI) OF UNIT 2 Amendment 24                2-xia              February 1986
The dynamic loads are governed by (a)back pressure of the SRV and (b)flow through the SRV.Higher back pressures and flow will produce higher dynamic loads.(a)In the test-.program, the SRV inlet pressure was equal to 250 psig.The Unit 2 reactor pressure during shutdown cooling'ode is approximately 135 psig.The maximum back pressure of the SRV is approximately 35 percent of the SRV inlet pressure;thus, the test program has qualified the SRV to.work with back pressure of about two times that of Unit 2.This provides adequate margin to offset the difference in using a tee quencher.(b)The test program has qualified the SRV with a rams head discharge device.The tee quencher allowed less flow (257 ibm/sec)than the rams head (260 ibm/sec)because it has-higher flow resistance.
Thus, operability of the SRV for Unit 2 SRVDL with a tee quencher will also be qualified.
Amendment 23 1.10-69a December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Refer to the responses to Questions F421.21 and F421.23 for further information regarding the Unit 2 position.Refer to the response for Task II.F.1 for a discussion of incore thermocouples and to the response for Task I.D.l for Amendment 14 1.10-84a October 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjjY BIANK Amendment 14 1.10-84b October 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR An investigation of the feasibility and contraindications of reducing challenges to the relief valves by use of the aforementioned methods should be conducted.
Other methods should also be included in the feasibility study.Those changes which are shown to reduce relief valve challenges without compromising the performance of the relief valves or other systems should be implemented.
Challenges to the relief valves should be reduced substantially (by an order of magnitude).
Failure of the power-operated relief valve (PORV)to reclose during the TMI-2 accident resulted in damage to the reactor core.As a consequence, relief valves in all plants, in-cluding BWRs, are being examined with a view toward their possible role in a small-break LOCA.The SRVs are dual-function pilot-operated relief valves that use a spring-actuated pilot for the safety function and ex-ternal air diaphragm-actuated pilot for the relief function.The operating history of the SRV has been poor.A new design is used in some plants but the operational history is too brief to evaluate the effectiveness of the new design.Another way of improving the performance of the valves is to reduce the number of challenges to the valves.This may be done by the methods described above or by other means.The feasibility and contraindications of reducing the number of challenges to the valves by the various methods should be studied.These changes, which are shown to decrease the number of challenges without compromising the performance of the valves or other systems, should be implemented.
The failure of an SRV to reclose will be the most probable cause of a small-break LOCA.Based on the above guidance and clarification, results of a detailed evaluation should be submitted to the staff.The licensee shall document the proposed system changes for staff approval before implementation.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The BWR Owners Group (BWROG).evaluated the NRC-suggested modifications listed earlier.Section 4.3 of the BWROG study (March 31, 1981)states: "For comparing the various valves, the Three-Stage Target Rock Valve was taken as the benchmark valve with an assumed normalized factor of 1.0 for probability to stick open when challenged." Section 4.3.3 compares Crosby and Dikkers SRVs to the three-stage target rock, and states: "Based on valve qualification test data and limited operating experience, a normalized factor of 1.10-89 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 0.125 was assigned for their relative probability to stick open, when challenged." Since the Unit 2 design includes Dikkers SRVs, a reduction of challenges, relative to the benchmark valve, of roughly one order of magnitude, is achieved;therefore, the intent of the NUREG is satisifed.
The Unit 2 design does not incorporate any of the proposed changes listed in NUREG-0737, since the BWROG study has determined that either unjustified increases in system complexity and/or minimal reduction (less than 5 percent)in SRV challenge rate would result from these changes.II.K.3.17 REPORT ON OUTAGES OF EMERGENCY CORE-COOLING SYSTEMS LICENSEE REPORT AND PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES FSAR Cross Reference Section 6.3, 16.3/4.5 NUREG-0737 Position Several components of the emergency core-cooling (ECC)systems are permitted by technical specifications to have substantial outage times (e.g., 72 hours for one diesel-generator; 14 days for the HPCI system).In addition, there are no cumulative outage time limitations for ECC systems.Licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and lengths of outages for all ECC systems for the last 5 years of operation.
The report should also include the causes of the outages (i.e., controller failure, spurious isolation).
The present technical specifications contain limits on allowable outage times for ECC systems and components.
However, there are no cumulative outage time limitations on these same systems.It is possible that ECC equipment could meet present technical specification requirements but have a high unavailability because of frequent outages within the allowable technical specifications'he licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and length of outages for all ECC systems for the last 5 years of operation, including causes of the outages.This report will provide the staff with a quantification of historical unreliability due to test and maintenance outages, which will be used to determine if a need exists for cumulative outage requirements in the technical specifications.
Amendment 23 1.10-90 December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Based on the above guidance and clarification, a detailed report should be submitted.
The report should contain (1)outage dates and duration of outages;(2)cause of the outage;(3)ECC systems or components involved-in the outage;and (4)corrective action taken.Test and maintenance outages should be included in the above listings which are to cover the last 5 years of operation.
The licensee should propose changes to improve the availability of ECC equipment, if needed.Applicant for an operating license shall establish a plan to meet, these requirements.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position NMPC will report ECCS outages via LERs and Annual Summary Reports as required by technical specifications.
Amendment 9 1.10-90a March 1984 Nine Mile*.Point'nit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 9 1.10-90b March 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.22 RCIC SUCTION SOURCE FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.4.6, 7.4 NUREG-0737 Position The reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC)system takes suc-tion from the condensate storage, tank with manual switchover to the suppression pool when the condensate storage tank level is low.This switchover should be made automatically.
Until the automatic switchover is implemented, licensees should verify that clear and cogent procedures exist for the manual switchover of the RCIC system suction from the con-densate storage tank to the suppression pool.Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 project will implement the NRC.position to automatically transfer RCIC suction source.Condensate storage tank low water inventory will initiate automatic transfer of the suction of the RCIC pump to the suppression pool.1.10-93 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.24 RCIC AND HPCI SUPPORT POWER FSAR Cross Reference Section 9.4 NUREG-0737 Position Long-term operation ofthe reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC)and high pressure coolant injection (HPCI)systems may require space cooling to maintain the pump room tem-peratures within allowable limits.Licensees should verify the acceptability of the consequences of a complete loss of ac power.The RCIC and HPCI systems should be designed to withstand a complete loss of offsite ac power to their sup-port systems,'ncluding coolers, for at least 2 hr.Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 ECCS design employs a cubicle arrangement to en-sure physical, electrical, and environmental, separation of each portion ,of the ECCS.The RCIC system is also located within a separate cubicle.The HPCS pump room is cooled ,by either of two fully redundant Category I unit space coolers.The remaining ECCS pump rooms and the RCIC pump room are each cooled by one Category I unit space cooler with an ad-ditional cooler provided as a spare.These coolers are part of the reactor building heating, ventilation, and air con-ditioning (HVAC)system which utilize cooling water from the service water (SWP)system.The safety-related portions of the SWP system are powered from the standby diesel generators following a loss of offsite power;therefore a reliable supply of cooling water is provided.Likewise, the control systems involved in the operation of the unit coolers also receive their power from the diesel generators following a loss of offsite power.This design assures that the pump room temperatures are maintained within normal limits for an indefinite period following a complete loss of offsite power.1.10-94 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.27 COMMON WATER LEVEL REFERENCE FSAR Cross Reference Sections 7.3, 16.3/4.3 NUREG-0737 Position Different reference points of the various reactor vessel water level instruments may cause operator confusion.
Therefore, all level instruments should be referenced to the same point.Either the bottom of the vessel or the top of the active fuel is a reasonable reference point (NUREG-0737).
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position Unit 2 380.69 point plate.upset, utilizes a common water level reference elevation at in above the vessel invert elevation.
This reference corresponds to the top of the upper core support All f ive level instrumentation ranges (shutdown, wide, narrow, and fuel)utilize this reference.
Amendment 23 1'0-97 December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.28 ADS ACCUMULATORS FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 6.3, 9.3.1 NUREG-0737 Position Safety analysis reports claim that air or nitrogen accumulators for the automatic depressurization system (ADS)valves are provided with sufficient capacity to cycle the valves open five times at design pressure.GE has also stated that the emergency core cooling systems (ECCS)are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their function for 100 days following an accident.The licensee should verify that the accumulators on the ADS valves meet these requirements, even considering normal leakage.If this cannot be demonstrated, the licensee must show that the accumulator design is still acceptable.
The ADS valves, accumulators, and associated equipment and instrumentation must be capable of performing their functions during and following exposure to hostile environments, taking no credit for nonsafety-related equipment or instrumentation.
Additionally, air (or nitrogen)'eakage through valves must be accounted for in order to assure that enough inventory of compressed air is available to cycle the ADS valves.Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The primary source of pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the ADS accumulators will be from two nitrogen storage tanks located outside the reactor building.Long-term post-accident supply and leakage makeup will be provided by two bottled nitrogen connections, also located outside the reactor building.Two Category I nitrogen accumulator tanks are located in the reactor building and are pressurized from the nitrogen storage tanks.These two large accumulators provide pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the seven smaller ADS accumulators located inside the primary containment.
This arrangement provides sufficient time to place the bottled nitrogen system into service if the plant condition requires long-term ADS operation.
The ADS valves, including pilot operators, are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their safety function for 100 days following an accident.Amendment 23 1.10-98 December 1985 Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE III D 3 4-1 RESULTS OF TOXIC CHENICAL ANALYSIS FOR THE CONTROL ROON HABITABILITY STUDY Chemical Location J.A.FitzPatrick Plant Alcan Route 104 Nine Nile Point Unit 1 Nine Nile Point Unit 2 Copper Neld Bimetallics Group Chemical Nm HgSOg COm Propane Clm Propane Nm HCl COm Hcl Nm COm Ng COg Hm SOg HgSOg COg Halon 1301 Nm Isopropyl Alcohol 1 Naximum Control Room Concentration
~ZmZl 7.5 6.6 x 10-m 4 3 0.9 0.02 3 5 0 9 0.02 0.06 0 04 0 4 0.06 15.0 10.2 1.3 x 10-~0 0017 32.8 4 0 20 5 4.0 x 10-i Toxic Limit 274 0.002 54.8 43.1 0 045 43 1 274 0 05 54 8 0 050 274 54.8 274 54.8 0 002 0.002 54 8 432 274 1 2 Allowable Time Period 15 2 15 15 2 15 15 15 2 2 15 2 15 15 2 2 15 15 15 15 28 Amendment 28 1.10-133 Nay 1987 0
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR In addition to the load combination requirement for the con-tainment design, there is a fatigue analysis requirement for the liner of a concrete containment.
For'steel containment, the consideration of fatigue is specified in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.However, the liner on the concrete foundation mat of the steel containment should be treated as the liner of a con-crete containment.
Since the staff's position requires the pool liner to be designed in accordance with the ASME BEcPV Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE, it is suggested that a generic method to consider fatigue of both the steel containment and the steel liner in the concrete containment should be adopted.Position The absolute sum method of combining dynamic loads is used for the design of structures.
The details of load com-binations used in designing the structures are covered in FSAR Section 3.8.The Unit 2 primary containment liner is evaluated for fatigue to the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-.sel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.LICENSING ISSUE: 43-FIUID/STRUCTURE INTERACTION I I s sue.The dynamic forcing functions for various loads have been established through testing on models that.are generally more stiff than the actual structures to which the lo'ads will be applied.By directly applying such forcing func-tions'o actual structures in the analysis, the interactive effect between the fluid mass and the structure is neglected..
Under certain conditions, this effect may be significant".
It is proposed that a generic approach to study;such effects should be established.
Position This issue is not directly applicable to the Unit 2 Mark II containment.
Since the Unit 2 containment is stiff in the suppression pool region and the dynamic forcing functi'ons are conservatively defined, any interactive effect between the fluid: mass and the structure is inherently included.Amendment 3 1.12-31 June 1983 Nine Mi'le Point Unit 2 FSAR LICENSING ISSUE 44-.LONG-TERM POST-LOCA OPERABILITY OF DEEP-DRAFT ECCS PUMPS Issue IE Bulletin 79-15, dated July 1979, identified problems with deep-draft ECCS pumps that could threaten their long-term post-LOCA operability.
Structure flexibility; shaft/column misalignment; vibrational frequencies near rotation speeds;inlet flow induced vortices;and dimensional deficiencies such as those discovered with certain LaSalle ECCS pumps, could cause excessive vibration and bearing wear.The'RC staff has asked applicants to define programs and provide data that compare the expected servic'e life with the ac-cumulated operating time and confirm the long-term operability.
Position The inherent design features of the Byron Jackson ECCS pumps in Unit 2.preclude excessive vibration and bearing wear.Each pump is supplied with a casing or suction barrel and is not installed in a wet sump.They do not have long, limber columns;the longest pump is only 24 ft, compared to the 30-to 60-ft pumps described in IE Bulletin 79-15.Also the pump assembly rigidity is enhanced by seismic rings between the assembly and the barrel.The pumps use a double-suction first stage to provide stability over a wide range of flows.Column frequencies are well removed from pump speed.Larger diameter barrels provide low flow velocities around pump inlets, and ring seismic restraints act" as flow straighteners to suppress vortex formation.
The pumps'have high-precision, keyed, sleeve-type couplings.
Long-term operability is assured by preventive maintenance, functional testing and surveillance, and vibration monitoring.
Scheduled preventive maintenance consists of resistance readings of motor windings;lubrication of critical rotating components; general cleaning and inspec-tion of rotating electrical equipment; and inspection, overhaul, alignment, and adjustment of impeller lift.Functional-testing measurements of pump inlet pressure, differential pressure, flow rate, vibration, and upper temperature, as prescribed by Section XI of the ASME BEcPV Code, provide data for engineering analysis to identify per-formance changes or trends.In addition, vibration data bases, established during the preoperational/startup testing, are compared with functional-testing vibration data to monitor journal bearing wear and shaft whip."Amendment 4 1.12-32 September 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ISSUE: A-24-ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF SAFETY-RELATED EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT~NRC Descri tion Accidents postulated for nuclear power plants could create severe environmental conditions such as temperature, pressure, humidity, radiation, chemical sprays, and submergence both inside and, outside the containment.
In order to ensure that the electrical equipment in safety systems will perform their intended function, it is required that such equipment be qualified to perform in the environment associated with an accident.Schedule for NRC Resolution NUREG-0588, Revision 1, completed August 1981.IEEE-323 and Regulatory Guide 1.89 contain specific guidance for meeting the requirements.
The final rule concerning environmental qualification was published in the Federal Register on January 21, 1983.Unit 2 Position Environmental qualification of Class lE equipment located in harsh environments meets or exceeds the requirements for Category II qualification in accordance with NUREG-0588, including the guidance provided for incorporation of IEEE-323.The mild environments qualification program has not been addressed to the NRC.Amendment 9 1.13-11 March 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ISSUE: A-26-REACTOR VESSEj PRESSURE TRANSIENT PROTECTION g)NRC Descri tion Pressure transients in PWRs which have exceeded the pressure/temperature limits of the reactor vessel have occurred (usually during plant startup or shutdown, when the temperature of the reactor coolant was low).The transients have been attributed to personnel error, procedural deficiencies, component random failure, and spurious valve actuation.
Schedule for NRC Resolution NUREG-0224 completed September 1978.All operating PWRs have an installed system to protect against low temperature overpressurization.
However, systems in 10 plants have not been completely reviewed against acceptance criteria.Unit 2 Position As Unit 2 is a BWR, this issue is not applicable.
Amendment 9 1.13-12 March 1984 NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 QQo[gQQ g OQCIQQQQOG
'1 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 1.2 1.3 1~4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 l.13 CHAPTER 2 Introduction General Plant Description Comparison Tables Identification of Agents and Contractors Requirements for Further Technical Information Material Incorporated by Reference Drawings and Other Detailed Information Conf ormance to NRC Regulatory Guides Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI Abbreviations and Acronyms Generic Licensing Issues Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B Appendixes 2C through 2H Appendixes 2I, 2J Appendixes 2K, 2I., 2M Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities Meteorology Hydrologic Engineering Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 3 3.1 3.2 Amendment 16 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components December 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6A 3.6B 3.7A 3.7B 3.8 3.9A 3.9B 3.10A 3.10B 3.11 Appendixes 3A through 3D Wind and Tornado Loading Water Level (Flood)Design Missile Protection Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Design Seismic Design Design of Seismic Category I Structures Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply)Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 9,10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 CHAPTER 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4 4.5 4.6 CHAPTER 5 5.1 5.2 REACTOR Summary Description Fuel System Design Nuclear Design Thermal/Hydraulic Design Reactor Materials Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS Summary Description Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 3.i Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 5.3 5.4 CHAPTER 6 Reactor Vessel Component and Subsystem Design ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 13 13 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 Appendixes 6A, 6B Engineered Safety Feature Materials Containment Systems Emergency Core Cooling Systems Habitability Systems Fission Product Removal and Control Systems Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 13'4 15 1'5 15 15 CHAPTER 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4'.5 7.6 7'INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Introduction Reactor Protection (Trip)System (RPS)Instrumentation and Controls Engineered Safety Feature Systems Systems Required for Safe Shutdown Safety-Related Display Instrumentation All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for'Safety Control Systems Not Required for Safety 15 15 15 16 16~16 16 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER'0-8.1 8.2 8.3 CHAPTER 9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 Appendix 9A Introduction Offsite Power System Onsite Power System AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Fuel Storage and Handling Water Systems Process Auxiliaries Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems Other Auxiliary Systems 16 16 16, 17 17 17 18 19 20,21 21,22 23 Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 CHAPTER 11 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM Summary.De sc r ipti on Turbine Generator Main Steam Supply System Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 23 23 23 24 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 Appendix 11A Source Terms Liquid Waste Management Systems Gaseous Waste Management Systems Solid Waste Management System Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 24 24 25 25 25 25 CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION 25 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)Radiation Sources Radiation Protection Design Features Dose Assessment Health Physics Program 25 25 25 26 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 Appendixes Organizational Structure of Applicant Training Site Emergency Plan Operation Review and Audit Plant Procedures Industrial Security 13A, 13B 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)26 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 14.2 Title L Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)Volume 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8 Appendix 15A Appendix 15B Appendix 15C Appendix 15D Appendix 15E CHAPTER 16 CHAPTER 17 17.0 17.1 General Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature Increase in Reactor Pressure Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE Introduction Quality Assurance Program During Operation 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28.28 28 28 28 28 28 26 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 18'Amendment 26 Human Factors Engineering Team Safety Parameter Display System 28 28 May 1986  


Section 2.3.3.1.3 2.3.3.1.4 2'.3.1.5 2.3'.1.6 2.3.3.1.7 2.3'.2 2'.3.2.1 2.3.3.2.2 2.3.3.2.3 2''.2.4 2.3.3.2.5 2.3.4 2.3.4.1 2.3'.2 2'.4'2.3.4.3.1 2.3.4'.2 2'.4.4 2.3.4.4.1 2.3.4.4.2 2.3.4.4'2.3.5 2.3.2.3.2'.2.3.2.3.2.3.2.3.2.3.F 1 5.2 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.2.1 5'.2.2 5'.2.3 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.6~3~3~3.4.3.5.3.6.3.7~3.8~3.9~3'0 2.4 Amendment 24 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Title Meteorological
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)
.Instrumentation Methodologies Instrumentation Surveillance Data Acquisition and Reduction Data Analysis Procedures Operational Measurements Program Description Meteorological Instrumentation Processing and Recording of Meteorological Sensor Signals Instrumentation Surveillance Data Analysis Procedures Short-Term (Accident)
Table Number                     Title 2.5-48C     TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION TEST DATA  
Diffusion Estimates Objective X/Q Estimates Accident Assessment Methodology Meteorological Data Atmospheric Diffusion Models Main Stack X/Q Calculations Vent X/Q Calculations Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panel X/Q Calculations Long-Term (Routine)Diffusion Estimates Objective X/Q and D/Q Estimates Methodology Meteorological Input Source Configuration Main Stack Release Vent Release Site Impacts on the Main Stack and Vent Releases Plume Rise Diffusion Model Terrain Corrections Wind Speed Adjustment Atmospheric Stability Dispersion Coeffients Land/Lake Breeze Deposition References HYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING 2-113.Pacae 2.3-28 2.3-30 2.3-30 2.3-31 2~3 3 1 2.3-31 2~3 3 1 2.3-32 2.3-32a 2.3-32b 2.3-32b 2~3 3 3 2~3 3 3 2~3 3 3 2.3-34 2.3-34a 2.3-36 2.3-38 2.3-38 2.3-42 2.3-46 2'-46 2.3-46 2.3-46 2.3-47 2.3-47 2.3-48 2.3-48 2.3-48 2.3-49 2.3-50 2.3-52 2.3-52 2.3-53 2.3-53 2.3-53 2.3-54 2.3-55 2.3-57 2.4-1 February 1986 Section 2.4.1 2.4.1.1 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Title Hydrologic Description Site and Facilities Pacae 2.4-1 2.4-1 Amendment 24 2-iiia February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 24 2-iiib February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Pacae 2.4.1.2 2.4.2 2.4.2.1 2.4.2.2 2.4.2.3 2.4.2.3.1 2.4.2.3.2 2.4.2.3.3 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5 2.4.5.1 2.4.5.2 2.4.5.3 2.4.5.4 2.4.5.5 2.4.6 2.4.7 2'.8 2.4.9 2'.10 2.4.11 2.4.11.1 2.4.11.2 2.4.11.3 2.4.11.4 2.4.11.5 2.4.11.6 2.4.12 2.4.13 2.4.13.1 2.4.13.1.1 2.4.13.1.2 2.4.13.1.3 2.4.13.1.4 2.4.13.2 Hydrosphere Floods Flood History Flood Design Considerations Effects of Local Intense Precipitation Probable Maximum Precipitation Precipitation Losses Probable Maximum Flood Flow Probable Maximum Flood (PMF)on Streams and Rivers Potential Dam Failures Probable Maximum Surge and Seiche Flooding Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters Surge and Seiche Water Levels Wave Action Resonance Protective Structures Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding Ice Effects Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs Channel Diversions Flooding Protection Requirements Low Water Considerations Low Flow in Streams Low Water Resulting from Surges, Seiches, or Tsunami Historical Low Water Future Controls Plant Requirements Heat Sink Dependability Requirements Dispersion, Dilution, and Travel Times of Accidental Releases of Liquid Effluents in Surface Waters Groundwater Description and Onsite Use Regional Groundwater Conditions Local Aquifers Recharge and Discharge Onsite Use Sources 2.4-1 2.4-3 2.4-3 2.4-3a 2.4-4 2.4-4 2.4-4a 2.4-5 2.4-7 2.4-7 2.4-8 2.4-8 2.4-10 2.4-11 2.4-12 2.4-13 2.4-14 2.4-14a 2.4-15 2.4-15 2.4-16 2.4-16a 2.4-16a 2'-16a 2.4-17 2'-18 2.4-18 2.4-18 2.4-19 2.4-22 2.4-22 2.4-22 2.4-31 2.4-32 2.4-32 2'-32 Amendment 26 May 1986 Nine Mile.Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Parcae APPENDIX 2G LONG-TERN (ROUTINE)DIFFUSION ESTIMATES FOR THE MAIN STACK AND COMBINED RADWASTE AND REACTOR BUILDING VENT APPENDIX 2H EXCAVATION MAPS APPENDIX 2I DEMSTER STRUCTURAL ZONE WITH DISCUSSION ON ORIGIN AND EXTENT APPENDIX 2J TEST PROCEDURES, APPENDIX 2K BORING LOGS APPENDIX 2L POPULATION DISTRIBUTION APPENDIX 2M ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON TRENCH 1 Amendment 24 2-viiia February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 14 2-viiib October 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)Table Number 2~3 3 Title-GROUND-LEVEL INCREASES IN AMBIENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)DUE TO OPERATION OF THE NATURAI-DRAFT COOIING TOWER AT NINE MILE POINT 2.3-4 METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.3-4A ,2.3-5 2.3-5A 2.3-6 2~3 7 2.4-1 2.4-2 2.4-3 2.4-4 2.4-5 2.4-6 2.4-7 OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS METEOROIOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES OPERATIONAL METEOROIOGICAI INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES FASTEST MILE WIND SPEEDS AT OSWEGO, SYRACUSE, AND ROCHESTER NORTHEAST STATE SNOWFALL RECORDS ABSTRACTED BY LUDLUM HISTORICAL MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION MAXIMUM INSTANTANEOUS WATER LEVEIS OF LAKE ONTARIO AT OSWEGO, NEW YORK PROBABLE MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION (PMP)STORMS CAUSING HIGH RECORDED SURGES ON LAKE ERIE AND LAKE ONTARIO DIURNAL VARIATION OF RATIO OF OVERWATER SPEED TO OVERLAND SPEED PREDICTED HOURLY VAIUES OF PRESSURE, WIND SPEED,.AND WIND DIRECTION FOR PMWS ON LAKE ONTARIO BRETSCHNEIDER'S JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF H AND T FOR ZERO CORRELATION Amendment 24 2-Zi February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)Table Number 2.4-8 2.4-9 2'-10~4 I 2.4-11 2.4-12 2.4-13 2.4-14 Title JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF WAVE HEIGHT AND WAVE PERIOD AT THE MAXIMUM WAVE DURING PMWS PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY DATA DOMESTIC WELLS WITHIN 2-MI RADIUS OF PLANT PUBLIC AND PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS IN THE UNITED STATES DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO-WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI)OF UNIT 2 CANADIAN WATER SUPPLIERS AMD INDUSTRIAL USERS DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI)OF UNIT 2 UNITED STATES IRRIGATION INTAKES ON jAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM.(50 MI)OF UNIT 2 CANADIAN IRRIGATION INTAKES ON LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI)OF UNIT 2 Amendment 24 2-xia February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)Table Number 2.5-48C Title TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION TEST DATA  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
FOR ORGANIC SILT SPECIMENS 2.5-49 2.5-50
FOR ORGANIC SILT SPECIMENS 2.5-49      


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSIS  
OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSIS 2.5-50     


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF TESTING, INSPECTION, AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS DURING EMBANKMENT BACKFILLING OPERATIONS Amendment 15 2-xiiib November 1984 Figure Number 2.1-1 2~1 2 2.1-3 2.1-4 2.1-5 2.1-6 2'-7 2.1-8 2.1-9 2.1-10 2.1-11 2.1-12 2.1-'13 2.1-14 2'-15 2.1-16 2.1-17 2.1-18 2.1-19 11 2.1-2O 2.2-1 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 IIST OF FIGURES Title REGION WITHIN 80" KILOMETERS OF SITE-NEW YORK STATE AND ONTARIO PROVINCE CENSUS DISTRICTS SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES I SITE PLAN TOWNS OF OSWEGO COUNTY WITHIN 16 KILOMETERS OF SITE DELETED DEI ETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DEI ETED DELETED DEIETED DELETED DELETED DELETED LOW POPULATION ZONE BOUNDARY ZONING MAP, CITY OF OSWEGO, NEW YORK TRANSPORTATION ROUTES WITHIN A 10-KM RADIUS OF UNIT 2 Amendment 11 2-xiv June 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2.-FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)2.4-2 2.4-3 2.4-4 DRAINAGE BASIN AND WATERSHED ICE RIDGES IN THE VICINITY OF THE SITE REIATIONSHIP OF OVERLOAD ISOTACHS 250 KM/HR (27 KNOTS)TO ISOBARS FOR PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-5 2.4-6 DESIGN PATH OF PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM ZONES FOR METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETERS ON LAKE ONTARIO 2.4-7 PREDICTED WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION FOR EASTERN END OF IAKE ONTARIO DURING PROBABIE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-8 SIGNIFICANT WIND WAVES GENERATED BY PWWS AT UNIT 2 Amendment:
OF TESTING, INSPECTION, AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS DURING EMBANKMENT BACKFILLING OPERATIONS Amendment 15               2-xiiib               November 1984
5 2-zviiiR October 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)THIS PAGE INTENTIONALITY BLANK Amendment 5 2-xviiib October 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 GEOGRAPHY AND DEMOGRAPHY 2.1.1 Site Location and Description Unit 2 is located on the western portion of the Nine Mile Point promontory approximately 274 m (900 ft)due east of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1.The eastern portion of the promontory is owned by the Power Authority of the State of New York (NYPA)which owns the James A.Fitz-Patrick Nuclear Power Plant'~'.2.1.1.1 Specification of Location The site is adjacent to Lake Ontario in Oswego County, NY, approximately 10 km (6.2 mi)northeast of the city of Oswego.The Unit 2 reactor is located at latitude 43 deg, 31 min, 17 sec north and longitude 76 deg, 24 min, 27 sec west.The Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)coordinates are N 4,819,478 m and E 386,254 m.Figure 2.1-1 shows the area surrounding the site within an 80-km (50-mi)radius.Lake Road, a private, hard-surfaced, east-west road, crosses the site and provides a connection with County Route 1A.County Route 1A connects to County Route 1 and extends to the city of Oswego to the west.On the east, Lake Road joins County Route 29 which connects with State Highway 104 6.2 km (3.9 mi)southeast of the site.A spur of the Con-solidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station'~'.
 
There are no residential, agricultural, or in-dustrial developments on the site other than Nine Mile Point Unit 1 and the James A.FitzPatrick plant, which are both operating nuclear power plants.The site area is posted as private property, and access to the station buildings is controlled.
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 IIST OF FIGURES Figure Number                       Title 2.1-1       REGION WITHIN 80" KILOMETERS OF SITE  NEW YORK STATE AND ONTARIO PROVINCE CENSUS DISTRICTS 2 1 2
2.1~1~2 Site Area Map Main plant structures and the cooling tower occupy ap-proximately 9.3 ha (22.9 acres)of the total site area of 364 ha (900 acres).Figures 2.1-2 and 2.1-3 show the Unit 2 site plan including property and exclusion area boundaries, principal structures Amendment 26 2.1-1 May 1986 Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR for Units 1 and 2, ground contours, railroads, highways, and transmission lines in the site area.2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits The.minimum distance from Unit 2 to the EAB is approximately 1.4 km (0.87 mi)to the southwest.
    ~          SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES I
Exclusion area distances for the site are shown on Figure 2.1-2.The restricted area for the station follows the same boun-dary as the exclusion area.Lake Road provides access from Lakeview Road and County Road 29 to Nine Nile Point Units 1 and 2 and to the FitzPatrick plant.Access to the Visitors Center at, Nine Mile Point is also from Lake Road.Although Lake Road is privately owned between Lakeview Road and County Road 29, public use is permitted during normal operating conditions.
: 2. 1-3       SITE PLAN 2.1-4       TOWNS OF OSWEGO COUNTY  WITHIN 16 KILOMETERS OF SITE 2.1-5       DELETED 2.1-6       DEI ETED 2 '-7       DELETED 2.1-8       DELETED 2.1-9       DELETED 2.1-10       DELETED 2.1-11       DELETED 2.1-12       DELETED 2.1-'13     DEI ETED 2.1-14       DELETED 2 '-15       DEIETED 2.1-16       DELETED 2.1-17       DELETED 2.1-18       DELETED 2.1-19       LOW  POPULATION ZONE BOUNDARY 11 2.1-2O       ZONING MAP, CITY OF OSWEGO,  NEW YORK 2.2-1       TRANSPORTATION ROUTES WITHIN A 10-KM RADIUS OF UNIT 2 Amendment 11              2-xiv                    June 1984
Niner Road provides an alternate route between Lakeview Road and County'oad 29.This road is in the town of Scriba.No public use restrictions affect public use along Niner Road.There are no state or other roads, shipping lanes, or rail lines crossing the restricted area.The Oswego River is located approximately 8.8 km (5.5 mi)west of the restricted area boundary at its closest point.North of the plant, the restricted area boundary follows the shoreline of Lake Ontario.A fence along the shoreline prevents unauthorized access to Unit 2.Local authorities will notify persons on the lake in the vicinity of the plant of the need to leave the area in the event of an emergency.
 
The boundary of the restricted area is posted with signs to assure public awareness of access restrictions.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 .-FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont) 2.4-2        DRAINAGE BASIN AND WATERSHED 2.4-3        ICE RIDGES IN THE VICINITY OF THE SITE 2.4-4        REIATIONSHIP OF OVERLOAD ISOTACHS 250 KM/HR (27 KNOTS)  TO ISOBARS FOR PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-5        DESIGN PATH OF PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-6        ZONES FOR METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETERS ON LAKE ONTARIO 2.4-7        PREDICTED WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION FOR EASTERN END OF IAKE ONTARIO DURING PROBABIE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-8        SIGNIFICANT WIND WAVES GENERATED BY  PWWS AT UNIT 2 Amendment: 5                2zviiiR            October 1983
During emergency conditions, public access to the restricted area, including the Visitors Center, will not be permitted.
 
The necessary authorities will be contacted to enforce access restrictions from local roads (Section 13.3).The radiation dose outside the restricted area will be within the guidelines of 10CFR20, 10CFR50, Appendix E (Appendix 11B), and 40CFR190.10.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)
Dose estimates for persons within the rest:-icted area are presented in Section 12.4.There are two gaseous release points for routine airborne radioactive emissions:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALITY BLANK Amendment 5            2-xviiib            October 1983
the com-bined radwaste/reactor building vent and the stack.Rad-waste and reactor vents are combined on the reactor building to form one release point (Figure 11.3-2).Distances from the stack and from the vent to the restricted area boundary are shown in Table 2.1-1 as a function of direction.
 
Amendment 3 2.1-2 June 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1.2 Exclusion Area Authority and Control 2.1.2.1 Authority Distances from the plant (EAB)are measured from the approximately 1.6 km (1 mi)the southwest, and over 2.1 boundary.Exclusion area on Figure 2.1-2.to the exclusion area boundary centerline of the reactor and to the east, 1.4 km (0.87 mi)to km (1.3 mi)to the southern site distances for the site are shown NMPC is owner in fee of the property within the exclusion area except for that portion encompassed by the James A.FitzPatrick site owned by NYPA.The authority which permits NMPC to control activities over that portion of the Unit 2 EAB owned by NYPA is a formal agreement between NMPC and NYPA executed on March 9, 1970, which provides for reciprocal inclusion of each party's project property in the exclusion area for Nine Mile Point Units 1 and 2 and The James A.FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant.No one resides in the exclusion area and no easements have been granted within the EAB, except such agreements between NMPC and NYPA for joint use of facilities and access to them for that purpose.The Emergency Plan (Section 13.3)discusses the means of" control of this area in the event of an accident.A private, hard-surfaced, east-west road crosses the site connecting with Oswego County Highway Route 29.A spur of the Consolidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station.Since the site is located on a navigable portion of Lake Ontario, the station is accessible by barge for construction and supply purposes.2.1.2.2 Control of Activities Unrelated to Plant Operation The Energy Information Center is owned by NMPC and NYPA and is located on the site west of Nine Mile Point Unit 1.The center has averaged more than 50,000 visitors annually since its official opening in 1967.The center provides visitor facilities including educational exhibits, picnic and playground areas, and nature study trails.Control of recreational activities in the vicinity of the plant is discussed in the Emergency Plan (Section 13.3).As discussed in Section 13.3, a study for evacuation of area population surrounding the plant was performed.
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1  GEOGRAPHY AND DEMOGRAPHY 2.1.1 Site Location and Description Unit 2 is located on the western portion of the Nine Mile Point promontory approximately 274 m (900 ft) due east of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1. The eastern portion of the promontory is owned by the Power Authority of the State of New York (NYPA) which owns the James A. Fitz-Patrick Nuclear Power Plant'~'.
Calculated doses received by any individual in this area in the event of an accident are within allowable limits (Chapter 15).Plant tours normally are not provided due to security and insurance restrictions.
2.1.1.1 Specification of Location The site is adjacent to Lake Ontario in Oswego County, NY, approximately 10 km (6.2 mi) northeast of the city of Oswego. The Unit 2 reactor is located at latitude 43 deg, 31 min, 17 sec north and longitude 76 deg,       24 min, 27 sec west. The Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates are N 4,819,478 m and E 386,254 m. Figure 2.1-1 shows the area surrounding the site within an 80-km (50-mi) radius.
Amendment 19 2.1-3 May 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1.2.3 Arrangements for Traffic Control The exclusion area is traversed by one road and a rail spur (Section 2.1.2.1).Under emergency conditions, the appropriate authority (Section 13.3)is contacted in the event, that it becomes necessary to control traffic on Lake Road.When reguested, the Consolidated Railroad Corporation controls railroad-traffic through the exclusion area.Amendment 4 2.1-3a September 1983 Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 4 2.1-3b September 1983 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1~2.4 Abandonment, or Relocation of Roads No public roads within the exclusion area have been aban-doned or relocated.
Lake Road, a private, hard-surfaced,   east-west road, crosses the site and provides a connection     with County Route 1A.
2'~3 Population Distribution 2.1.3.1 Population Within 16 km (10 mi)In 1980, Oswego County had an estimated population of 113,901-at an average density of 43 people/sq km (111 people/sq mi)'~This population density is con-siderably lower than the state average of 137 people/sq km (356 people/sq mi).The 1980 population and population den-sity for the eight towns and one city within 16 km (10 mi)of Unit 2 are listed in Table 2.1-2.The total 1980 population within 16 km (10 mi)of Unit 2 is estimated to be 35,467.This population is projected to in-crease to approximately 74,082 by the year 2030'~'.The 16-km (10 mi)area contains all or portions of one city and eight towns: the city of Oswego, and the towns of Minetto, Scriba, New Haven, Oswego, Mexico, Palermo, Volney, and Richland.City and town boundaries are shown on Figure 2.1-4.Of the eight towns and one city in the 16-km (10 mi)area, the city of Oswego is the largest in population, containing approximately 19,793 people in 1980.Following the city of Oswego in population size are Granby, Scriba, and Volney with estimated 1980 populations of 6,341, 5,455, and 5,358, respectively'~'.
County   Route 1A   connects to County Route 1 and extends to the city of Oswego to the west.     On the   east, Lake Road joins County Route 29 which connects with State Highway 104 6.2 km (3.9 mi) southeast of the site. A spur of the Con-solidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station'~'. There are no residential, agricultural, or in-dustrial developments on the site other than Nine Mile Point Unit 1 and the James A. FitzPatrick plant, which are both operating nuclear power plants. The site area is posted as private property, and access to the station buildings is controlled.
Population and the 1970-1980 percent change in population for the towns and city within the 16-km (10 mi)area are listed in Table 2.1-3.It is expected that a large portion of the population growth in the 16-km (10 mi)area will occur around the southeastern fringes of the city of Oswego, with the surrounding towns absorbing much of the city's satellite growth'opulation distribution within 6 km (3'mi)of the station is based on the results of a field survey conducted in May 1982.Population distribution between 6 (3.7 mi)and 16 km (10 mi)is based on a house count from U.S.Geological Survey maps, photorevised in 1978, on which Amendment 26 2'-4 May 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit-2'FSAR 2.1.3.4 Low Population Zone The low population zone (LPZ)surrounding Unit 2"encompasses an area within a 6;4 km (4 mi)radius from the Nine Mile Point Unit 1 stack.LPZ boundary accident doses for Unit 2 are calculated at a distance of approximately'.1 km (3.8 mi)from the Unit 2 stack, which is 6.4 km, adjusted for the distance between the Unit 1 and Unit 2 stacks.Figure 2.1-19 depicts the LPZ.The distance for the LPZ was chosen based on the requirements of 10CFR100.11.The LPZ is expected to contain approximately 2,315 people in the year 1985 at an average density of 48 people/sq km (125 people/sq mi).By the year 2030, the: LPZ"population is expected to have increased to approximately.
: 2. 1 1 2 Site Area Map
4;372 at" a'n average density of 91 people/sq km (236 people/sq mi).The only facility in the LPZ that attracts a transient population is the Ontario Bible Campground at Lakeview, located approximately 1.5 km (1.0 mi)west-southwest of the station.This campground is a privately-owned facility operated on a 52-acre lakeshore plot.Groups of up to 500 persons use this camp during the summer and as many as 1,500 people may gather there for short periods on Sundays throughout the summer.The facility is unused during the balance of the year except for an occasional weekend in the spring and fall.2.1.3.5 Population Centers In 1980, the closest population center, as defined by 10CFR100, to Unit 2 was the city of Syracuse, which con-tained approximately 170, 105 people.The city'closest corporate boundary to Unit 2 is approximately 53 km (33 mi)south-southeast:.
    ~ ~
The city of Syracuse is part of the Syracuse SMSA, which encompasses Onondaga, Oswego, and Madison Counties.Based on county-level population projections provided by the New York Department of Commerce, the population of the city of Oswego will exceed 25,000 people and become the nearest population center in the year 2000'4'.This estimate may prove to be somewhat high based on historical growth in the city;however, the estimate is useful because it provides a conservative estimate f or use in calculating doses f rom potential accidents.
Main plant structures       and the cooling tower occupy ap-proximately 9. 3 ha (22. 9 acres) of the total site area of 364 ha (900 acres) .
Amendment 25 2.1-7 March 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Although Oswego City's closest political boundary is ap-*proximately 7.24 km (4.5 mi)from the site, no conflict'xists with the LPZ/population center distance requirements defined in 10CFR100 since the boundary of the city'residential area is located approximately 8.85 km (5.5 mi)away, over 1.33 times the distance of the LPZ.Future residential growth is not anticipated to decrease this distance since the area between the residential and political boundaries.
Figures 2.1-2   and   2.1-3 show the Unit 2 site plan including property and exclusion area boundaries, principal structures Amendment 26                 2.1-1                     May 1986
is'sed and zoned for industry.It is most likely that residential growth will occur to the south and southeast where land is available and more desirable from a residential perspective, rather than into an area of strong industrial character.
 
A zoning map for the city is provided on Figure 2.1-20 which shows the difference between the industrial and residential boundaries closest to the site.Amendment ll 2%1 7a June 1984 I I I I CONTROLLED SY tHE COASTOVARDDVRINO EMEROENCIES IN ACCORDANCE WITHLETTER DFAOREEMENT
Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR for Units 1 and 2, ground contours, railroads, highways, and transmission lines in the site area.
///I I 0 III UNIT 2 VISITOR INFORMATION CENTER~i I~pm, r l~lPIANr I I I 5'n;~Ol r I I I I,', I rollor 5 R LS S5IOSS S Lohovlow r V'OO NINE MILE POINT Sltf JAMES A, FITZPATRICK SltE POWER AUTHORITYOF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PROPERTY LINE NIAGARA MOHAWK~POWER CORP PROPERtY LINE t EXCLUSION AREA SOUNDARYI MINE R LTCOrnrng ROID Nor Ih Scribo Ic 0 nolo nl lc rn5rrrr 5lOSrrrrpr SCALE MILES FIGURE 2.1-2 SCALE~nrLOMETCPS SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION NINE MILE POINT-UNIT 2'INAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT AMENDMENT 26 MAY 1986 NINE MILK POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 Qo[gg~0 QOCIOOQO CI VOL.13
2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits The. minimum distance from Unit 2 to the EAB is approximately 1.4 km (0.87 mi) to the southwest. Exclusion area distances for the site are shown on Figure 2.1-2.
((~/'l 1a!'vj y,ll f,, I ()>>/g k'('"E:~!'r+I (g'(''
The   restricted area for the station follows the same boun-dary as the exclusion area. Lake Road provides access from Lakeview   Road and County Road 29 to Nine Nile Point Units 1 and 2 and to the FitzPatrick plant. Access to the Visitors Center at, Nine Mile Point is also from Lake Road. Although Lake Road is privately owned between Lakeview Road and County Road 29, public use is permitted during normal operating conditions. Niner Road provides an alternate route between Lakeview Road and County'oad 29. This road is in the town of Scriba. No public use restrictions affect public use along Niner Road. There are no state or other roads, shipping lanes, or rail lines crossing the restricted area. The Oswego River is located approximately 8.8 km (5.5 mi) west of the restricted area boundary at its closest point.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Section TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7~1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 CHAPTER 2 Introduction General Plant Description Comparison Tables Identification of Agents and Contractors Requirements for Further Technical Information Material Incorporated by Reference Drawings and Other Detailed Information Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI Abbreviations and Acronyms Generic Licensing Issues Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 2.2 Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3 Meteorology 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering 2'Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering Appendix 2A Appendix 2B Appendixes 2C through 2H Appendixes 2I, 2J Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 3 3 h 3 3,4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 3 3.1 3.2 Amendment; 16 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components December 1984 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6A 3.6B 3.7A 3.7B 3.8 3.9A 3.9B 3.10A 3.10B 3.11 Appendixes 3A through 3D Wind and Tornado Loading Water Level (Flood)Design Missile Protection Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Design Seismic Design Design of Seismic Category I Structures Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply)Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 9,10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.6 CHAPTER 5 5.1 5.2 Summary Description Fuel System Design Nuclear Design Thermal/Hydraulic Design Reactor Materials Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS Summary Description Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 5.3 5.4 CHAPTER 6 Title Reactor Vessel Component and Subsystem Design ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES Volume 13 13 13 6.1 6.2 6.3 6'6.5 6.6 Appendixes CHAPTER 7 7.1 7'7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 CHAPTER 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 CHAPTER 9 Engineered Safety Feature Materials Containment Systems Emergency Core Cooling Systems Habitability Systems Fission Product Removal and Control Systems Inservice,Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 6A, 6B INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Introduction Reactor Protection (Trip)System (RPS)Instrumentation and Controls Engineered Safety Feature Systems Systems Required for Safe Shutdown Safety-Related Display Instrumentation All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety Control Systems Not Required for Safety ELECTRIC POWER Introduction Offsite Power System Onsite Power System AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 13 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16, 17 17 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 Appendix 9A Fuel Storage and Handling Water Systems Process Auxiliaries Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems Other Auxiliary Systems 17 18 19 20,21 21,22 23 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 CHAPTER 11 Summary.Description Turbine Generator Main Steam Supply System Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 23 23 24 24 11.1 11'11.3 11.4 11.5 Appendix 11A CHAPTER 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 Source Terms Liquid Waste Management Systems Gaseous Waste Management Systems Solid Waste Management System Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems RADIATION PROTECTION Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)Radiation Sources Radiation Protection Design Features Dose Assessment Health Physics Program 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 Appendixes Organizational Structure of Applicant Training Site Emergency Plan Operation Review and Audit Plant Procedures Industrial Security 13A, 13B 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)26 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANAIYSIS 27 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15'15.7 15.8 Appendix 15A Appendix 15B Appendix 15C Appendix 15D Appendix 15E General Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature Increase in Reactor Pressure Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 26 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 17.0 17.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE Introduction Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 28 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 18.2 Amendment 26 Human Factors Engineering Team Safety Parameter Display System 28 28 May 1986  
North of the plant, the restricted area boundary follows the shoreline of Lake Ontario. A fence   along the shoreline prevents unauthorized access to Unit 2. Local authorities will notify persons on the lake in the vicinity of the plant of the need to leave the area in the event of an emergency.
The   boundary of the restricted area is posted with signs to assure public awareness     of access restrictions.       During emergency conditions, public access to the restricted area, including the Visitors Center, will not be permitted.         The necessary     authorities will be contacted to enforce access restrictions from local roads (Section 13.3). The radiation dose     outside the restricted area will be within the guidelines of 10CFR20, 10CFR50, Appendix E (Appendix 11B),
and 40CFR190.10.
Dose   estimates for persons within the rest:-icted area are presented in Section 12.4. There are two gaseous release points for routine airborne radioactive emissions: the com-bined radwaste/reactor building vent and the stack.         Rad-waste and reactor vents are combined on the reactor building to form one release point (Figure 11.3-2).     Distances from the stack and from the vent to the restricted area boundary are shown in Table 2.1-1 as a function of direction.
Amendment 3               2.1-2                       June 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR 2.1.2   Exclusion Area Authority and Control 2.1.2.1     Authority Distances from the plant to the exclusion area boundary (EAB) are measured from the centerline of the reactor                    and approximately     1.6 km (1 mi) to  the east,   1.4  km  (0.87  mi)  to the  southwest,    and  over 2.1 km  (1.3  mi)  to  the  southern  site boundary.     Exclusion area distances for the site are shown on Figure   2.1-2.
NMPC    is owner in fee of the property within the exclusion area except for that portion encompassed              by the James A.
FitzPatrick site owned by NYPA. The authority which permits NMPC to control activities over that portion of the                 Unit 2 EAB owned      by  NYPA  is  a  formal  agreement    between  NMPC  and NYPA executed      on March 9,      1970,    which      provides      for reciprocal inclusion of each party's project property in the exclusion area for Nine Mile Point Units 1 and 2 and The James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant.             No one resides in the exclusion area and no easements have been granted within the EAB, except such agreements between NMPC and NYPA for joint use of facilities and access to them for that                purpose.  "
The Emergency      Plan (Section 13.3) discusses the means of control of this area in the event of an accident.
A   private,   hard-surfaced,     east-west road crosses the site connecting with Oswego County Highway Route 29. A spur of the Consolidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station. Since the site is located on a navigable portion of Lake Ontario, the station is accessible by barge for construction and supply purposes.
2.1.2.2 Control of Activities Unrelated to Plant Operation The Energy Information Center is owned by NMPC and NYPA and is located on the site west of Nine Mile Point Unit 1. The center has averaged more than 50,000 visitors annually since its official opening in 1967. The center provides                   visitor facilities including educational exhibits, picnic                       and playground areas,       and nature       study trails.         Control of recreational activities in the vicinity of the plant is discussed in the Emergency Plan (Section 13.3).
As discussed in Section 13.3, a study for evacuation of area population surrounding the plant was performed.                 Calculated doses     received by any individual in         this   area in the event of an accident are within         allowable     limits     (Chapter   15).
Plant tours normally         are not   provided   due to security   and insurance   restrictions.
Amendment 19                     2.1-3                           May 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR 2.1.2.3 Arrangements for Traffic Control The exclusion area is traversed by one road and a rail spur (Section 2. 1.2. 1). Under   emergency   conditions,   the appropriate authority (Section 13.3) is contacted in the event, that Road.
it becomes necessary to control traffic on Lake When reguested, the Consolidated Railroad Corporation controls railroad-traffic through the exclusion area.
Amendment 4                   2.1-3a             September 1983
 
Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 4           2.1-3b             September 1983
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1 2.4
    ~        Abandonment, or Relocation of Roads No   public roads     within the exclusion area have been aban-doned   or relocated.
2' ~ 3 Population Distribution 2.1.3.1 Population Within 16 km (10 mi)
In 1980, Oswego County had an estimated population of 113,901   -
at an average         density of 43 people/sq km (111 people/sq mi)'       ~   This population density is con-siderably lower than the state average of 137 people/sq km (356 people/sq mi). The 1980 population and population den-sity for the eight towns and one city within 16 km (10 mi) of Unit 2 are listed in Table 2.1-2.
The total 1980 population within 16 km (10 mi) of Unit 2 is estimated to be 35,467. This population is projected to in-crease to approximately 74,082 by the year 2030'~'. The 16-km (10 mi) area contains all or portions of one city and eight towns:       the city of Oswego, and the towns of Minetto, Scriba, New Haven, Oswego, Mexico, Palermo, Volney, and Richland.       City and town boundaries are shown on Figure 2.1-4.
Of the eight towns and one city in the 16-km (10 mi) area, the city of Oswego is the largest in population, containing approximately 19,793 people in 1980. Following the city of Oswego in population size are Granby,                         Scriba, and Volney with estimated 1980 populations of 6,341, 5,455, and 5,358, respectively'~'.       Population and the 1970-1980                     percent change in population for the towns and city within the 16-km (10 mi) area are listed in Table 2.1-3.
It is expected that a large portion of the population growth in the 16-km (10 mi) area will occur around the southeastern fringes of the city of Oswego, with the surrounding towns absorbing much of the city's satellite distribution within 6 km (3 ' mi) of the station growth'opulation is based on the results of a field survey conducted in May 1982. Population     distribution between 6 (3.7 mi) and 16 km (10 mi)     is based on a house count from U.S.
Geological Survey maps, photorevised in 1978, on which Amendment 26                   2 '-4                                   May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit -2'FSAR 2.1.3.4   Low Population Zone The low population zone (LPZ) surrounding Unit 2"encompasses an area within a 6;4 km (4 mi) radius from the Nine Mile Point Unit 1 stack. LPZ boundary accident doses for Unit 2 are calculated at a distance of approximately'.1 km (3.8 mi) from the Unit 2 stack, which is 6.4 km, adjusted for the distance between the Unit 1 and Unit 2 stacks.
Figure 2.1-19 depicts the LPZ. The distance for the LPZ was chosen based on the requirements of 10CFR100. 11.
The LPZ is expected to contain approximately 2,315 people in the year 1985 at an average density of 48 people/sq km (125 people/sq mi). By the year 2030, the: LPZ"population is expected to have increased to approximately. 4;372 at a'n     "
average density of 91 people/sq km (236 people/sq mi) .
The only facility in the LPZ that attracts a transient population is the Ontario Bible Campground at Lakeview, located approximately 1.5 km (1.0 mi) west-southwest of the station. This campground is a privately-owned facility operated on a 52-acre lakeshore plot.             Groups of up to 500 persons use this camp during the summer and as many as 1,500 people may gather there for short periods on Sundays throughout the summer. The facility is unused during the balance of the year except for an occasional weekend in the spring and fall.
2.1.3.5 Population Centers In 1980, the closest population center, as defined by 10CFR100, to Unit 2 was the city of Syracuse,         which con-tained approximately 170, 105 people.       The city' closest corporate boundary to Unit 2 is approximately 53 km (33 mi) south-southeast:. The city of Syracuse       is part of the Syracuse   SMSA,   which encompasses   Onondaga,   Oswego,     and Madison Counties.
Based on county-level population projections provided by the New York Department of Commerce, the population of the city of Oswego will exceed 25,000 people and become the nearest population center in the year 2000'4'.       This estimate may prove to be somewhat high based on historical growth in the city; however, the estimate is useful because conservative estimate     for  use it in calculating provides a doses from potential accidents.
Amendment 25                 2.1-7                   March 1986


, Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 5.4.12.2 5.4.12.3 F 4.12.4 5.4.13 5.4.13.1 5.4.13.2 5.4.13.3 5.4.13.4 5.4.14 5;4.14.1 5.4.14.2'.4;14.3, 5.4.14.4 5.4.15 Appendix 5A-Title Description Safety Evaluation Inspection and Testing Safety and Relief Valves Safety Design Bases Description Safety Evaluation Inspection and Testing Component Supports Safety Design'ases Description Safety Evaluation Inspection and Testing References Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix G and Appendix H Pacae'5.4-49 5.4-50 5.4-50 5.4-51 5.4-51 5.4-51 5.4-52 5.4-52 5.4-52 5.4-52 5'-52 5.4-53 5.4-53 5.4-54 Amendment 24 5-vii February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Table Number CHAPTER 5 LIST OF TABLES Title 5'-1 5.2-2 5.2-3 5.2-4 5.2-5 5.2-6 5.2-7 5.2-8 5.2-9 5.2-10 5.3-1 5.3-2 5.4-1 5.4-2 5.4-3 APPLICABLE CODE CASES NUCLEAR SYSTEM SAFETY/RELIEF SET POINTS'SYSTEMS THAT MAY INITIATE DURING OVER-PRESSURE EVENT SEQUENCE OF EVENTS FOR FIGURE 5'-1 REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE BOUNDARY MATERIALS BWR WATER CHEMISTRY WATER SAMPLE LOCATIONS LEAK DETECTION METHODS, ACCURACY, AND SENSITIVITY
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR Although Oswego City's closest political boundary is ap-*
proximately 7.24 km (4.5 mi) from the site, no with the LPZ/population center distance requirements conflict'xists defined in 10CFR100 since the boundary of the city' residential area is located approximately 8.85 km (5.5 mi) away, over 1.33 times the distance      of the LPZ. Future residential growth is not anticipated to decrease this distance since the area between the          residential              and political boundaries. is'sed and zoned for industry.
most likely that residential growth will occur to the It is south and  southeast  where  land  is available and more desirable from  a residential perspective, rather than into an area of strong industrial character. A zoning map for the city is provided on Figure 2.1-20 which shows the difference between the industrial and residential boundaries closest to the site.
Amendment  ll                2%1 7a                  June 1984
 
CONTROLLED SY tHE COASTOVARDDVRINO EMEROENCIES IN ACCORDANCE WITHLETTER DFAOREEMENT
      // /
I                                                                                          R I                                                            0          III S5IOSS I                                                                                        S LS I                                        UNIT 2 I                            VISITOR INFORMATION I                            CENTER                                l  ~ IlPIANr
                                            ~  i      r    I I            I                I
                                                                            'n;~
I I
I,  ',        5
                                      ~ pm,      I rollor 5                      Ol r
Lohovlow NINE MILE POINT  Sltf JAMES A, r                                                          FITZPATRICK SltE V'                  OO POWER AUTHORITYOF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PROPERTY LINE NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORP
                                ~
PROPERtY LINE                                                  MINE R                          ROID t EXCLUSION  AREA LTCOrnrng SOUNDARYI Nor Ih Scribo Ic 0
nolo nl lc rn5rrrr 5lOSrrrrpr SCALE    MILES FIGURE 2.1-2 SCALE ~ nrLOMETCPS SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION NINE MILE POINT-UNIT SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT 2'INAL AMENDMENT26                                                    MAY 1986
 
NINE MILKPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 Qo[gg~
0 QOCIOOQO CI VOL. 13
 
((
                  /
  ~
1a
      'l
            'vj
  !
y,ll f,,
()>>
I
                      /
g k'
('"E:~
                'r+
    !                  I
(  g'(''
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                    Title                        Volume CHAPTER 1    INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1          Introduction 1.2          General Plant Description 1.3          Comparison Tables 1.4          Identification of Agents and  Contractors 1.5           Requirements  for Further Technical Information 1.6          Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7          Drawings and Other Detailed Information
~ 1.8          Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9          Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria 1.10          Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11          Abbreviations and Acronyms 1.12          Generic Licensing Issues 1.13          Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2    SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1          Geography and Demography 2.2          Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and  Military Facilities                    3 2.3          Meteorology                                  3 2.4          Hydrologic Engineering                  h 3
2'            Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering                    3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B                                                5 Appendixes 2C through 2H                                  6 Appendixes 2I, 2J                                          7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M                                      8 CHAPTER 3    DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1          Conformance  with NRC General Design  Criteria 3.2          Classification of Structures, Systems,  and Components Amendment; 16                                      December 1984
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                 Title                        Volume 3.3          Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4          Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5         Missile Protection 3.6A        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                  9,10
: 3. 6B        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)    10 3.7A        Seismic Design                            10 3.7B        Seismic Design                            10 3.8          Design of Seismic Category I Structures  10 3.9A        Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B        Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)
: 3. 10A      Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                12 3.10B        Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)                                12 3.11        Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment                  12 Appendixes 3A through  3D                              12 CHAPTER 4    REACTOR                                  12 4.1          Summary  Description                      12 4.2          Fuel System Design                        12 4.3          Nuclear Design                            12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design                  12 4.5         Reactor Materials                        12 4.6          Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems                          12 CHAPTER 5    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS                        13 5.1          Summary  Description                      13 5.2          Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure  Boundary                        13
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                Title                    Volume 5.3          Reactor Vessel                        13 5.4         Component and Subsystem Design        13 CHAPTER 6    ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES            13 6.1          Engineered Safety Feature Materials  13 6.2         Containment Systems                  14 6.3          Emergency Core Cooling Systems        15 6'          Habitability Systems                  15 6.5         Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6.6          Inservice,Inspection of Safety Class  2 and Class  3 Components      15 Appendixes 6A, 6B                                  15 CHAPTER 7    INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS  15 7.1          Introduction                          15 7'          Reactor Protection (Trip)
System (RPS)  Instrumentation and Controls                              15 7.3          Engineered Safety Feature Systems    15 7.4         Systems Required for Safe Shutdown    16 7.5          Safety-Related Display Instrumentation                      16 7.6          All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety          16 7.7          Control Systems Not Required for Safety                            16 CHAPTER 8    ELECTRIC POWER                        16 8.1          Introduction                          16 8.2          Offsite  Power System                16 8.3          Onsite Power System                  16, 17 CHAPTER 9    AUXILIARY SYSTEMS                    17 9.1          Fuel Storage and Handling            17 9.2          Water Systems                        18 9.3         Process Auxiliaries                  19 9.4          Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems              20,21 9.5         Other Auxiliary Systems              21,22 Appendix  9A                                      23
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Section                Title                    Volume CHAPTER 10  STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM      23 10.1        Summary  .Description                  23 10.2        Turbine Generator                      23 10.3        Main Steam Supply System              24 10.4         Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11  RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT          24 11.1        Source Terms                          24 11 '        Liquid Waste Management Systems        24 11.3        Gaseous Waste Management Systems      25 11.4         Solid Waste Management System          25 11.5         Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems        25 Appendix 11A                                        25 CHAPTER 12  RADIATION PROTECTION                  25
: 12. 1      Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)                    25
: 12. 2        Radiation Sources                      25
: 12. 3        Radiation Protection Design Features                              25
: 12. 4       Dose Assessment                        26
: 12. 5       Health Physics Program                26 CHAPTER 13  CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS                  26
: 13. 1      Organizational Structure of Applicant                              26 13.2        Training                              26 13.3        Site Emergency Plan                    26 13.4         Operation Review and Audit            26 13.5        Plant Procedures                      26 13.6        Industrial Security                    26 Appendixes 13A, 13B                                26 CHAPTER 14  INITIAL TEST  PROGRAM                26
: 14. 1       Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)                26
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                Title                  Volume 14.2        Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)              26,27 CHAPTER 15  ACCIDENT ANAIYSIS                    27 15.0        General                              27 15.1        Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature                          27 15.2         Increase in Reactor Pressure        27 15.3        Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate                    27
: 15. 4        Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies                            27 15.5        Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory                            27 15 '         Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory                            27 15.7        Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components            27 15.8        Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)                        27 Appendix 15A                                      28 Appendix 15B                                      28 Appendix 15C                                      28    26 Appendix 15D                                      28 Appendix 15E                                      28 CHAPTER 16  TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS            28 CHAPTER 17  QUALITY ASSURANCE                    28 17.0        Introduction                        28 17.1        Quality Assurance Program During Operation                            28 CHAPTER 18  HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING            28 18.1        Human  Factors Engineering Team      28 18.2        Safety Parameter Display System      28 Amendment 26                                  May 1986
 
                  , Nine Mile Point Unit 2  FSAR CHAPTER 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                    Title                        Pacae 5.4.12.2            Description                        '5.4-49 5.4.12.3            Safety Evaluation                   5.4-50 F 4.12.4            Inspection and Testing               5.4-50 5.4.13              Safety and Relief Valves             5.4-51
: 5. 4. 13. 1        Safety Design Bases                 5.4-51 5.4.13.2            Description                          5.4-51 5.4.13.3            Safety Evaluation                    5.4-52 5.4.13.4            Inspection and Testing              5.4-52 5.4.14              Component Supports                  5.4-52 5;4.14.1            Safety Design'ases                  5.4-52 5.4.14.2'.4;14.3, Description                          5 '-52 Safety Evaluation                    5.4-53 5.4.14.4            Inspection and Testing              5.4-53 5.4.15              References                          5.4-54 Appendix 5A-        Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix G and Appendix  H Amendment 24                   5-vii             February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF TABLES Table Number                    Title 5 '-1       APPLICABLE CODE CASES 5.2-2       NUCLEAR SYSTEM SAFETY/RELIEF SET POINTS
                                '
5.2-3        SYSTEMS THAT MAY     INITIATE DURING OVER-PRESSURE EVENT 5.2-4        SEQUENCE OF EVENTS FOR FIGURE 5   '-1 5.2-5        REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE     BOUNDARY MATERIALS 5.2-6        BWR WATER CHEMISTRY 5.2-7        WATER SAMPLE LOCATIONS 5.2-8        LEAK DETECTION METHODS, ACCURACY, AND SENSITIVITY 5.2-9       


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF SYSTEM ISOLATION/ALARMS OF SYS-TEMS MONITORED AND THE LEAK DETECTION METHODS USED  
OF SYSTEM ISOLATION/ALARMS OF SYS-TEMS MONITORED AND THE LEAK DETECTION METHODS USED 5.2-10     


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF ISOLATION ALARMS OF SYSTEM MONITORED AND LEAK DETECTION METHOD USED UNIT 2 REACTOR VESSEL CHARPY TEST RESULTS VESSEL BELTL'INE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION RADIATION RT AND EOL RT REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS RHR RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE DATA REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA Amendment 19 5 Vii1 May 1985 Nine, Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Number Title 5.l-la 5.1-1b 5.1-2 5.2-1 5.2-2 5.2-3 5.2-4 5.2-5 5.2-5a 5.2-6 5.2-7 5.2-8 5.2-9 5.3-1 5.3-2 RATED OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR COOLANT VOLUMES OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM SAFETY RELIEF VALVE CAPACITY SIZING TRANSIENT"MSIV CLOSURE WITH HIGH FLUX TRIP" SAFETY RELIEF VALVE SCHEMATIC ELEVATION SAFETY RELIEF VALVE AND STEAM LINE SCHEMATIC NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM PE(ID SCHEMATIC OF SAFETY RELIEF VALVE WITH AUXILIARY ACTUATING DEVICE ABNORMAL AMBIENT CONDITIONS FOR ACTUATOR QUALIFICATION TEST TYPICAL BWR FLOW DIAGRAM CONDUCTIVITY, pH, CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS AT 77 F (25 C)CALCULATED LEAK RATE VS CRACK LENGTH AS A FUNCTION OF APPLIED HOOP STRESS AXIAL THROUGHWALL CRACK LENGTH DATA CORRELATION BRACKET FOR HOIDING SURVEILLANCE CAPSULE MINIMUM TEMPERATURES REQUIRED VERSUS REACTOR PRESSURE 24 5.3-3 PREDICTED ADJUSTMENT OF REFERENCE TEMPERATURE"A," AS A FUNCTION OF FLUENCE AND COPPER CONTENT 5.3-4 Amendment 24 REACTOR VESSEI 5-ix February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)Figure Number Title 5.3-5 5.4-1 5.4-2 5.4-3 F 4-4 5.4-5 5.4-6 5.4-7 S.4-S 5.4-9 5.4-10 NOMINAL REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVEL TRIP AND ALARM ELEVATION SETTINGS RECIRCULATION SYSTEM ELEVATION AND ISOMETRIC REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM PE(ID RECIRCULATION PUMP HEAD, NPSH, FLOW AND'FFICIENCY CURVES OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF JET PUMP CORE FLOODING CAPABILITY OF RECIRCULATION SYSTEM MAIN STEAMLINE FLOW RESTRICTOR MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE CUTAWAY VIEW DELETED RCIC SYSTEM REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLANT SYSTEM PROCESS DIAGRAM 5.4-10a RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FIOW VS.POWER 5.4-10b 5.4-11 5.4-12 5.4-13 RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FLOW VS.PRESSURE VESSEL COOIANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (TWO HEAT EXCHANGERS AVAILABLE)
OF ISOLATION ALARMS OF SYSTEM MONITORED AND LEAK DETECTION METHOD USED 5.3-1        UNIT 2 REACTOR VESSEL CHARPY TEST RESULTS VESSEL BELTL'INE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION 5.3-2        RADIATION RT         AND EOL RT 5.4-1        REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
VESSEL COOLANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (ONE HEAT EXCHANGER AVAILABLE)
: 5. 4-2      RHR RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE DATA
RHR SYSTEM Amendment 28 5-x May 1987 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR" CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)Figure Number 5.4-14 5.4-15 5.4-16 5.4-17 5.4-18 Title RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM PROCESS DIAGRAM AND DATA RHR PUMP CHARACTERISTIC CURVES REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM FlLTER DEMINERALIZER SYSTEM PE(ID Amendment 24 5-xa February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 7 5-xb December 1983 NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 D.g Qo[gg~0 0000000 0 vor..19
: 5. 4-3      REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA Amendment 19             5 Vii1                     May 1985
(.~I'A~
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 1.2 1~3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 l.13 Introduction General Plant Description Comparison Tables Identification of Agents and Contractors Requirements'for Further Technical Information Material Incorporated by Reference Drawings and Other Detailed Information Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI Abbreviations and Acronyms Generic Licensing Issues Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B Appendixes 2C through 2H Appendixes 2I, 2J Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M SITE CHARACTERISTICS Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities Meteorology Hydrologic Engineering Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 3 3.1 3.2 Amendment 16 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components December 1984 Nine Mile'oint Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6A 3'B 3.7A 3.7B 3.8 3.9A 3.9B 3.10A Title Wind and Tornado Loading Water Level (Flood)Design Missile Protection Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)Seismic Design Seismic Design Design of Seismic Category I Structures Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply)Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of.Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Volume 9,10 10 10 10 10 3.10B 3.11 Appendixes 3A through 3D Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 12 12 12 CHAPTER 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.6 CHAPTER 5 5.1 5.2 REACTOR Summary Description Fuel System Design Nuclear Design Thermal/Hydraulic Design Reactor Materials Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS Summary Description Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF'ONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume 5.3 5.4 CHAPTER 6 Reactor Vessel Component and Subsystem Design ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 13 13 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6~6 Appendixes 6A, 6B Engineered Safety Feature Materials Containment Systems Emergency Core Cooling Systems Habitability Systems Fission Product Removal and Control Systems Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 13 14 15 15 15 15 CHAPTER 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 CHAPTER 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 CHA'PTER 9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 Appendix 9A INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Introduction Reactor Protection (Trip)System (RPS)Instrumentation and Controls.Engineered Safety Feature Systems Systems Required for Safe Shutdown Safety-Related Display Instrumentation All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety Control Systems Not Required for Safety ELECTRIC POWER Introduction Offsite Power System Onsite Power System AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Fuel Storage and Handling Water Systems Process Auxiliaries Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems Other Auxiliary Systems 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16, 17 17 17 18 19 20,21 21,22 23 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM'I 23 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 Summary.Description Turbine Generator Main Steam Supply System Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System 23 23 24 11.1 11.2 ll'.3 11.4 11.5 Source Terms Liquid Waste Management Systems Gaseous Waste Management Systems Solid Waste Management System Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems Appendix 11A CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 12.1 12~2 12.3 12.4 12.5 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)Radiation Sources Radiation Protection Design Features Dose Assessment Health Physics Program 25 25 25.26 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13~6 Appendixes Organizational Structure of Applicant Training Site Emergency Plan Operation Review and Audit, Plant Procedures Industrial Security 13A, 13B 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)26 iv Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)Section 14.2 Title Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)Volume 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8 General Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature Increase in Reactor Pressure Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies Increase in Reactor Coolant.Inventory Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)Appendix 15A Appendix 15B Appendix 15C Appendix 15D Appendix 15E CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 17 QUAI ITY ASSURANCE 27 27 27 27 27 Fl 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 26 17.0 17.1 Introduction Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18 F 1 18.2 Amendment 26 Human Factors Engineering Team Safety Parameter Display System 28 28 May 1986 0
Nine, Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Number                           Title 5.l-la       RATED OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR 5.1-1b       COOLANT VOLUMES OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR 24 5.1-2         NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM 5.2-1         SAFETY RELIEF VALVE CAPACITY SIZING TRANSIENT "MSIV CLOSURE WITH HIGH FLUX TRIP" 5.2-2         SAFETY RELIEF VALVE SCHEMATIC ELEVATION 5.2-3         SAFETY RELIEF VALVE AND STEAM LINE SCHEMATIC 5.2-4         NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM PE(ID 5.2-5         SCHEMATIC OF SAFETY RELIEF VALVE WITH AUXILIARYACTUATING DEVICE 5.2-5a       ABNORMAL AMBIENT CONDITIONS FOR ACTUATOR QUALIFICATION TEST 5.2-6         TYPICAL  BWR FLOW DIAGRAM 5.2-7         CONDUCTIVITY, pH, CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS AT 77 F (25 C)
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3.1 Compressed Air Systems The compressed air systems consist of the instrument air system (IAS), the service air system (SAS), and the breathing air system (AAS).All three compressed air systems are used only for nonsafety-related equipment and components during normal plant operation.
: 5. 2-8       CALCULATED LEAK RATE VS CRACK LENGTH AS A FUNCTION OF APPLIED HOOP STRESS 5.2-9         AXIAL THROUGHWALL CRACK LENGTH DATA CORRELATION 5.3-1         BRACKET FOR HOIDING SURVEILLANCE CAPSULE 5.3-2         MINIMUM TEMPERATURES REQUIRED VERSUS REACTOR PRESSURE 5.3-3        PREDICTED ADJUSTMENT OF REFERENCE TEMPERATURE "A," AS A FUNCTION OF FLUENCE AND COPPER CONTENT 5.3-4        REACTOR VESSEI Amendment 24              5-ix              February 1986
The instrument air system is described in Section 9.3.1.1, followed by descriptions of the service air system and the breathing air system in Sections 9.3.1.2 and 9.3'.3, respectively.
 
All instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, including the safety-related equipment and components of the automatic depressurization system (ADS)and the four inboard main steam isolation valve (MSIV)actuator accumulators are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN).The automatic depressurization system and the instrument nitrogen systems are described in'ections 9.3.1.4 and 9.3.1.5, respectively.
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES  (Cont)
28 The four outboard main steam isolation valve (MSIV)actuator accumulators are supplied with air from the reactor building instrument air receiving tank.28 9.3.1.1 Instrument Air System 9.3.1.1.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Basis The instrument air system is not a safety-related control air system.It is not required to effect or support the safe shutdown of the reactor or to perform any safety-related functions associated with its operation.
Figure Number                          Title 5.3-5        NOMINAL REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVEL TRIP AND ALARM ELEVATION SETTINGS 5.4-1        RECIRCULATION SYSTEM ELEVATION AND ISOMETRIC 5.4-2        REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM PE(ID 5.4-3       RECIRCULATION PUMP HEAD, NPSH, FLOW CURVES                  AND'FFICIENCY F  4-4      OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF JET PUMP 5.4-5        CORE FLOODING  CAPABILITY OF RECIRCULATION SYSTEM 5.4-6        MAIN STEAMLINE FLOW RESTRICTOR 5.4-7        MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE CUTAWAY VIEW S.4-S        DELETED 5.4-9        RCIC SYSTEM 5.4-10      REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLANT SYSTEM PROCESS DIAGRAM 5.4-10a      RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FIOW VS. POWER
However, all instrument air system piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE)design requirements so that their failure will not damage safety-related equipment, piping, and components.
: 5. 4-10b    RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FLOW VS. PRESSURE
The instrument air system component design bases are given in Section 3.2.Amendment 28 May 1987 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Power Generation Bases The instrument-air system is designed to supply clean, dry, and oilfree air at 80 to 100 psig to all nonsafety-related
: 5. 4-11      VESSEL COOIANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (TWO HEAT EXCHANGERS AVAILABLE) 5.4-12      VESSEL COOLANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (ONE HEAT EXCHANGER AVAILABLE) 5.4-13      RHR SYSTEM Amendment 28            5-x                      May 1987
'plant instrumentation and control systems.However, all instrumentation and control systems located inside the Amendment 28 9.3-la May 1987 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Each two-stage instrument air compressor assembly includes an intercooler, aftercooler, and air receiver tank.The instrument air compressor cylinders are of the non-lubricated type.The intake air filters and silencers are located on the turbine building roof.Cooling water is supplied to the air compressor cooling water system and heat exchangers from the reactor building closed-loop cooling water system.Two refrigerant-type air dryers, with two prefilters and two afterfilters, are provided on the instrument air system supply header to filter and dry the air to a dewpoint of 35 F at 125 psig.The instrument air system distribution piping network is supplied from a separate instrument air receiver tank located downstream of the refrigerant dryers and air filters.Instrument air used only for nonsafety-related instrumentation and control systems is distributed throughout the plant from this air receiver tank.The service air system supply header is branched off the common compressed air supply header upstream of the instrument air dryers and filters.An isolation block valve on the service air system main supply branch header will automatically close and shut off the service air supply when the common compressed air supply header pressure decreases to less than 85 psig.The automatic shutoff and isolation of the service air system is designed to prevent decreased compressed air supply header pressure, as during high service air demand flows, which may adversely affect the operability of the instrument air system.Each instrument air compressor has automatic unloader controls and a remote manual/automatic selector station for automatic start-stop operation.
 
In the selected lead position the compressor runs continuously after starting and automatically unloads to maintain its air receiver pressure.In the lag position the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure drops below the low-pressure setpoint of 90 psig.In the backup mode, the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure decays below the low-low pressure setpoint of 85 psig.The air compressors are operated from the normal plant power supply.Cooling water to the air compressor cooling system heat exchangers is supplied by the reactor=building closed loop cooling system (Section 9.2.2.1).Amendment 27 9.3-3 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3.1.1.3 Safety Evaluation The three instrument air compressors, i.e., the lead, lag, and backup units, operate to maintain the required pressure at the air receivers which provide the station's instrument air system with an air supply pressure of 100 to 120 psig.Actuation of the selected lag unit is automatic when the compressed air supply header pressure decreases below 100 psig, and the selected backup unit automatically starts when the header pressure further decays below 85 psig.The instrument air compressors and air receivers have sufficient capacities to supply the requirements of plant instrumentation and control systems.The loss of instrument and control air causes air-operated valves to fail to appropriate safe positions.
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR "
9.3.1.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements The instrument air system operates on a continuous basis.It is maintained and monitored, and abnormal conditions are alarmed during normal plant operation.
CHAPTER 5 LIST  OF FIGURES  (Cont)
The instrument air system will be tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.68.Preoperational testing of the instrument air system is addressed in Table 14.2-43.9.3.1.1.5 Instrumentation Requirements Manual and automatic controls are provided for maintaining an adequate supply of instrument air for air-operated instruments, equipment, and components.
Figure Number                          Title 5.4-14      RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM PROCESS  DIAGRAM AND DATA 5.4-15      RHR PUMP CHARACTERISTIC CURVES 5.4-16      REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM 5.4-17      REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM 5.4-18      FlLTER DEMINERALIZER SYSTEM PE(ID Amendment 24          5-xa                  February 1986
The controls and monitors described below are located in the main control room.The control system logic is shown on Figure 9.3-2.Each instrument air compressor control system has a three-step regulator for free air unloading at constant speed and dual controls for both manual and fully automatic start-stop operation.
 
The three-step regulation allows the compressor to operate at full, one-half, and zero load at rated speed as a function of the system air receiver pressure.The solenoid-operated three-way unloader valve in the control system automatically provides a 15-sec time delay for free Amendment 26 9.3-4 May 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR increasing the piping internal pressures.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 7          5-xb                December 1983
Therefore, piping inside the primary, containment is protected b'y thermal relief valves.The piping outside the primary containment is protected by the air compressor and receiver relief valves.Piping in Category I areas has been designed so that, its failure will prevent damage to safety-related equipment.
 
With the exception of the containment penetrations and isolation valves, the service air system is nonsafety-related.
NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 D. g Qo[gg~
9.3.1.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements No special inspection and testing are required following preoperational testing except for ISI of the containment, penetrations (Section 6.6).9.3.1.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements The air supply for the service air system is provided by the-instrument air system.The only controls and monitors for the service air system are an instrument air/service air operated block (globe)valve and its associated alarm which is located.in the main control room.The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-'2.In the normal mode, the service air system block valve can be opened locally at LCS738 only if a low-low pressure condition does not exist.The valve will close automatically on low-low pressure.The valve can be opened and closed manually.27 Monitorin An alarm is provided for service air system block valve closure.9.3.1.3 Breathing Air System The breathing air system provides clean, dry, oilfree air to various areas throughout the plant for breathing.
0 0000000 0 vor.. 19
9.3.1.3.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Bases The breathing.air system is not required to effect or support safe shutdown of the reactor ot to perform in the Amendment 27 9.3-7 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR operation of reactor safety features.However, all items contained in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported for SSE conditions so that their failure will not damage safety-related equipment.
 
For containment penetrations, see Section 3.2.0 erational Desi n Basis The breathing air system has been designed to provide air suitable for breathing at selected breathing air stations for use by unit personnel during potential or actual airborne contamination situations.
~I(.'A ~
9.3.1.3.2 System Description Compressed air is supplied to the breathing air syst: em by an oilfree reciprocative air'ompressor (Figure 9..3-3).The compressor is designed with a capacity of 250 scfm at 85 psig discharge pressure and is equipped with an inlet filter and aftercooler.
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                    Title                      Volume CHAPTER 1   INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1         Introduction 1.2         General Plant Description 1 3
Inlet air to the compressor"is taken from outside the turbine building, compressed, cooled, and discharged via headers to two air receivers.
  ~         Comparison Tables 1.4         Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5         Requirements'for Further Technical Information 1.6         Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7         Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8         Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9         Standard Review Plan Conformance  to Acceptance Criteria 1.10         Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11         Abbreviations and Acronyms
The compressor is provided with manual and automatic starting and shutdown features.Cooling is provided by a self-contained cooling unit that consists of a circulating pump and forced draft type radiator.Air quality is maintained by an inline three-stage filtration unit that removes oil, water, particulates, and carbon monoxide, and delivers clean air that meets OSHA requirements for breathing air.During normal unit power operation, breathing'air piping within the primary containment will be physically disconnected by a flexible hose connection and isolated by valves inside and outside the containment.
: 1. 12       Generic Licensing Issues
The compressor aftercooler is a shell and tube, counterflow heat exchanger with air passing through the tubes and coolant circulating around the tubes.An integral moisture separator equipped with an automatic drain trap'emoves condensed moisture from the cooled air.Coolant is provided by a self-contained cooling system.The aftercooler is built to ASME Section VIII, Division 1, requirements for a design pressure of 125 psig, and is equipped with a relief valve.Amendment 23 9.3-8 December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The automatic depressurization system is safety-related, and'all pressure-retaining components of the system are designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements.of ASME Section III, Division 1, Subsection ND for Class'3 components, and Subsection NC for Class 2 components.
: l. 13       Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2   SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1         Geography and Demography 2.2         Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3         Meteorology 2.4         Hydrologic Engineering 2.5         Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering                    3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B                                             5 Appendixes 2C through 2H                                 6 Appendixes 2I, 2J                                       7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M                                   8 CHAPTER 3   DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1          Conformance   with NRC General Design   Criteria 3.2          Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment 16                                    December 1984
Not included in this safety-related classification are the nitrogen gas storage tanks, equipment, and components located in the yard outside-the reactor building.Piping segments that.penetrate the primary containment and serve as a containment boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, Category I requirements.
 
The loss of nitrogen gas-fo'r instrumentation and controls causes gas-operated valves to fail to appropriate safe positions.
Nine Mile'oint Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
In the event that the nitrogen gas supply from the nitrogen gas storage tanks is lost, a 5-day supply is available to the accumulators from ADS nitrogen receiver tanks 2IAS*TK4(Z-)
Section                 Title                      Volume 3.3         Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4          Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5          Missile Protection 3.6A        Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply)                                 9,10 3 'B        Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply)   10 3.7A          Seismic Design                           10 3.7B          Seismic Design                           10 3.8          Design of Seismic Category I Structures   10 3.9A        Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B        Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of .Supply) 3.10A        Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply)                               12 3.10B        Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply)                               12 3.11        Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment                 12 Appendixes 3A  through  3D                            12 CHAPTER 4     REACTOR                                  12 4.1           Summary  Description                    12 4.2           Fuel System Design                      12 4.3         Nuclear Design                           12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design                 12 4.5          Reactor Materials                       12 4.6          Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems                         12 CHAPTER 5    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS                       13 5.1          Summary Description                     13 5.2          Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary                       13
and 2IAS*TK5(Z-).
 
In addition, there are provisions for recharging the ADS nitrogen receiver tanks through its individual supply lines located in a missile-protected area outside the standby gas treatment building from special emergency tube trailer supply connections.
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR TABLE OF'ONTENTS   (Cont)
These special, emergency recharging lines are part of the GSN system and are classified Seismic Category I, Safety'lass 3.Power Generation Bases The automatic depressurization system requires clean, dry, oilfree nitrogen gas at approximately 175 psig to be supplied to the selected group of seven main steam safety relief valves and their respective accumulators located inside the reactor primary containment.
Section                 Title                   Volume 5.3         Reactor Vessel                        13 5.4         Component and Subsystem   Design     13 CHAPTER 6    ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 6.1         Engineered Safety Feature Materials    13 6.2         Containment Systems                    14 6.3         Emergency Core Cooling Systems        15 6.4         Habitability  Systems                15 6.5         Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6 6
This designated group of ADS safety relief valves and accumulators is divided into two subgroups with three or four valves and accumulators in each subgroup.Each subgroup is supplied with nitrogen gas from one of two separate ADS receiver tanks.Each ADS receiver tank is supplied with nitrogen gas at 365 psig from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building.Nitrogen gas supplied for instrumentation and controls meets or exceeds the equivalent air quality requirements established for safety-related control air systems (SRCAS)by ANSI MC11.1-1975 (approved-January 15, 1976)(ISA-S7;3), Quality Standard for Instrument Air.All piping, valves, and fittings associated with the automatic depressurization system are of stainless steel materials.
~          Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class   3 Components     15 Appendixes 6A, 6B                                  15 CHAPTER 7   INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS    15 7.1         Introduction                          15 7.2         Reactor Protection (Trip)
Also, the system will be given a complete Amendment 28 9.3-11 May 1987 I Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR preoperational cleaning., until the applicable acceptance cleanliness levels"are: established and verified.In.addition, since the piping system materials are corrosion-resistant, the cleanliness levels achieved during preoperational cleaning are expected to be maintained and controlled to within acceptable limits.Each of the six high-pressure nitrogen gas storage vessels is designed, fabricated, tested, and stamped in accordance with the ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, and conforms to Code Case No.1205 for seamless integrally forged vessels.The six-vessel modular assembly is provided with manifold isolation valves which separate three active vessels and three reserve vessels.A fill stanchion is provided for refueling from a high-pressure tube trailer.9.3.1.4.2 System Description The automatic depressurization system is supplied with nitrogen gas from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building.Nitrogen gas is supplied to two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks at 365 psig.Each ADS nitrogen receiver tank supplies nitrogen gas to its corresponding subgroup of either three or four ADS valves and accumulators through a 365/185 psig pressure reducing station.These two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks provide makeup nitrogen to compensate for valve leakage losses and to maintain ,the required pressure at the accumulators.
System (RPS)  Instrumentation  and Controls  .                            15 7.3          Engineered Safety Feature Systems      15 7.4         Systems Required for Safe Shutdown    16 7.5         Safety-Related Display Instrumentation 7.6         All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety 7.7         Control Systems Not Required for Safety                            16 CHAPTER 8   ELECTRIC POWER                        16 8.1         Introduction                          16 8.2         Offsite Power  System                16 8.3         Onsite Power System                    16, 17 CHA'PTER 9   AUXILIARY SYSTEMS                      17 9.1         Fuel Storage and Handling              17 9.2         Water Systems                          18 9.3         Process Auxiliaries                    19 9.4         Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems                20,21 9.5         Other Auxiliary Systems                21,22 Appendix 9A                                         23
A diaphragm-type'DS air compressor is provided to supply instrument quality air fortesting purposes, if desired, during plant shutdown and maintenance periods.Its discharge air supply connection is valved off during normal plant operation.
 
9.3.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation The two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks supplied by the bank of six horizontal nitrogen gas storage tanks will operate to maintain the required ADS valve-accumulator pressure of 175 psig.Each nitrogen gas accumulator provides a passive safeguard which automatically supplies a motive source for the operation of each, SRV in the automatic depressurization system.The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators can only affect a single SRV.This is due to the independence of the other, and a postulated single failure does not prevent the operation of the remaining units.The Amendment.
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
23 9.3-lla December 1985 Nine llile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.Open (red)and closed (green)indicating lights for the following:
Section                Title                    Volume CHAPTER 10  STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM      23
a.ADS primary containment isolation valves.b.ADS header high flow valves.c.ADS header low flow valves.3.Inoperable (amber)indicating lights for the following:
                                              'I 10.1        Summary  .Description                  23 10.2        Turbine Generator                      23 10.3        Main Steam Supply System                24 10.4        Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11  RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.1        Source Terms                            24 11.2        Liquid Waste Management Systems        24 ll'. 3      Gaseous Waste Management Systems        25 11.4        Solid Waste Management System           25 11.5        Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems         25 Appendix 11A                                        25 CHAPTER 12  RADIATION PROTECTION                    25
a.ADS isolation valves bypass/inoperable.
: 12. 1      Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA)                     25 12 2
b.ADS control valve power failure.c.ADS systems manually out, of service.Position off-normal (white)indicating lights for the ADS primary containment isolation valves.Pressure indicators for the following:
  ~        Radiation Sources                      25
a.ADS nitrogen supply headers.b.ADS nitrogen receiver tanks.Annunciators for the following:
: 12. 3       Radiation Protection Design Features                                25
ADS air compressor auto tripj'fail to start (not used during normal plant operation)
: 12. 4       Dose Assessment                      . 26
.b.ADS air compressor auto start (not used during normal plant operation).
: 12. 5        Health Physics Program                  26 CHAPTER 13  CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS                  26
C.Primary containment isolation valve power failure.d.ADS supply nitrogen systems bypassed or inoperable.
: 13. 1       Organizational Structure of Applicant                              26 13.2         Training                                26
e.Keylock AVOCA override.f.ADS trouble.g.ADS nitrogen supply header pressure low.h.ADS primary containment manual isolation.
: 13. 3       Site Emergency Plan                    26
Amendment 24 9.3-11d February 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3.1.5 Instrument Nitrogen System 9.3.1.5.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Basis Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment are supplied with nitrogen gas at 120 psig from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN).The IAS designation is retained for these systems which are nitrogen gas exclusively during normal plant operation.
: 13. 4       Operation Review and Audit,            26
Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, except as described in Section 9.3.1.4.5, are not safety related.However, all piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE)design requirements so that their failure.will not damage safety-related equipment.
: 13. 5       Plant Procedures                        26 13 6
For containment penetrations and items within the containment areas, see Section 3.2.Power Generation Desi n Bases Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment areas is supplied from the vapor spaces of two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks maintained under a constant pressure of approximately 200 psig.The liquid nitrogen tanks are located in the yard area, north-northeast of the reactor building, alongside the railroad access lock.From the liquid nitrogen tanks nitrogen flows through an active bank of finned ambient vaporizers, a trim heater for heating to 70 F, and a 200/120 psig pressure-reducing station.An instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity.Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and controls inside the primary containment, is distributed from this nitrogen receiver.A nitrogen gas backup supply connection is provided from the high-pressure nitrogen gas storage cylinders to the 26 (instrument nitrogen receiver through a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing station.Although instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment are nonsafety-related, the nitrogen gas supplied for these systems meets or exceeds the quality requirements of ANSI MC11.1-1975 (approved January 15, 1976)(ISA-S7.3), Quality Stan-dard Instrument Air, for use with safety-related Amendment 26 9.3-lie May 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR control,air systems (SRCAS).Additionally, these piping systems will receive a preoperational cleaning for the removal of contaminants and to.provide the required cleanliness level required.Also, all piping associated with these systems is of stainless steel, which eliminates the potential for particulate contamination coming from the piping material.The pressure-retaining components of the instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment are designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASME Section III, Division 1, Subsection ND for Class 3 components, and Subsection NC for Class 2 components.
  ~        Industrial Security                    26 Appendixes 13A, 13B                                  26 CHAPTER 14  INITIAL TEST  PROGRAM                  26 14.1         Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR)                 26 iv
 
Nine Mile Point Unit  2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont)
Section                  Title                  Volume 14.2         Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)                26,27 CHAPTER 15    ACCIDENT ANALYSIS                      27 15.0          General                                27 15.1          Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature                            27 15.2          Increase in Reactor Pressure          27 15.3          Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate                      27
: 15. 4        Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies                              27 15.5          Increase in Reactor Coolant        Fl
            .Inventory                              27 15.6         Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory                              27 15.7          Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components               27 15.8          Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS)                           27 Appendix 15A                                         28 Appendix 15B                                         28 Appendix 15C                                         28    26 Appendix 15D                                         28 Appendix 15E                                         28 CHAPTER 16   TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS               28 CHAPTER 17   QUAI ITY ASSURANCE                     28 17.0         Introduction                          28 17.1         Quality Assurance Program During Operation                             28 CHAPTER 18   HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING             28 18 1 F           Human Factors Engineering Team       28 18.2          Safety Parameter Display System       28 Amendment 26                                    May 1986
 
0 Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR 9.3   PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3.1   Compressed   Air Systems The   compressed     air systems   consist of the instrument air system (IAS),     the service air system (SAS), and             the breathing air system (AAS). All             three   compressed   air systems are used only for       nonsafety-related   equipment and components during normal plant operation.
The instrument       air system is described in Section 9.3.1.1, followed by descriptions of the service air system and the breathing     air system in Sections 9.3.1.2 and 9.3 '.3, respectively.
All instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, including the safety-related equipment and components of the automatic depressurization system (ADS) and the four inboard main steam isolation valve         28 (MSIV) actuator accumulators are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN). The automatic     depressurization     system   and the instrument nitrogen systems are described in 'ections 9.3.1.4 and 9.3.1.5, respectively.
The four outboard main steam isolation valve (MSIV) actuator         28 accumulators are supplied with air from the reactor building instrument air receiving tank.
9.3.1.1 Instrument Air System 9.3.1.1.1 Design Bases Safet   Desi n Basis The   instrument     air system   is not a safety-related control air system. It ofis not required to effect or support the the reactor or to perform           safety-safe shutdown                                          any related functions associated with its operation.
However, all instrument air system piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) design requirements so that their failure will not damage safety-related equipment, piping, and components.
The   instrument     air system component design bases   are given in Section 3.2.
Amendment 28                                               May 1987
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Power Generation Bases The   instrument -air system is designed to supply clean, dry, and oilfree air at 80 to 100 psig to all nonsafety-related
'plant instrumentation and control systems. However, all instrumentation     and control systems   located inside the Amendment 28                     9.3-la               May 1987
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR Each two-stage         instrument   air   compressor assembly includes an intercooler,     aftercooler,   and   air receiver tank.       The instrument       air   compressor     cylinders are of the non-lubricated type. The intake air filters and silencers are located on the turbine building roof. Cooling water is supplied to the air compressor cooling water system and heat exchangers     from the reactor building closed-loop cooling water system.
Two refrigerant-type air dryers, with           two prefilters and two afterfilters,     are provided     on   the instrument air system supply     header to filter       and   dry the air to a dewpoint of 35 F   at 125 psig.
The instrument         air system distribution piping network is supplied from a separate instrument air receiver tank located       downstream of the refrigerant dryers and air filters. Instrument air used only for nonsafety-related instrumentation         and   control systems         is distributed throughout the plant from this air receiver tank.
The service       air system supply header is branched off the common compressed         air supply header upstream of the instrument air dryers and filters. An isolation block valve on the service air system main supply branch header will automatically close and shut off the service air supply when the common compressed air supply header pressure decreases to less than 85 psig. The automatic shutoff and isolation of the service air system is designed to prevent decreased compressed     air supply header pressure, as during high service air demand flows, which may adversely affect the operability of the instrument air system.
Each     instrument air compressor has automatic unloader controls and a remote manual/automatic selector station for automatic       start-stop operation.           In the selected lead position the compressor runs continuously after starting and automatically unloads to maintain its air receiver pressure.
In the lag position the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure drops below the low-pressure setpoint of 90 psig. In the backup mode, the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure decays below the low-low pressure setpoint of 85 psig. The air compressors are operated from the normal plant power supply. Cooling water to the air compressor cooling system heat exchangers is supplied by the reactor   =
building       closed       loop     cooling     system (Section 9.2.2.1).
Amendment 27                       9.3-3                     July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR 9.3.1.1.3   Safety Evaluation The three     instrument   air compressors,   i.e., the lead, lag, and backup   units, operate to maintain the required pressure at the air receivers which provide the station's instrument air system with an air supply pressure of 100 to 120 psig.
Actuation of the selected lag unit is automatic when the compressed   air supply header pressure decreases             below 100 psig,   and the selected backup unit automatically starts when the header pressure further decays below 85 psig.
The   instrument air compressors and air receivers have sufficient capacities to supply the requirements of plant instrumentation and control systems. The loss of instrument and control air causes         air-operated valves to fail to appropriate safe positions.
9.3.1.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements It is maintained air The instrument           system operates on a continuous basis.
and monitored, and abnormal conditions are alarmed during normal plant operation.
The instrument air system will be tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.68.
Preoperational testing of the instrument air system is addressed in Table 14.2-43.
9.3.1.1.5 Instrumentation Requirements Manual and     automatic controls are provided for maintaining an adequate     supply of instrument air for air-operated instruments, equipment, and components. The controls and monitors described below are located in the main control room. The control system logic is shown on Figure 9.3-2.
Each   instrument   air compressor   control system has a three-step regulator for free air unloading at constant speed and dual controls for both manual and fully automatic start-stop operation. The three-step regulation allows the compressor to operate at full, one-half, and zero load at rated speed as a function of the system air receiver pressure.               The solenoid-operated     three-way     unloader   valve in the control system automatically provides a 15-sec time delay for free Amendment 26                   9. 3-4                       May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR increasing the piping internal pressures.         Therefore, piping inside the primary, containment is protected b'y thermal relief valves. The piping outside the primary containment is protected by the air compressor and receiver relief valves.     Piping in Category I areas has been designed so that, its failure will prevent damage to safety-related equipment.       With the     exception     of the containment penetrations and isolation valves, the service air system is nonsafety-related.
9.3.1.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements No special     inspection and testing are required following preoperational testing except for ISI of the containment, penetrations (Section 6.6).
9.3.1.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements The air supply for the service air system is provided by the
-instrument air system. The only controls and monitors for the service air system are an instrument air/service air operated block (globe) valve and its associated alarm which is located. in the main control room. The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-'2.
In the normal           mode, the service air system block valve can be opened locally at LCS738 only condition does        not exist.
if The a   low-low pressure valve will close     27 automatically on low-low pressure. The valve can be opened and closed manually.
Monitorin An   alarm   is provided for service air       system block valve closure.
9.3.1.3 Breathing Air System The breathing air system provides clean, dry, oilfree air to various areas throughout the plant for breathing.
9.3.1.3.1     Design Bases Safet     Desi n Bases The   breathing . air system is not required to effect or support safe shutdown of the reactor ot to perform in the Amendment 27                 9.3-7                       July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR operation of reactor safety features. However, all items contained in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported for SSE conditions so that their failure will not damage     safety- related     equipment. For     containment penetrations, see Section 3.2.
0 erational Desi   n Basis The   breathing air system has been designed to provide air suitable for breathing at selected breathing air stations for use by unit personnel during potential or actual airborne contamination situations.
9.3.1.3.2 System Description Compressed air is supplied to the breathing air syst: em by an oilfree reciprocative air'ompressor (Figure 9..3-3). The compressor   is designed with a capacity of 250 scfm at 85 psig discharge pressure and is equipped with an inlet filter and aftercooler.       Inlet air to the compressor "is taken from outside the turbine building, compressed,           cooled,   and discharged via headers to two air receivers. The compressor is provided with manual and automatic starting and shutdown features.
Cooling is provided by a self-contained cooling unit that consists of a circulating pump and forced draft type radiator.
Air   quality     is   maintained   by an   inline three-stage filtration unit that     removes oil, water,   particulates, and carbon monoxide,       and delivers clean     air that meets OSHA requirements for breathing     air.
During normal unit power operation, breathing 'air piping within the primary containment             will be physically disconnected by a flexible hose connection and isolated by valves inside and outside the containment.
The   compressor   aftercooler is a shell and tube, counterflow heat exchanger   with air passing through the tubes and coolant circulating around the tubes. An integral moisture separator equipped with an automatic drain trap'emoves condensed moisture from the cooled air. Coolant is provided by a self-contained cooling system.         The aftercooler is built to ASME Section VIII, Division 1, requirements for a design pressure of 125 psig, and is equipped with a relief valve.
Amendment 23                   9.3-8               December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit       2 FSAR The   automatic depressurization       system is safety-related, and
'all pressure-retaining         components     of     the     system     are designed,     constructed, and inspected       in accordance     with   the applicable requirements .of           ASME   Section   III,   Division Subsection 1,
for Subsection ND for Class       '3 components,     and                 NC Class 2 components.       Not included in this safety-related classification are the nitrogen gas storage                           tanks, equipment,     and components   located in the       yard   outside- the reactor building.
Piping     segments   that. penetrate the primary containment and serve as a containment boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, Category I requirements.
The     loss of nitrogen gas-fo'r instrumentation and controls causes gas-operated       valves to fail to appropriate safe positions.       In the event that the nitrogen gas supply from the nitrogen gas storage tanks is lost, a 5-day supply is available to the accumulators from ADS nitrogen receiver tanks 2IAS*TK4(Z-) and 2IAS*TK5(Z-). In addition, there are provisions for recharging the ADS nitrogen receiver tanks through its individual supply lines located in a missile-protected area outside the standby gas treatment building from special emergency tube trailer supply connections.
These special,       emergency recharging lines are part of the GSN system and are       classified Seismic Category I, Safety
'lass     3.
Power Generation Bases The   automatic   depressurization system requires clean, dry, oilfree nitrogen       gas at approximately 175 psig to be supplied to the selected group of seven main steam safety relief valves and their respective accumulators                     located inside the reactor primary containment. This designated group of ADS safety relief valves and accumulators                         is divided into two subgroups with three or four valves and accumulators in each subgroup. Each subgroup is supplied with nitrogen gas from one of two separate ADS receiver tanks. Each ADS receiver tank is supplied with nitrogen gas at 365 psig from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Nitrogen gas supplied for instrumentation and controls meets or exceeds the equivalent air quality requirements established for safety-related control air systems (SRCAS) by ANSI MC11.1-1975 (approved- January 15, 1976) (ISA-S7;3), Quality Standard for Instrument Air.
All piping, valves, and fittings associated                       with the stainless    steel automatic   depressurization     system   are   of materials. Also,       the   system     will   be   given   a   complete Amendment 28                     9.3-11                         May 1987
 
I Nine Mile Point Unit       2 FSAR preoperational cleaning until the applicable acceptance
                            .,
cleanliness levels "are: established and verified.                   In
.addition, since the piping system materials are corrosion-resistant,   the   cleanliness       levels achieved         during preoperational cleaning are expected to be maintained and controlled to within acceptable limits.
Each of the six high-pressure nitrogen gas storage vessels is designed, fabricated, tested, and stamped in accordance with the ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, and conforms to Code Case No. 1205 for seamless             integrally forged vessels. The six-vessel modular assembly is provided with manifold isolation valves which separate three active vessels and three reserve vessels.               A fill provided for refueling from a high-pressure tube trailer.
stanchion is 9.3.1.4.2 System Description The automatic depressurization           system is supplied with nitrogen gas from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Nitrogen gas is supplied to two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks at 365 psig. Each ADS nitrogen receiver tank supplies nitrogen gas to its corresponding subgroup of either three or four ADS valves and accumulators through a 365/185 psig pressure     reducing station.           These two ADS nitrogen     receiver   tanks       provide makeup nitrogen to compensate for valve leakage       losses and to maintain ,the required pressure at the accumulators.
A diaphragm-type'DS       air compressor is provided to supply instrument quality air for testing purposes, during plant       shutdown
 
and maintenance if  desired, periods. Its discharge air supply connection is valved off during normal plant operation.
9.3.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation The two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks supplied by the bank of six horizontal nitrogen gas storage tanks will operate to maintain the required ADS valve-accumulator pressure of 175 psig.
Each nitrogen gas accumulator provides a passive safeguard which automatically supplies a motive source for the operation of each, SRV in the automatic depressurization system. The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators can only affect a single SRV. This is due to the independence of the other, and a postulated single failure does not prevent the operation of the remaining units. The Amendment. 23                     9.3-lla                 December 1985
 
Nine   llile Point Unit 2 FSAR
: 2. Open   (red) and closed (green) indicating       lights for the following:
: a. ADS primary containment isolation valves.
: b. ADS header high flow valves.
: c. ADS header low flow valves.
: 3. Inoperable       (amber)     indicating lights for the following:
: a. ADS isolation valves bypass/inoperable.
: b. ADS control valve power failure.
: c. ADS systems manually out, of service.
Position     off-normal (white) indicating lights for the ADS primary containment isolation valves.
Pressure   indicators for the following:
: a. ADS nitrogen supply headers.
: b. ADS nitrogen receiver tanks.
Annunciators for the following:
ADS   air   compressor   auto   tripj'fail to start (not used during normal plant operation) .
: b. ADS air compressor auto start (not used during normal plant operation).
C. Primary     containment isolation valve power failure.
: d. ADS     supply     nitrogen   systems   bypassed   or inoperable.
: e. Keylock   AVOCA override.
: f. ADS trouble.
: g. ADS nitrogen supply header pressure low.
: h. ADS primary containment manual isolation.
Amendment 24                     9.3-11d               February 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR 9.3.1.5 Instrument Nitrogen     System 9.3.1.5.1 Design Bases Safet   Desi n Basis Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment are supplied with nitrogen gas at 120 psig from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN). The IAS designation is retained     for these systems which are nitrogen gas exclusively during normal plant operation.
Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, except           as   described     in Section 9.3.1.4.5, are not safety related. However, all piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) design requirements so that their failure. will not damage safety-related equipment.               For containment penetrations and items within the containment areas, see Section 3.2.
Power Generation Desi n Bases Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment areas is supplied from the vapor spaces of two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks maintained under a constant pressure of approximately 200 psig. The liquid nitrogen tanks are located in the yard area, north-northeast of the reactor building, alongside the railroad access lock. From the liquid nitrogen tanks nitrogen flows through an active bank of finned ambient vaporizers, a trim heater for heating to 70 F, and a 200/120 psig pressure-reducing             station. An instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity. Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and controls inside the primary containment, is distributed from this nitrogen receiver.
A nitrogen gas backup supply connection is provided from the high-pressure nitrogen gas storage           cylinders to the 26 (
instrument     nitrogen receiver       through     a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing station.
Although instrumentation and         control     systems     within the reactor primary containment are nonsafety-related, the nitrogen gas supplied for these systems meets or exceeds the     quality       requirements     of     ANSI     MC11.1-1975 (approved     January 15, 1976)     (ISA-S7.3),     Quality Stan-dard   Instrument     Air, for use with safety-related Amendment 26                 9.3-lie                       May 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR control,air     systems     (SRCAS) . Additionally, these piping systems will     receive   a preoperational       cleaning for the removal     of   contaminants and to. provide the required cleanliness level required.         Also, all piping associated with these systems is of stainless steel, which eliminates the potential for particulate contamination coming from the piping material.
The pressure-retaining components of the instrumentation and control systems located           inside     the     reactor     primary containment are designed,           constructed,     and inspected in accordance   with the applicable           requirements       of ASME Section III, Division 1,               Subsection     ND for Class 3 components,     and Subsection       NC   for Class 2 components.
Piping segments that penetrate the primary containment, boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, seismic Category I requirements.
Piping segments that penetrate the primary containment, boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, seismic Category I requirements.
Each 11',000-gal liquid nitrogen storage tank contains the equivalent gas capacity of 1,024,000 SCF of nitrogen.Each storage vessel consists of a Type 304 stainless steel inner tank fabricated to Section VIII of the ASME Code requirements, an outer-carbon steel jacket, and an annular space under vacuum filled with superinsulation for maintaining a low normal evaporation rate of approximately 0.15 percent per day.The normal operating pressure of the liquid nitrogen storage tank is 200 psig.9.3.1.5.2 System Description The nitrogen gas supply for instrumentation and controls" within the reactor primary containment areas is provided by the two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks.located in the yard area (see Figure 9.3-20 for system PEcIDs).These two liquid nitrogen storage tanks also supply nitrogen gas for inerting the primary containment when required.Additionally, a low-pressure slipstream from the nitrogen gas system maintains the reactor primary containment atmosphere inerted during normal plant operations.
Each 11',000-gal     liquid nitrogen storage tank contains the equivalent gas capacity of 1,024,000 SCF of nitrogen.                 Each storage vessel consists of a Type         304   stainless   steel   inner tank fabricated to Section VIII of the                       ASME     Code requirements,     an   outer- carbon   steel jacket,   and an annular space under vacuum           filled with superinsulation for maintaining a low normal evaporation rate of approximately 0.15 percent per day. The normal operating pressure of the liquid nitrogen storage tank is 200 psig.
A nitrogen gas backup connection to the instrument nitrogen system is provided from the high pressure nitrogen gas'storage cylinders through a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing station during off-normal conditions for instrument nitrogen supply.23 The nitrogen gas supply for instrumentation and controls is normally drawn off the vapor spaces of the liquid nitrogen storage tanks, absorbs heat energy from the surrounding environment, across an active bank of finned ambient vaporizers, heated to 70OF through one of two electric trim heaters, and its pressure reduced from 200 psig to 120 psig.Amendment 23 9.3-11f December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I The instrument nitrogen system is provided with all necessary pressure and temperature indicators, alarms, and safety relief devices for safe and reliable operation.
9.3.1.5.2 System Description The nitrogen gas         supply for instrumentation and controls
A solenoid-operated temperature control valve installed in the main supply header is set to close if the nitrogen gas temperature drops to the low temperature setpoint.This is a safeguard feature that prevents the flow of low temperature nitrogen gas into the piping distribution system in the event of a trim heater failure.An instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity.Nitrogen gas is distributed throughout the instrumentation and control systems piping network within the reactor primary containment areas from this receiver.9.3.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation The station nitrogen systems operate to supply the instrumentation and'"control systems inside the reactor primary containment with instrument quality nitrogen gas at 120 psig.The liquid nitrogen storage tanks and nitrogen gas.cylinders, nitrogen gas accumulators have sufficient capacities requirements of the instrumentation and within the reactor primary containment.
"
the six modular receivers, and to supply the control systems 28 The principal gas-operated valves supplied with instrument nitrogen gas inside the primary containment areas are the inboard main steam isolation valves, the main steam safety relief valves, and the drywell vacuum breakers.The selected main steam'safety relief valves in the automatic depressurization system (ADS)are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the high pressure nitrogen gas storage cylinders described in the previous section, Section 9.3.1.4.Each accumulator in the instrument nitrogen system provides a passive safeguard which automatically supplies a motive power source for the operation of each safety relief valve.The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators is limited to that particular single safety relief valve, as each SRV is independent of the others;and a postulated single failure does not interfere with the operation of the remaining units.The design bases covering the total number of safety relief valves include additional allowances for the malfunction of any one valve.Amendment 28 9.3-1lg May 1987 Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR The failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA)of the instrument nitrogen systems, as part of the overall instrument air systems, is provided in the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR FMEA Report.To prevent introducing cold (less than 40 F)nitrogen into the primary containment, the nitrogen temperature, for normal inerting, is controlled ,to 70OF and monitored upstream of the normal vent and purge lines.Low nitrogen temperature (55 F)is alarmed in the control room.Should the temperature continue to fall to 40~F at the outlet of the vaporizer, an independent temperature device will trip the outlet control valve closed.The nitrogen supply to the instrument nitrogen'ystem is fed from nitrogen storage bottles and the ambient vaporizer is followed by trim heaters to hold the temperature at 70 F.The supply is fed to an accumulator prior to any containment penetration, thus essentially
within the reactor primary containment areas is provided by the two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks
'recluding any cold nitrogen from entering the containment.
  .located in the yard area (see Figure 9.3-20 for system                     23 PEcIDs). These two liquid nitrogen storage tanks also supply nitrogen gas for inerting the primary containment when required.     Additionally, a low-pressure slipstream from the nitrogen gas       system     maintains     the     reactor     primary containment     atmosphere       inerted during normal plant operations.     A nitrogen       gas backup connection to             the instrument     nitrogen system is provided             from   the   high pressure nitrogen         gas   'storage     cylinders through a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing           station     during off-normal conditions for   instrument   nitrogen   supply.
In addition, a temperature sensing device just downstream of the trim heater will trip the downstream valve closed.if the temperature drops below 40OF.In addition, there is no equipment or piping in the direct path of the injected nitrogen in either the drywell or wetwell, and the nitrogen system is normally isolated from the primary containment.
The nitrogen gas supply for instrumentation and controls is normally drawn off the vapor spaces of the liquid nitrogen storage tanks, absorbs heat energy from the surrounding environment, across an active bank of                 finned ambient vaporizers, heated to 70OF through one of two electric trim heaters, and its pressure reduced from 200 psig to 120 psig.
Inerting is controlled administratively, and the valves are returned to a closed position after inerting.'I 9.3.1.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements The instrument nitrogen system is operated on a continuous basis.It is maintained and monitored, with off-normal conditions alarmed during normal plant operation.
Amendment 23                     9.3-11f                   December 1985
The instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment will be tested in accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulatory positions of Regulatory Guide 1.68.3, as discussed in Table 1.8-1.9.3.1.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements)ze Instrumentation and controls are provided for the manual and automatic operation of the nitrogen instrument systems within the reactor primary containment areas.These controls and monitors are described below.The nitrogen gas system is placed in operation manually, including the trim heaters.In normal operation only one of Amendment, 26 9.3-11h May 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR two trim heaters is used to'ontrol the nitrogen gas temperature.
 
The other trim heater is held on standby.The instrument nitrogen systems primary containment isolation valves close when any of the following conditions exist:: the control switch is in the normal closed position, a LOCA isolation signal is present, and the manual isolation switch is activated.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR I
The isolation valves can be manually open'ed when a LOCA isolation signal is not present and the manual isolation switch is not activated.
The   instrument     nitrogen   system   is provided with all necessary pressure and temperature indicators, alarms, and safety relief devices for safe and reliable operation. A solenoid-operated temperature control valve installed in the main supply header is set to close               if the nitrogen gas temperature drops to the low temperature setpoint. This is a   safeguard   feature     that prevents the flow of low temperature nitrogen gas into the piping distribution system in the event of a trim heater failure.
'Control room indications functions:
An   instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity.             Nitrogen gas   is distributed throughout the instrumentation and control systems piping network within the reactor primary containment areas from this receiver.
are provided for the following Open (red)and closed (green)indicating lights for the instrument nitrogen'system primary containment isolation valves.2.Position off-normal (white)indicating lights for the instrument nitrogen system primary containment, isolation valves.3.Annunciators for the following:
9.3.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation The     station nitrogen systems operate to supply the instrumentation and'"control systems inside the reactor primary containment with instrument quality nitrogen gas at 120 psig.
a.Primary containment isolation valve power failure.b.Keylock LOCA override.c.Instrument, nitrogen system trouble.d.Instrument nitrogen system primary containment manual isolation.
The liquid nitrogen storage           tanks and the six modular nitrogen gas .cylinders, nitrogen           gas     receivers,    and accumulators   have sufficient capacities             to supply the requirements of the instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment.
Amendment 18 9.3-11i March 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR High temperature samples (steam samples or liquid samples at temperatures greater than 180'F)are condens'ed and/or subcooled using local (close to the sample source)coolers.These coolers are Type 316 stainless steel and are rated at 5,000 psig at 1,000 F.Their maximum working conditions exceed the design conditions of all sample sources.All samples entering the sample panels are cooled sufficiently to ensure operator safety.Each sample line has an air-operated isolation valve (AOV)close to the sample source.These AOVs are manually activated by pneumatic valves from the sample panel.In the reactor and turbine sample systems, the high temperature samples have temperature switches that will automatically close the AOV if the sample temperature in the panel exceeds 180 F.In the radwaste sample system, flow switches are installed on the outlet cooling water lines for the sample coolers.The flow switches will close the sample line isolation AOVs if low cooling water flow is sensed.All AOVs fail closed upon loss of control power or air supply pressure.Manually operated, rod-in-tube pressure-reducing valves reduce any residual high sample pressure in the sample panel.Manual needle or globe valves regulate final grab sample flow.To ensure proper temperature compensation of conductivity measurements, conductivity samples are conditioned to 77+1'F by a constant temperature bath prior to inline analysis.Suitable panel instrumentation is provided to allow proper sample system operation and to ensure the safety of the operator.Grab sample sinks have ventilated fume hoods to collect any airborne contamination.
The principal gas-operated valves supplied with instrument nitrogen gas inside the primary containment areas are the inboard main steam isolation valves, the main steam safety 28 relief valves, and the drywell vacuum breakers.                     The selected main     steam   'safety relief   valves   in the automatic depressurization system (ADS) are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the high pressure nitrogen gas storage cylinders described in the               previous     section, Section 9.3.1.4.
All sample panels are located in low radiation areas to reduce operator exposure.All liquid sample drainage is directed to the respective building equipment drain system or is collected and returned to the plant.(a3 To provide representative samples, all sample lines are sized to maintain Reynolds numbers in excess of 4,000 (fully turbulent flow).Sample tubing runs are as short as possible and are sized to allow the highest practicable velocities.
Each accumulator in the instrument nitrogen system provides a passive safeguard which automatically         supplies a motive power source for the operation of each safety relief valve.
All tubing enters the top of the sample panel, thereby allowing the final leg of tubing to be downward in direction.
The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators is limited to that particular single safety relief valve, as each SRV is independent of the others;             and a postulated single failure does not interfere with the operation of the remaining units. The design bases covering the total number of safety relief valves include additional allowances for the malfunction of any one valve.
To minimize coolant loss in case of a leak, tubing with an internal diameter of 0.18 in (reactor and turbine sample systems)and 0.209 in (radwaste sample system)is used.The tubing is ASTM A213 Grade Type 316 stainless steel rated at 4,261 psig at 1,000 F.These maximum working conditions exceed the design condition of all sample sources.Incoloy 825 tubing is used on the e Amendment 23 9.3-15 December 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR radwaste evaporator sample;lines.This material was selected due to its corrosion resistance to sodium sulfate solution being sampled.Parent process piping is fitted with sample probes or wall taps in turbulent flow zones to ensure representative samples.All continuous samples have bypass purge lines around the analyzers.
Amendment 28                       9.3-1lg                   May 1987
Grab samples are purged to hooded sinks.9.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation The process sampling systems are not required to function during or following an accident, nor are they required to safely shut down the reactor.9.3.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Nearly all process sampling system components are used regularly during power operation or during shutdown;thereby providing continuous assurance of system availability and performance.
 
Routine calibration checks are performed on the continuous analyzers to ensure accurate indications and alarm functions.
Nine Mile Point, Unit     2 FSAR The   failure     modes   and   effects   analysis     (FMEA)   of the instrument     nitrogen     systems,     as part of         the   overall instrument     air   systems, is provided in the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR FMEA     Report.
9.3.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements 9.3.2.5.1 Reactor Plant Sample System Instruments and controls are provided, to monitor the quality of reactor coolant and various reactor plant fluid systems.The controls described below are situated locally'.Except where noted, the monitors described below are located in the main control room.The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-6.>>(Temperature and flow rate indicators are provided on the sample panel in the reactor building to indicate that samples are properly conditioned for sampling purposes.Sample valves for sampling lines are opened and closed manually.The sample valves for the RHR heat exchangers and the reactor recirculation inlet samples automatically trip closed on high sample temperature to prevent excessive downstream temperature in the sample line.Amendment 23 9.3-16 December 1985 Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR The diesel generator building drain sump pumps discharge to the storm sewer through the diesel generator yard area oil separator by a hand-operated valve.Monitorin Reactor Buildin E ui ment and Floor Drains Recorders are provided for: 1.Drywell floor drain tank level.2.Drywell floor drain pump flow.3.Drywell floor drain leak rate.4.Drywell equipment drain tank level.5.Drywell equipment drain pump flow.6.Drywell equipment drain leak rate.Alarms are provided for: 1.Reactcr building floor drain leakage high.2.Reactor building floor drain temperature high.3.Drywell floor drain tank level high-high.
To   prevent introducing cold (less than 40 F) nitrogen into the   primary containment, the nitrogen temperature,                     for normal     inerting, is controlled ,to 70OF and monitored upstream of the normal vent and purge lines.                 Low nitrogen temperature     (55 F)   is alarmed   in the control   room. Should the temperature continue to fall to 40~F at the outlet of the vaporizer, an independent temperature device will trip the outlet control valve closed. The nitrogen supply to the instrument nitrogen 'ystem is fed from nitrogen storage bottles and the ambient vaporizer is followed by trim heaters to hold the temperature at 70 F. The supply is fed to an accumulator prior to any containment penetration, thus essentially 'recluding any cold nitrogen from entering the containment.     In addition, a temperature sensing device just downstream   of the trim heater will trip the downstream valve closed.
4.Drywell floor drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
there is if the no temperature equipment drops below 40OF.
5.Drywell floor drain leakage rate high.6.Drywell floor drain daily leakage rate high.7.General area, HPCS, LPCS, RHR-A, RHR-B, RHR-C, and RCIC pump rooms flood water level high.8.Reactor building floor drain system trouble.9~Reactor building equipment drain tank leakage high.10.Drywell equipment drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
or piping in the   direct In addition, path of the injected   nitrogen   in either   the drywell   or wetwell, and the nitrogen   system     is   normally     isolated     from   the primary containment.     Inerting is controlled administratively, and the valves are returned to a closed position after inerting.
11.Drywell equipment drain tank temperature high.12.Drywell equipment drain leakage rate high.Amendment 27 9.3-27 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 13.Drywell equipment drain daily leakage rate high.14.Drywell equipment drain tank level high-high.
                                                  'I 9.3.1.5.4     Inspection and Testing Requirements The instrument nitrogen system is operated on a continuous basis. It is maintained and monitored, with off-normal conditions alarmed during normal plant operation.
15.Reactor building equipment drains system trouble.16.Reactor water drain valves not closed.17.Drywell floor drain containment isolation valve motor overload.22 18.Drywell equipment drain containment isolation valve motor overload.19.Drywell floor drain pump motor overload.20.Drywell equipment drain pump motor overload.21.Cubicles 2RHS*ElA and*E1B flooded.Turbine Buildin E i ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided for: 1.Turbine building floor drains leakage high.2.Turbine building floor drains system trouble.3.Turbine building equipment drains leakage high.4.Turbine building equipment drain system trouble.Radwaste Buildin E ui ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided for: 1.Radwaste building equipment and floor drains leakage high.2.Radwaste building equipment and floor drain system trouble.Miscellaneous Buildin s E ui ment and Floor Drains 22 Alarms are provided for: 1.Screenwell building floor and equipment drains leakage high.2.Screenwell building floor drain sump 5 level high.Amendment 22 9.3-28 November 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR minates the nuclear fission chain reaction in the uranium fuel.The specified neutron absorber solution is sodium pentaborate (NazB>>0><~10Hz0).It is prepared by dissolving stoichiometric quantities of borax and boric acid in demineralized water.An air sparger is provided in the tank for mixing.To prevent system plugging, the tank outlet is raised above the bottom of the tank.The SLC system can deliver enough sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor (Figure 9.3-18)to assure reactor shutdown.This is accomplished by filling the SLC storage tank with dimineralized water to.the low level alarm point, and then adding sodium pentaborate.
The instrumentation         and control systems within the reactor primary containment will be tested in accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulatory positions of Regulatory Guide 1.68.3, as discussed in Table 1.8-1.                       )ze 9.3.1.5.5   Instrumentation Requirements Instrumentation and controls are provided for the manual and automatic operation of the nitrogen instrument systems within the reactor primary containment areas.                         These controls and monitors       are described   below.
The solution can be diluted with water to within 6 in of the overflow level volume to allow for evaporation losses or to lower the saturation temperature.
The nitrogen gas         system is placed in operation manually, including   the   trim heaters.     In normal operation only one of Amendment, 26                     9.3-11h                         May 1986
The tank may contain boron solution from a minimum volume of 4,418 gal (net low level volume)to a maximum of 4,815 gal (net high level volume)based on a zero level of 5.1 in above the centerline of the outlet.The minimum temperature of the fluid in the tank and piping is consistent with that obtained from Figure 9.3-19 for the solution temperature.
 
The saturation temperature of the recommended solution is 60 F at the low level alarm volume.Equipment containing the solution is installed in an area in which the air temperature is maintained within the range of 70 F to 100 F.An electrical resistance heater system provides a backup heat source that maintains the solution temperature between 75 F (automatic operation) and 85 F (automatic shutoff)to.prevent precipitation of the sodium pentaborate from the solution during storage.High or low temperature, or high or low liquid level, causes an alarm in the main control room.The entire system is located within the reactor building, so it is unaffected by cold weather.The positive displacement pumps are sized to inject the boron solution (minimum 41.2 gpm per pump)into the reactor within a specified time period, independent of the amount of solution in the tank.The pump and system design pressure between the explosive valves and the pump discharge is 1,400 psig.The two relief valves are set to open at 1,387 psig with no back pressure.To prevent bypass flow in the event that a pressure relief valve fails and opens, a check valve is provided downstream of each relief valve in'each pump discharge line.The two explosive-actuated injection valves provide assurance of opening when needed and ensure that boron does Amendment 27 9.3-31 July 1986 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR not, leak into the reactor-even when the pumps are being tested.Each explosive valve is closed by a shear.plug in the inlet chamber.The plug is circumscribed with a deep groove so the end readily shears off when pushed with the valve plunger.This opens the'nlet hole through the plug.The sheared end is pushed out of the way in the chamber and is shaped so it does not block the ports after release.The shearing plunger is actuated by an explosive.
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR two   trim heaters     is used to'ontrol the nitrogen gas temperature.     The other trim heater is held on standby.
charge with dual ignition primers inserted in the side ch'amber of the valve.Ignition circuit continuity is monitored by a trickle current, and an alarm occurs in the control room if either circuit opens.Indicator lights show which primary circuit opened.Signals from the RRCS can automatically initiate the.SLCS by actuating both loops.The SLC'system can also be actuated manually by two keylocked spring-return switches which ensure that switching from the NORMAL position to RUN position is a deliberate act..Operation of either switch starts an injection pump and simultaneously opens its respective explosive valve and storage tank outlet valve..The initiation generates a signal to.close the reactor water cleanup system isolation valve to prevent loss or dilution of the boron.This isolation signal is sealed-in during SLC operation and remains sealed-in until reset by operator action.A light in the control room indicates that power-is available to the pump motor contactor and that the contactor is deenergized (pump not running).Another light indicates that the contactor is energized (pump running).Storage tank liquid level, tank outlet valve position, pump discharge pressure pump flow, and loss of continuity of the explosive valves indicate that the system is functioning.
The     instrument     nitrogen     systems   primary containment isolation valves close when any of the following conditions exist:: the control switch is in the normal closed position, a LOCA isolation signal is present, and the manual isolation switch is activated. The isolation valves can be manually open'ed when a LOCA isolation signal is not present           and the manual isolation switch is not activated.
Pump discharge, pump flow, and valve status are indicated in the main control room.Equipment drains and'ank overflow.are not piped to the radwaste system but to a separate container (such as.a 55-gal drum)that can be'"removed and disposed of independently to prevent any trace of boron f'rom inadvertently reaching the reactor.Table 9.3-2 contains the process data.for the various modes of operation of the SLC system.Seismic category and safety class.are included in Table 3.2-1.Principle's of system testing are discussed in Section 9.3.5.4.Amendment 18 9.3-32=March 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjLY BI.ANK Amendment 18 9.3-33b March 1985 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The SLC equipment required for injection of neutron absorber solution into the reactor is designed as Category I for withstanding the specified earthquake loadings (Chapter 3).The syst: em piping and equipment are designed, installed, and tested in accordance with requirements stated in Section 3.9B.The SLC system is powered normally from offsite power sources.In the event of a plant offsite power failure, the pumps, valves, and controls necessary to assure boron injection are powered from the standby diesel generators.
          '
The heaters are manually connectable to the standby diesel generators.
Control room       indications     are   provided   for the following functions:
The pumps and valves are powered and controlled from separate divisional buses and circuits.The SLC pumps have sufficient pressure margin, up to the system relief valve setting of 1,387 psig with no back pressure to assure solutioninjection into the reactor above the normal pressure in the bottom of the reactor.-The reactor safety relief valves begin to relieve pressure above approximately 1,100 psig.Therefore, the'LC positive displacement pumps cannot overpressurize the nuclear system.Only one of the two standby liquid control loops is needed for backup shutdown system operation.
Open  (red) and closed (green) indicating lights for the   instrument nitrogen 'system primary containment isolation valves.
If a redundant component (e.g., pump)in one of the two parallel loops is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to shutdown capability, and reactor operation can continue during repairs.The time during which one of the two parallel loops may be out of operation is given in the Technical Specifications.
: 2. Position off-normal (white) indicating lights for the instrument nitrogen system primary containment, isolation valves.
9.3.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements Testability of one pump at a time is possible while the reactor is in service.While one pump is being tested during reactor operation, the other pump is capable of in-Amendment 26 9'-34 May 1986}}
: 3. Annunciators for the following:
: a. Primary     containment     isolation valve   power failure.
: b. Keylock   LOCA override.
: c. Instrument, nitrogen system trouble.
: d. Instrument nitrogen system primary containment manual   isolation.
Amendment 18                     9.3-11i                   March 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR High temperature samples (steam samples or liquid samples at temperatures   greater than 180'F) are condens'ed         and/or subcooled using local (close to the sample source) coolers.
These coolers are Type 316 stainless steel and are rated at 5,000 psig at 1,000 F.       Their maximum working conditions exceed the design conditions of all sample sources.
All samples entering the sample panels are cooled sufficiently to ensure operator safety. Each sample line has an air-operated     isolation valve (AOV) close to the sample source.     These AOVs are manually activated         by pneumatic valves from the sample panel.     In the reactor and turbine sample systems, the high temperature samples have temperature switches that will automatically close the AOV if the sample temperature in the panel exceeds 180 F.
the radwaste sample system, flow switches are installed on In the outlet cooling water lines for the sample coolers.       The flow switches will close the sample line isolation AOVs low cooling water flow is sensed.
if All AOVs fail closed upon loss of control power or air supply pressure.         Manually operated, rod-in-tube pressure-reducing     valves reduce any residual high sample pressure in the sample panel. Manual needle or globe valves regulate final grab sample flow.       To ensure   proper temperature compensation of conductivity measurements,   conductivity samples are conditioned to 77 +1'F by a constant       temperature bath prior to inline analysis. Suitable panel instrumentation is provided to allow proper sample system operation and to ensure the safety of the operator. Grab sample sinks have ventilated fume hoods to collect any airborne contamination.           All sample panels are located in low radiation areas     to reduce operator exposure.     All liquid sample drainage is directed     a3 to the respective building equipment drain system or is
(
collected and returned to the plant.
To provide representative       samples, all sample lines are sized to maintain Reynolds numbers in excess of 4,000 (fully turbulent flow). Sample tubing runs are as short as possible and are sized to allow the highest practicable velocities. All tubing enters the top of the sample panel, thereby allowing the final leg of tubing to be downward in direction. To minimize coolant loss in case of a leak, tubing with an internal diameter of 0.18 in (reactor and turbine   sample systems)   and 0.209 in (radwaste     sample system) is used. The tubing is ASTM A213 Grade Type 316 stainless steel rated at 4,261 psig at 1,000 F. These maximum working conditions exceed the design     condition of all sample sources. Incoloy 825 tubing is used on the Amendment 23               9.3-15               December 1985 e
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR radwaste     evaporator   sample; lines. This material was selected due to its corrosion resistance to sodium sulfate solution being sampled.
Parent process piping is fitted with sample probes or wall taps in turbulent flow zones to ensure representative samples. All continuous samples have bypass purge lines around the analyzers. Grab samples   are purged to hooded sinks.
9.3.2.3   Safety Evaluation The   process sampling systems are not required to function during or following an accident, nor are they required to safely shut down the reactor.
9.3.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Nearly all process sampling system components are used regularly during power operation or during shutdown; thereby providing continuous assurance of system availability and performance. Routine calibration checks are performed on the continuous analyzers to ensure accurate indications and alarm functions.
9.3.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements 9.3.2.5.1 Reactor Plant Sample System Instruments and controls are provided, to monitor the quality of reactor coolant and various reactor plant fluid systems.
The controls described below are situated locally'. Except where noted, the monitors described below are located in the main control room. The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-6.
>>   Temperature and flow rate indicators are provided on the sample panel in the reactor building to indicate that
(
samples are properly conditioned for sampling purposes.
Sample valves for sampling lines are opened and closed manually. The sample valves for the RHR heat exchangers and the reactor recirculation inlet samples automatically trip closed on high sample temperature to prevent excessive downstream temperature in the sample line.
Amendment 23               9.3-16               December 1985
 
Nine Mile Point, Unit     2 FSAR The   diesel generator building drain sump pumps discharge to the storm sewer through the diesel generator yard area oil separator by a hand-operated valve.
Monitorin Reactor Buildin   E ui   ment and Floor Drains Recorders are provided     for:
: 1. Drywell floor drain tank level.
: 2. Drywell floor drain     pump flow.
: 3. Drywell floor drain leak rate.
: 4. Drywell equipment drain tank level.
: 5. Drywell equipment drain pump flow.
: 6. Drywell equipment drain leak rate.
Alarms are provided for:
: 1. Reactcr building floor drain leakage high.
: 2. Reactor building floor drain temperature high.
: 3. Drywell floor drain tank level high-high.
: 4. Drywell floor drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
: 5. Drywell floor drain leakage rate high.
: 6. Drywell floor drain daily leakage rate high.
: 7. General   area,   HPCS, LPCS, RHR-A, RHR-B, RHR-C, and RCIC pump rooms     flood water level high.
: 8. Reactor building floor drain system trouble.
9 ~   Reactor building equipment drain tank leakage high.
: 10. Drywell equipment         drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
: 11. Drywell equipment drain tank temperature high.
: 12. Drywell equipment drain leakage rate high.
Amendment 27                   9.3-27                   July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR
: 13. Drywell equipment drain daily leakage rate high.
: 14. Drywell equipment drain tank level high-high.
: 15. Reactor building equipment drains system trouble.
: 16. Reactor water drain valves not closed.
: 17. Drywell floor drain     containment     isolation valve motor overload.
22     18. Drywell equipment drain containment isolation valve motor overload.
: 19. Drywell floor drain pump motor overload.
: 20. Drywell equipment drain pump motor overload.
: 21. Cubicles 2RHS*ElA and *E1B flooded.
Turbine Buildin E i ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided   for:
: 1. Turbine building floor drains   leakage high.
: 2. Turbine building floor drains   system   trouble.
: 3. Turbine building equipment drains leakage high.
: 4. Turbine building equipment drain system trouble.
Radwaste Buildin E ui ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided   for:
: 1. Radwaste   building   equipment   and   floor drains leakage high.
: 2. Radwaste   building equipment and floor drain system trouble.
Miscellaneous Buildin s E ui ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided   for:
22      1. Screenwell building floor       and   equipment   drains leakage high.
: 2. Screenwell   building floor drain   sump 5   level high.
Amendment 22                 9.3-28                 November 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit   2 FSAR minates   the   nuclear fission chain reaction in the uranium fuel. The specified neutron absorber solution is sodium pentaborate (NazB>>0>< ~ 10Hz0). It is prepared by dissolving stoichiometric quantities of borax and boric acid in demineralized water. An air sparger is provided in the tank for mixing. To prevent system plugging, the tank outlet is raised above the bottom of the tank.
The   SLC system     can deliver enough sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor (Figure 9.3-18) to assure reactor shutdown.     This is accomplished by filling the SLC storage tank with dimineralized water to.the low level alarm point, and then adding sodium pentaborate.           The solution can be diluted with water to within 6 in of the overflow level volume to allow for evaporation losses             or to lower the saturation temperature. The tank may contain boron solution from a minimum volume of 4,418 gal (net low level volume) to a maximum of 4,815 gal (net high level volume)       based on a zero level of 5.1 in above the centerline of the outlet.
The minimum temperature     of the fluid in the tank and piping is consistent with that obtained from Figure 9.3-19 for the solution temperature.       The saturation     temperature of the recommended solution is 60 F at the low level alarm volume.
Equipment containing the solution is installed in an area in which the air temperature is maintained within the range of 70 F to 100 F.       An electrical resistance       heater system provides a backup heat source that maintains the solution temperature between 75 F (automatic operation) and 85 F (automatic shutoff) to.prevent precipitation of the sodium pentaborate from the solution during storage. High or low temperature, or high or low liquid level, causes an alarm in the main control room. The entire system is located within the reactor building, so     it is unaffected by cold weather.
The positive displacement         pumps   are sized to inject the boron solution (minimum 41.2 gpm per pump) into the reactor within a specified time period, independent of the amount of solution in the tank.
The   pump   and system design pressure between the explosive valves and   the pump discharge is 1,400 psig. The two relief valves are set to open at 1,387 psig with no back pressure.
To prevent bypass flow in the event that a pressure         relief valve fails and opens, a check valve is provided downstream of each relief valve in 'each pump discharge line.
The   two     explosive-actuated     injection   valves   provide assurance   of opening when needed   and   ensure that boron does Amendment 27                   9.3-31                     July 1986
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR not,   leak into the reactor even when the pumps are being
                                  -
tested. Each explosive valve is closed by a shear. plug in the inlet chamber.       The plug is circumscribed with a deep groove so the end readily shears off when pushed with the valve plunger. This opens the'nlet hole through the plug.
The sheared end is pushed out of the way in the chamber     and is shaped so   it does not block the ports after release.
The shearing plunger is actuated by an explosive. charge with dual ignition primers inserted in the side ch'amber of the valve. Ignition circuit continuity is monitored by a trickle current, and an alarm occurs in the control room either circuit opens. Indicator lights show which primary if circuit   opened.
Signals from the RRCS can automatically initiate the .SLCS by actuating both loops. The SLC 'system can also be actuated manually by two keylocked spring-return switches which ensure that switching from the NORMAL position to RUN position is a deliberate act. .Operation of either switch starts an injection pump and simultaneously opens its respective explosive valve and storage tank outlet valve..
The initiation generates a signal to .close the reactor water cleanup system isolation valve to prevent loss or dilution of the boron. This isolation signal is sealed-in during SLC operation and remains sealed-in until reset by operator action.
A   light in the control room indicates that power- is available to the pump motor contactor and that the contactor is deenergized (pump not running). Another light indicates that the contactor is energized (pump running).
Storage tank liquid level, tank outlet valve position, pump discharge pressure pump flow, and loss of continuity of the explosive valves indicate that the system is functioning.
Pump discharge, pump flow, and valve status       are indicated in the main control room.
Equipment drains and 'ank overflow are not piped to the
                                          .
radwaste system but to a separate       container (such as. a 55-gal     drum)   that can be'"removed and disposed of independently to prevent         any trace   of boron f'rom inadvertently reaching the reactor.
Table 9.3-2 contains the process data. for the various modes of operation of the SLC system. Seismic category and safety class. are included in Table 3.2-1. Principle's of system testing are discussed in Section 9.3.5.4.
Amendment 18               9.3-32                   =March 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjLY BI.ANK Amendment 18             9.3-33b           March 1985
 
Nine Mile Point Unit     2 FSAR The SLC equipment     required for injection of neutron absorber solution into the reactor is designed as Category I for withstanding the specified earthquake loadings (Chapter 3).
The syst: em piping and equipment are designed, installed, and tested     in accordance         with requirements       stated   in Section 3.9B.
The   SLC   system   is powered normally from offsite power sources. In the event of a plant offsite power failure, the pumps,   valves, and controls necessary to assure boron injection are powered from the standby diesel generators.
The heaters       are manually connectable to the standby diesel generators. The pumps and valves are powered and controlled from separate     divisional buses and circuits.
The SLC pumps have sufficient pressure margin, up to the system relief valve setting of 1,387 psig with no back pressure to assure solutioninjection into the reactor above the normal pressure in the bottom of the reactor.- The reactor safety relief valves begin to relieve pressure above approximately 1,100 psig.           Therefore, the 'LC positive displacement pumps cannot overpressurize         the nuclear system.
Only   one   of the two standby liquid control loops is needed for backup shutdown system operation.                 If a redundantis component     (e. g., pump)   in one of the two parallel loops found to be inoperable,     there     is no   immediate threat   to shutdown capability, and reactor operation can continue during repairs. The time during which one of the two parallel loops may be out of operation is given in the Technical Specifications.
9.3.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements Testability of one pump at a time is possible while the reactor is in service.         While one pump is being tested during reactor operation, the other pump is capable of in-Amendment 26               9 '-34                         May 1986}}

Revision as of 22:40, 21 October 2019

Forwards Rev 0 to Updated SAR for Nine Mile Point Unit 2. Emergency Plan,Formerly Included in Fsar,Not Included in Updated Sar.Portions of Util Responses to NRC FSAR Questions Incorporated Into Body of Initial Updated SAR
ML18038A458
Person / Time
Site: Nine Mile Point Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 04/28/1989
From: Terry C
NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORP.
To:
NRC OFFICE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (IRM)
Shared Package
ML18038A459 List:
References
NMP2L-1198, NUDOCS 8905030108
Download: ML18038A458 (214)


Text

AQ 'ERATED D1S1BUTIOY DEMO'.iSTR+IO.i SYSTEM REGULATORY INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (RIDS)

ACCESSION NBR:8905030108 DOC.DATE: 89/04/28 NOTARIZED: YES DOCKET FACIL:50-410 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit 2, Niagara Moha 05000410 AUTH. NAME AUTHOR AFFILIATION TERRY,C.D. Niagara Mohawk Power Corp.

RECIP.NAME RECIPIENT AFFILIATION Document Control Branch (Document Control Desk)

SUBJECT:

Forward amend to fo x e Mg.e P in Unit 2.~

DISTRIBUTION CODE: AO53D TITLE: OR FSAR

&/g//SW COPIES n!~~

IVED:LTR Submittal: Updated FSAR (50.71) and Amendments

~ S~

ENCL Lg SIZE:o ~

Oar '

D NOTES S

RECIPIENT COPIES'TTR RECIPIENT COPIES ID CODE/NAME ENCL ID CODE/NAME LTTR ENCL PD1-1 LA 1 0 PD1-1 PD 1 0 SLOSSON,M 1 1 BENEDICT,R 1 1 INTERNAL: ACRS ~o o{l AEOD/DOA/IRB DS 7E 1 0 NUDOCS-ABSTRACT REG FILE 01 1 1 RGN1 1 1 EXTERNAL: IRM/DISS/DCB 1 1 LPDR NRC PDR 1 1 NSIC SAIC LINER,R 1 1 R

I oua Vos~ze UMrrEOQIvWauMN OsmeLOSums S

h D

D

(<RID S

PLEASE HELP US 'IO REDUCE WASTE! CXNI'ACT 'IHE DOCUMEMI'GÃIBDLDESK, RXM Pl-37 (EXT. 20079) TO ELDhZNATE YOUR NAME FBI DISTRIBUTION LI8IS FOR DOCUMENIS YOU DON'T NEED!

TOTAL NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED: LTTR 16 ENCL c@$

~7 al V NIAGARA P50MQHANK NIAGARAMOHAWKPOWER CORPORATION/301 PLAINFIELDROAD, SYRACUSE, N.Y. 13212/TELEPHONE (315) 474-1 511 April 28, 1989 NMP2L 1198 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Hashington, D.C. 20555 Re: Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Docket No. 50-410 NPF-69 Gentlemen:

Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.4(b)(6) and 50.71(e), Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation hereby submits one signed original and ten copies of the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, hereinafter referred to as the Updated Safety Analysis Report (USAR) for Nine Mile Point Unit 2. Copies are also being sent directly to the Regional Administrator, Region I and the NRC Resident Inspector at Nine Mile Point Unit 2. An extension for the submittal of the initial USAR (from October 1988 to April 1989) was requested by our September 16, 1988. letter and granted by the NRC on October 31, 1988. Under separate cover, we are transmitting updates to material which had previously been given proprietary status by the NRC pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.790.

In addition to plant modifications, the following changes have been incorporated into the initial Updated Safety Analysis Report:

1. The Emergency Plan, formerly included in the FSAR, is maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix E, V and therefore is not included in the USAR.
2. The Quality Assurance Program is maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3) and therefore is incorporated in the USAR (Chapter 17) by reference.
3. Appropriate portions of Niagara Mohawk's responses to NRC FSAR questions have been incorporated into the body of the initial USAR.
4. The Technical Specification has been referenced in place of Chapter 16 and the Chapter 16 text has been deleted from the USAR.
5. The initial USAR incorporates a number of editorial changes. These changes were to correct spelling and typographical, errors; update references to USAR figures, sections, documents or, tables of contents; to improve grammar or clarity; and to move information to more appropriate locations.

88905030108 890428 PDR AOOCK 05000410 K PDC i

1 l- '

g

l, The. certification required by 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2) is attached to this letter.

An errata sheet is provided in Attachment 1 describing corrections that were identified after the initial USAR was released for printing. Our Nuclear Compliance and Verification group is concluding its additional internal verification program on the submittal. Procedures are in place to document the results of the verification process. Any required correction will be made in the next update. In accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e)(3)(i) and the NRC's exemption issued on October 31, 1988, the USAR is up-to-date as of April 30, 1988.

Attachment 2 is being submitted in fulfillment of the requirements of 10 CFR 50.71(e)(2)(ii) to identify changes made under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission. None of the safety evaluations in Attachment 2 involved an unreviewed safety question as defined by 10 CFR 50.59(a)(2). Pursuant to 10 CFR 50 '9(b)(2), Niagara Mohawk had submitted on October 26, 1988 a summary of the safety evaluation reports. supplements the previous submittal and also contains a list of safety evaluations that reflect changes in the design of the plant prior to the issuance of the full-term operating license.

Sincerely, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION C. D. Terr Vice President Nuclear Engineering & Licensing CDT/bd 7185G xc: Regional Administrator, Region I Mr. R. A. Capra, Director Hs. H. L. Slosson, Project Manager Mr. W. A. Cook, Resident Inspector Records Management

" Xi

UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Hatter of NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION) Docket No. 50-410 (Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station)

Unit No. 2 )

CERT I F ICATION C. D. Terry, being duly sworn, states that he is Vice President, Nuclear Engineering and Licensing of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, that he is authorized on the part of said Company to sign and file with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission this certification; and that, in accordance with 10 C.F.R.

$ 50.71(e) (2), the information contained in the attached letter and updated Final Safety Analysis Report accurately presents changes made since the previous submittal necessary to reflect information and analyses submitted to the Commission or prepared pursuant to Commission requirement and contains an identification of changes made under the provisions of $ 50.59 but not previously submitted to the Commission.

By C. D. Terry Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing Subscribed and sworn to before me this PE'Kh day of , 1989.

Notary Public DIANE R. KIMt3ALL York Ptrhrio irr the Sralo ol How Co lsatortExptreaMay31,1+7 4252W

,

~ $

<<Qp

~g S/4 d/

~q[Q

@g p3~

I J

yP V ~r'+ .~f

wats soot sFv VaS Bess upOa>Fo 70 INCLUDE REY SIGNS THROUGH DiTED

Sp NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION-UNIT 2 QOg]Q",vV g 0 QCIOOQQO CI AMENDMENT28

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction 1.2 General Plant Description 1.3 Comparison Tables 1 ~ 4 Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7 Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8 Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9 Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria 1.10 Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11 Abbreviations and Acronyms 1.12 Generic Licensing Issues 1.13 Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3 Meteorology 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B 5 Appendixes 2C through 2H 6 Appendixes 2I, 2J 7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 8 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2 Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment 16 December 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design

'3. 5 Missile Protection 3.6A Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope, of SupplY) 9,10 3.6B Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply) 10 3.7A Seismic Design 10 3 'B Seismic Design 10 3.8 Design of Seismic Category I Structures 10 3.9A Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A Seismic Qualification of. Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of .Supply) 12 3 10B

~ Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply) 12 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 Appendixes 3A through 3D 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 4.1 Summary Description 12 4.2 Fuel System Design 12 4.3 Nuclear Design 12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design 12 4.5 Reactor Materials 12 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems 12 CHAPTER 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS 13 5.1 Summary Description 13 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 13

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Pacae 1.2.9.19 Safe Shutdown from Outside the Control Room 1 2 33

~

1.2.9.20 Main Control Room Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System 1 2-33

~

1.2.10 Cooling Water and Auxiliary Systems 1. 2-34 1.2.10.1 Reactor Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System 1.2-34 1.2.10.2 Turbine Building Closed Loop Cooling Water System 1.2-34 1.2.10.3 Service Water System 1.2-34 1.2.10.4 Ultimate Heat Sink 1 2-34

~

1.F 10.5 Plant Chilled Water System 1.2-34 1.2.10.6 Heating,. Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems 1.2-35 1.2.10.7 Process Sampling 1.2-35 1.2.10.8 Condensate Makeup and Drawoff System 1.2-35 1.2.10.9 Water Treatment and Makeup Water Systems 1.2-35 1 2.10.10

~ Domestic Water and Sanitary Drains and Disposal Systems 1 2-36

~

1.2.10.11 Compressed Air Systems, 1.2-36 1.2.10.12 Auxiliary Steam System 1.2-37 1.2.10.13 Standby Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Transfer System 1.2-37 1.2.10.14 Fire Protection System 1 2 37

~

1 '.10.15 Communication Systems 1.2-37 1.2.10.16 Lighting Systems 1.2-38 1.2.11 References 1.2-41 1.3 COMPARISON TABLES 1.3-1 1.3. 1 ~ Comparison with Similar Facility Designs 1.3-1 1.3.2 Comparison of Final and Preliminary Information 1~3 1 1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF AGENTS AND CONTRACTORS 1.4-1 1.4. 1 Applicant 1.4-1 1.4.2 Architect-Engineer 1.4-2 1.4.3 Nuclear Steam Supply'System 1.4-3 1.4.4 Turbine Generator Supplier 1.4-4 1.4.5 Technical Consultants 1.4-4 1.4.6 Reference 1.4-8

Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Pacae 1.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1.5-1 1.5. 1 Current BWR Development Programs 1.5-1 1.5. 1. 1 Instrumentation for Vibration Detection 1.5-1 1 ~ 5. 1.2 Core Spray Distribution 1.5-1 1.5. 1.3 Core Spray and Core Flooding Heat Transfer Effectiveness r 1.5-1 1.5.1.4 Verification of Pressure Suppression Design 1.5-2 1.5 1.5

~ Boiling Transition Testing 1.5-3 1.5.2 Geotechnical Investigations 1.5-3 1 ~ 5.3 References 1.5-5 1.6 MATERIAI INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 1. 6-1 1.7 DRAWINGS AND OTHER DETAILED INFORMATION 1.7-1 1.7. 1 Electrical, Instrumentation, and Control Drawings 1 7 1

~

l.7.2 Piping and Instrumentation Drawings 1.7-1 1 8

~ CONFORMANCE TO NRC REGULATORY GUIDES 1.8-1 1.9 STANDARD DESIGNS 1.9-1 1.10 NINE MILE POINT UNIT 2 RESPONSE TO TMI REQUIREMENTS 1.10-1 1.11 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 1.11-1 1.12 GENERIC LICENSING ISSUES 1. 12-1

l. 13 UNIT 2 POSITION ON UNRESOLVED

'3-1 SAFETY ISSUES 1 Amendment 6 1-iv December 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 General 27 15.1 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature 27 15.2 Increase in Reactor Pressure 27 15.3 Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 27 15.4 Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies 27 15.5 Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.6 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.7 Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components 27 15.8 Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS) 27 Appendix 15A 28 Appendix 15B 28 Appendix 15C 28 26 Appendix 15D 28 Appendix 15E 28 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 17.0 Introduction 28 17.1 Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 Human Factors Engineering Team 28 18.2 Safety Parameter Display System 28 Amendment 26 May 1986

,

~

0

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST'F TABLES Table Number Title 1.3-1 COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS

1. 3-2 COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED'AFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
1. 3-3 COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
l. 3-4 COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-5 COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-6 COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-7 COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
1. 3-8 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY
1. 3-9 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT
1. 4-1 COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETED, UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC
l. 6-1 REFERENCED REPORTS FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY
1. 7-1 ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION, AND CONTROL DRAWINGS 1.7-2 PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS 1.8-1 CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.-v

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)

Table Title 1.8-2 CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.9-1 STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1.10-1 NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS 1.11-1 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES Table Number Title 1.3-1 COMPARISON OF NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-2 COMPARISON OF ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-3 COMPARISON OF CONTAINMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-4 COMPARISON OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-5 COMPARISON OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-6 COMPARISON OF POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-7 COMPARISON OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 1.3-8 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY 1.3-9 COMPARISON OF FINAL AND PRELIMINARY DESIGN INFORMATION FOR THE BALANCE OF PLANT 1.4-1 COMMERCIAL NUCLEAR REACTORS COMPLETEDi UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR IN DESIGN BY GENERAL ELECTRIC 1.6-1 REFERENCED REPORTS FOR THE NSSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY

1. 7-1 ELECTRICAL'NSTRUMENTATIONi AND CONTROL DRAWINGS 1~7 2 PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS 1.8-1 CONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 1 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.8-la COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY GUIDE 1.150

\

I,,

USAR Revision 0 1-v April 1989

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)

Title'ONFORMANCE WITH DIVISION 8 NRC REGULATORY GUIDE STANDARD REVIEW PLAN CONFORMANCE TO ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUREG-0737 TMI-2 ITEMS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED IN FSAR

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)

Figure Number Title 1.2-25 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, TURBINE BUILDING PLAN SECTION 5-5 1.2-26 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN (SHEETS 1 AND 2) 1 ~ 2 27 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUILDING WATER .

TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION (SHEETS 1 AND 2) J z~

1. 2-28 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SCREENWELL BUIIDING WATER TREATMENT AND SERVICE WATER PUMPS PLAN SECTION 1.2-29 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAIIS, INTAKE AND DISCHARGE TUNNELS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3) 2u

/

1.2-30 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, INTAKE STRUCTURE 1.2-31 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS, MAIN STACK 1.2-32 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING PLANS (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3) 1 2 33

~ GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, NORMAL SWITCHGEAR BUILDING

1. GENERAI ARRANGEMENT, AUXILIARY BOILER 2-34'.2-35 HOUSE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING EL 261'-0" 1.2-36 GENERAL. ARRANGEMENT, STANDBY GAS TREATMENT BUILDING AND RAILROAD ACCESS LOCK SECTION 1.2-37 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK BUILDING (SHEETS 1 AND 2)
1. 2-38 COOLING TOWER FILL LEVEL PLAN AND SECTION Amendment 24 1-ix February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 1 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)

Figure Number Title 1.2-39 COOLING TOWER SECTION BELOW THE FILL, LEVEL 1.2-40 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, HYDROGEN STORAGE AREA 1.7-1 PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM (SWEC)

(SHEETS 1 THROUGH 5)

.1. 7"2 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS (GE) 1 7 3

~ LOGIC DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC)

z. I (SHEETS 1 AND 2) 1.7-4 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS SYMBOLS (SWEC) 1.10-1 DELETED 1.10-2 DELETED 1.10-3 DELETED 1.10-4 DELETED Amendment 24 1-x February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR generator to the outgoing transmission system. The 115-kV switchyard receives power from two separate offsite power sources through two physically and electrically independent incoming circuits. The two 'circuits feed two separate reserve station service transformers and an auxiliary boiler transformer. The reserve station service transformers step down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV, and provide two independent offsite power sources for the unit auxiliary power distribution system. The auxiliary boiler transformer steps down the offsite power from 115 to 13.8 and 4.16 kV. Its 13.8-kV winding supplies power to the auxiliary boiler and associated equipment; the 4.16-kV tertiary winding provides a backup source for the emergency 4.16-kV buses.

The unit auxiliary power distribution system feeds all unit auxiliary loads through 13.8-kV switchgear, 4.16-kV switchgear, 600-V load centers, 600-V motor control centers, and various ac and dc distribution panels. The system is divided into nuclear nonsafety-related and nuclear safety-related systems. The nuclear nonsafety-related auxiliary power distribution system feeds all non-Class 1E unit auxiliary loads. Under normal plant operating conditions, it is energized from the normal station service transformer.

During startup and normal shutdown conditions, it is energized from offsite power sources thxough reserve station service transformers. A normal 125-V dc system, consisting of batteries, battery chargers, and distribution panels, provides a reliable source of power for protection, control, and instrumentation loads and dc motors under normal and emergency conditions of the plant. A +24-V dc system provides a reliable source for the neutron monitoring system.

The nuclear safety-related auxiliary power distribution system supplies all Class 1E unit auxiliary loads. This system is divided into three independent divisions.

Division I and Division II are independent redundant divisions and supply all nuclear safety-related auxiliary loads except the high pressure core spray (HPCS) system.

The HPCS system and related equipment are supplied by Division III. All three divisions are normally energized from the offsite power sources through reserve station service transformers. The auxiliary boiler transformer can be connected manually to act as a backup source for either the Division I or Division II supply.

Each of the three divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power distribution systems has its own independent standby diesel generator. In the event of a LOCA and/or 1.2-'19

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR loss of offsite power, each division is energized from its own standby diesel generator. A 125-V emergency dc power system feeds all safety-related dc protection, control, and instrumentation loads and safety-related dc motors under normal operation of the plant as well as during emergency conditions. The system is divided into three independent divisions each consisting of its own battery, primary and backup battery chargers, switchgear, motor control centers, and distribution panels. Each division feeds the dc loads associated with the corresponding divisions of the nuclear safety-related auxiliary power 'distribution system.

Chapter 8 describes the electrical power system in detail.

1.2 '.2 Nuclear System Process Control and Instrumentation Reactor Manual Control S stem The reactor manual control system (RMCS) provides the means by which control rods are positioned from the control room for power control. The system operates valves in each hydraulic control unit, to change control rod position. One control rod can be manipulated at a time. The RMCS includes the logic that restricts abnormal control rod movement (rod block) under certain conditions as a backup to procedural controls.

Recirculation Flow Control S stem During normal power operation, a variable position discharge valve is used to control flow. Adjusting this valve changes the coolant flow rate through the core and thereby changes the core power level. The system can automatically adjust the reactor power to the load change by adjusting the electrical power supply.

Neutron Monitorin S stem The neutron monitoring system (NMS)'s a system of incore neutron detectors and out-of-core electronic monitoring equipment. The system provides indication of neutron flux, which can be correlated to thermal power level for the entire range of flux conditions that can exist in the core.

The source range monitors (SRMs) and the intermediate range monitors (IRMs) provide flux level indications during reactor startup and low-power operation. The .local power range monitors (LPRMs) and average power range monitors (APRMs) allow assessment of local and overall flux conditions during power range operation. The traversing incore probe (TIP ) system provides a means to calibrate the 1.2-20

~ 0

~ ~ ~ ~ ~~

w e~s ~ 0

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

0

~

0 e

~ 0

NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 Qo[gg~

Qcl Q

-

AP2 0 QQQQQQO 0 vOL. 2

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction 1.2 General Plant Description 1.3 Comparison Tables 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7 Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8 Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1 9

~ Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria

1. 10 Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues

'esulting from TMI 2

1. 11 Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. 12 Generic Licensing Issues 2
1. 13 Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS Geography and Demography Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3 Meteorology 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B 5 Appendixes 2C through 2H 6 Appendixes 21, 2J 7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 8 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2 Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment 16 December 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 3.3 Wind and Tornado- Loading 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5 Missile Protection 3.6A Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply) 9,10 3.6B Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply) 10 3.7A Seismic Design 10 3.7B Seismic Design 10 3.8 Design of Seismic Category I Structures 10 3.9A Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of =Supply) 12 3.10B Seismic Qualif ication of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply) 12 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 Appendixes 3A through 3D 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 Summary Description 12 4.2 Fuel System Design 12 4.3 Nuclear Design 12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design 12 4.5 Reactor Materials 12 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems 12 CHAPTER 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS 13 5.1 Summary Description 13 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 13

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 5.3 Reactor Vessel 13 5.4 Component and Subsystem Design 13 CHAPTER 6 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 13 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials 13 6.2 Containment Systems 14 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling Systems 15 6.4 Habitability Systems 15 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 15 6.6 Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 15 Appendixes 6A, 6B 15 CHAPTER 7 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 15 7 1

~ Introduction 15

7. 2* Reactor Protection (Trip)

System (RPS) Instrumentation and Controls 15 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems 15 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown 16 7.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation 16 7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety 16 7.7 Control Systems Not Required for Safety 16 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER 16 V

8.1 Introduction 16 8.2 Offsite Power System 16 8.3 Onsite Power System 16, 17 CHAPTER 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 17 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling 17 9.2 Water Systems 18 9' Process Auxiliaries 19 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 20,21 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems '21, 22 Appendix 9A 23

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23 10.1 Summary .Description 23 10.2 Turbine Generator 23.

10.3 Main Steam Supply System 24 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 24

11. 1 Source Terms 24 11.2 Liquid Waste Management Systems 24 11.3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems 25 11.4 Solid Waste Management System 25 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 25 Appendix 11A 25 CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION 25
12. 1 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 25 12 2

~ Radiation Sources 25

12. 3 Radiation Protection Design Features 25
12. 4 Dose Assessment 26
12. 5 Health Physics Program 26-CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26
13. 1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 26 13.2 Training 26
13. 3 Site Emergency Plan 26
13. 4 Operation Review and Audit 26
13. 5 Plant Procedures 26
13. 6 Industrial Security 26 Appendixes 13A, 13B 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26
14. 1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report. (PSAR) 26

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 General 27 15.1 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature 27 15.2 Increase in,.Reactor Pressure 27 15.3 Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 27

15. 4 Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies 27 15.5 Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.6 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.7 Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components 27 15.8 Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS) 27

. Appendix 1SA 28 Appendix 15B 28 Appendix 15C 28 26 Appendix 15D 28 Appendix 15E 28 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 17.0 Introduction 28 17.1 Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 Human Factors Engineering Team 28 18.2 Safety Parameter Display System 28 Amendment 26 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.28 Revision 2 Februar 1979 Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Design and Construction)

FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position* /26 The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 29 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.30 Revision 0 Au ust 1972 Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment FSAR Sections 3.11 and 7.2, Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 26 Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

The Unit 2 quality assurance program complies with Regulatory Guide 1.30 as described in Appendix VII of the Quality Assurance Manual for the project during construction. Unit 2 also complies with this regulatory guide as described in Chapter 17 of the FSAR.

Regulatory Guide 1.30, Rev. 0, endorses IEEE Stan-dard 336-1971. Unit 2 Specification E061A, Electrical Installation, invokes IEEE Standard 336-1977, which is more conservative than IEEE Standard 336-1971.

Section 3 of IEEE-336 addresses the requirements for preinstallation verification of material and equipment.

also states that "it is not intended to duplicate It inspections but, rather to verify that items are in satisfactory condition for installation." Preinstallation verification includes the following:

1. Identification of materials and equipment.
2. Availability of procedures, instruction manuals, and special work instructions.
3. Review of records of storage and preventive maintenance measures.
4. Visual examination of materials and equipment. to ensure physical integrity.

All these required verifications are addressed by the SWEC QA program for receipt, storage, and preventive maintenance inspections. These inspections meet the intent of IEEE-336, Amendment 26 31 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.30, Revision 0 Au ust 1972 Section 3; therefore, additional preinstallation verification is not done for the following components and materials (all equipment, however, is subject to preinstallation verification):

1. Balance-of-plant. electrical components and materials such as terminal blocks, fuses, connectors, lugs, mounting hardware, etc.
2. PGCC electrical components and materials that are shipped separately from the main panels by GE, e.g., relays, meters, switches, connectors, lugs, mounting hardware, etc.

The above components and materials are subject to inprocess installation inspection and final installation inspections.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 31a of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABIE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.37 Revision 0 March 16 1973 Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Sections 4.5.1.4, 4.5.2.4, 6.1.1, and 17.2, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 26 Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approaches described below.

Para ra h C.3 The water quality for final flushes of fluid systems and associated components is at least equivalent to the quality of the operating system water, except for the oxygen content.

2. Para ra h C.4 Expendable materials, i.e., inks and related products, temperature indicating sticks, tapes, gummed labels, wrapping materials (other than polyethylene), water soluble dam materials, lubricants, NDT penetrant materials, and couplants that contact stainless steel or nickel alloy surfaces are in accordance with the Unit 2 Position for Regulatory Guide 1.38, Revision 2.
3. Due to seasonal conditions, freshwater from Lake Ontario will have an allowable upper pH limit of 8 '.

Upgraded piping systems and components constructed of carbon steel materials will meet Class B cleanness requirements except for final flushing/cleaning which may exhibit rust staining in accordance with Class C cleanness requirements.

The quality assurance requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.37 have been addressed in Appendix VII of the Quality Assurance Program Manual and Section 17 for the Unit 2 project.

Amendment 26 38 of 169 May 1986

4 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Erection specifications and procedures for Category I fluid systems and associated components include the requirements of the guide as delineated above.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the OATR-l, Revision 1 26 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 38a of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.38 Revision 2 Ma 1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

SWEC and NMPC QA program satisfies the QA requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.38 (Unit 2 QA Program Manual Appendix VII and Section 17).

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 26 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 39 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.39 Revision 2 Se tember 1977 Housekeeping Requirements for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 )ze Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the requirements of the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

Erection and installation specifications establish the requirements and the QA provisions to ensure compliance with this guide. Additionally, the requirements are implemented by site administrative procedures.

  • This commitment. is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 40 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.52 Revision 2 March 1978 Cont ERDA 76-21, except for the frame tolerance guidelines in Table 4.2. The tolerances selected for HEPA and adsorber mountings are sufficient to satisfy the bank leak test criteria of Paragraphs C.S.c and C.S.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2.

8. Para ra h C.3.h Exception is taken to the recommendations of Section 4. 5. 8 of ERDA 76-21 relative to drain sizes and arrangement. Normally open manual valves, in addition to water seals and Amendment 24 56b of 169 February 1985

e 0

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8=1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.52 Revision 2 March 1978 Cont traps, will be provided to control the discharge of the fire sprinkler flow.

9. Para ra h C.3.i Exception is taken to the requirement that the absorption unit should be designed for a maximum loading of 2.5 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon. Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 1, states that "the absorption unit. should have the capacity of loading 2.5 mg of total iodine (radioactive plus stable) per gram of activated carbon." The absorption unit provided has a loading capacity of 10.0 mg of total iodine per gram of activated carbon.
10. Para ra h C.3.k Exception is taken to th requirement for humidity control to below 70 percent relative humidity for low flow air bleed cooling.

A clarification is provided to the requirement that the low air bleed cooling to mitigate iodine desorption and auto-ignition. Each fi;ter train is physically separated, and the common connection between the filter trains is provided with redundant high temperature sensors and isolation valves to maintain equipment integrity in one filter train upon detection of high temperature.

Para ra h C.3.1 System resistances will be determined in accordance with Section 5.7. 1 of ANSI NS09-1976 except that fan inlet and outlet losses will not be calculated in accordance with AMCA 201, but will be estimated and documented accordingly.

Exception is taken to balancing techniques defined in Section 5.7.3 of ANSI N509-1976 'he acceptable amplitude of vibration, peak to peak, in any plane measured on the shaft adjacent to the bearings, corresponds to a vibration velocity of 0.1 in./sec at the rated speed using the displacement values given in AMCA Publication 801. The displacement criteria using maximum vibration velocity method in accordance with ANSI N509-1976 are not required by Amendment 18 57 of 169 March 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (CONT)

Re ulator Guide 1. 58, Revision 1 Se tember 1980 Cont Qualification of Nuclear Power Plant Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel FSAR Section 2.4 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Postion (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approaches described below and in Chapter 14. Z2 BOP The quality assurance program for Unit 2 is currently in compliance with Regulatory Positions C.5, 7, 8, and 10 of this regulatory guide. Regarding Regulatory Position C.6 of this regulatory .guide and Section 3.5, Education and Experience Recommendations, of ANSI N45.2.6-1978, the following alternatives are proposed for personnel education and experience for each level:

3.5.1 Level I

1. Two years of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or
2. High school graduation/general education development (GED) equivalent and 6 months of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities, or Completion of college-level work leading to an associate degree in a related discipline plus 3 months of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.
4. Four-year college graduate plus 1 month of related experience or equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities.

Amendment 22 64 of 169 November 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.75 Revision 2 Se tember 1978 Physical Independence of Electric Systems FSAR Sections 7.1.2, 7.6.2, 8.3.1 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide 'through the alternate approach described below and in Section 7 '.2 and 8.3.1.

Regulatory Position C.l states that "interrupting devices actuated only by fault current are not considered to be isolation devices within the context of this document." In the case of control and instrument circuits, a combination of two interrupting devices actuated by fault current have been used to isolate nonClass 1E circuits from Class 1E circuits. Both of these devices are Class 1E, and both of

.them are coordinated with the main breaker upstream so that a failure of a nonClass 1E device or circuit will not affect any Class lE device or system. Any circuit breakers as-sociated with this redundant protection will be tested during each refueling outage.

Regulatory Position C.9 requires that cable splices in raceways be prohibited. Splicing in electrical penetrations for termination is considered to be exempt from this requirement.

Regulatory Position C.10 requires that the cables be marked at 5-ft intervals. This is a typographical error as con-firmed by the former Electrical, Instrument and Control Branch Chief of USNRC, T. A. Ippolito, on October 10, 1975,-

and the NRC Power Systems Branch Section Leader, R. G. FitzPatrick, on October 30, 1980. The correct distance is 15 ft, which has been followed in Unit 2.

The minimum separation distance from 600 V or less nonsafety-related conduit to safety-related open cable trays and cable in free air for any service level is 1 in. 26 All cables used in Unit 2 are flame-retardant. The cable trays are not filled above the side rails. The hazard, in this case, is limited to failure or faults internal to the nonsafety cables in rigid steel conduit. Unit 2 has deter-mined by analysis that 1-in separation between the Class 1E cable tray and nonClass 1E conduit provides adequate protec-tion for the Class lE cables in the open ladder tray in the Amendment 26 89 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont) event of any failure of the nonClass 1E cables in conduit. 26 This has been established by tests with 600 V levels, as ex-plained later in this section.

Aluminum sheath cables (ALS) used for low energy 120-V ac systems and 8-hr battery pack lighting systems, are con-sidered enclosed raceways. These cables have flame retard-ant, cross-linked polyethylene insulation, chlorosulphonated polyethylene jacket, and polypropylene fillers enclosed in a continuous, impervious aluminum sheath which provides adequate protection. As such, the minimum separation between these cables and Class 1E raceways is 1 in.

The minimum separation between any Class 1E raceway and any lighting cord for drops to the lighting fixtures shall be 1 in. These cords are of size 12 AWG and supply 120/208 V ac low energy in low density applications. As such, 1-in separation provides adequate protection to the Class 1E cir-cuits in the event of a fault in any lighting cord.

IZEE Standard 384-1974, Section 5.1.1.2, allows lesser separation distances than those specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4, if established by analysis. Various tests have indicated that the following minimum separation distances between redundant Class lE cables and raceways, or between Class 1E and nonClass 1E cables and raceways, 600 V level and below, should be adequate to maintain independence of the redundant systems. NMPC also has verified these minimum separation distances by plant specific tests (Wyle Test Report No. 47906-02, Electrical Separation Verification Testing).

Cable tray to cable tray 10 in horizontal or 10 in vertical Cable tray to conduit 1 ln Cable in free air to conduit 1/2 in Cable in free air to cable 10 in vertical or in free air 10 in horizontal Cable in free air to 10 in vertical or cable tray 10 in horizontal Wrapped cable to unwrapped cable 0 in Conduit to conduit 1/2 in Amendment 26 89a of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Class 1E control/instrument cable 1 in to nonClass lE control instrument cable inside control/instrument cabinets Where the'inimum separation distances specified in Sections 5.1.3 and 5.1.4 of IEEE Standard 384-1974 cannot be maintained due to physical arrangements, the minimum separation distances specified above shall be maintained.

Where the minimum separation distances specified in this section cannot be maintained, enclosed raceways will be used; or a separation barrier will be installed.

Amendment 26 89b of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 22 Jul 1984 Materials Code Case Acceptability-ASME Section III Division I FSAR Section 5.2.1.2 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the, Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approaches described below.

Regulatory Guide 1.85 provides a list of ASME design and fabrication code cases that have been generically approved by the regulatory staff. Code cases on this list may, for design purposes. be used until appropriately annulled.

Annulled cases are considered "active" for equipment that has been cont;:.actually committed to fabrication prior to the annulment.

The various ASME code cases that applied to components in the RCPB are listed in Table 5.2-1.

All Safety Class 2 and 3 equipment has been designed to ASME code or ASME-approved code cases. This provision, together with the quality control programs, provides adequate safety equipment functional assurances.

Amendment 18 99 of 169 March 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.88 Revision 2 October 1976 Collection, Storage, and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plan% Quality Assurance Records FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide, except to change ANSI N45.2.9-1974 Section 5.6, Paragraph 3 to "Two hour minimum rated facility" in accordance with NFPA 232-1980.

Implementation is as described below.

Unit 2 Quality Assurance Records (and other required records) are stored in facilities designated as the Permanent Plant File and the Records Acceptance Center.

In-process records are stored in controlled Intermediate Storage Facilities. Specific requirements for each include:

Permanent Plant File Complies to the above paragraph of this position statement.

2. Records Acce tance Center Complies with ANSI N45 2.9-1974, Section 5.3 to provide a mechanism to The storage facility shall meet

~

control records.

Section 5.6, except as follows:

a. Structure has a minimum 2-hr fire rating.
b. Doors, frames, and hardware have a 2-hr vault door.

c.'lectrical facilities shall be limited to ceiling lights, air-conditioning units, smoke detectors, and alarm circuits.

3. Intermediate Stora e Facilities Complies with ANSI N45.2.9-1974, Section 5.3 to provide a mechanism to control records. Each intermediate storage facility shall be evaluated by a Fire Protection Engineer to fulfill NFPA 232-1980 requirements. NOTE: All intermediate storage facilities will be eliminated as contractor work is concluded.

Amendment, 26 102 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

The above controls and facilities are prepared to protect Quality Assurance records which take their physical form as radiographs, microfilm and paper.

1. Special handling and environmental storage considerations must be maintained for radiographs.
2. Designated archive (silver halide only) microfilm requires environmental storage considerations.
3. Use of fire-retardant cabinets is applicable to paper storage only.

Technical Justification ANSI N45.2.9-1974 does not adequately define the storage facilities for inprocess quality records or NFPA requirements for fire rating of the facility. NFPA 232-1980, 1-3, emphasizes, "To consult with an experienced and competent Fire Protection Engineer or Records Protection Consultant." This position is based upon his recommendations. The Unit 2 Records Management Plan establishes the program for turnover, collection, review, transfer, receipt, verification, permanent plant file entry, and retention of all Unit 2 records with implementing policy guidelines which specify the facility types.

"This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1, supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 102a of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1 ~ 8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.94 Revision 1 A ril 1976 Quality Assurance Requirements For Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants 26 Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.

ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.3 Bolt holes generally will not be burned (oxygen cut). If holes must be burned, the following criteria will be followed: a) after cutting, the edges of the cut will be ground or reamed back a minimum of 1/32 in, and b) the final bolt hble dimensions will not exceed those given in the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts.

2. ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.4 For the Unit 2 project, the criterion established for correct bolt length is one thread extending beyond the face of the nut.
3. ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Section 5.5 All reinforcing bar splices made by arc welding, except those splices welded to metal embedments, will be selected on a random basis for radiography as specified in the Unit 2-PSAR, Section 12.6.3, and inspected in accordance with AWS D12.1. Splices welded to metal embedments will be inspected in accordance with AWS 12.1. Additionally, sister splice testing will be done in accordance with Specification No. NMP2-S203C with the same frequency as specified for B-series sister splices when required= by the engineers.

ANSI N45. 2. 5-1974 Section 6. 2. 2 Exceptions regard-ing mechanical splicing of QA Category I rein-Amendment 26 108 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABEE 1.8-1 (Cont) forcing bars can be found in Unit 2 Project Position 1.10.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At, that time, the QATR-l, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment,.

Amendment 26 108a of 169 May 1986

Nine Mi3e Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.97 Revision 2 December 1980 Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident FSAR Section 7 '.2 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.

Type A Conformance is in accordance with BWR Owners Group report position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, dated Meaa 1962 (see response to Question FaI21.36) .

~

aa Type B Neutron flux - Conformance is in accord-ance with BWR Owners Group report posi-tion on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revis-ion 2, dated May 1982 (see response to aa Question F421.36).

2. Core thermocouples (also incorporates Type C) See TMI Item II.F.1 in Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).

Type C Drywell drain sumps level See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).

Type D Suppression pool temperature Meets intent of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response to Question F421.36).

2 Drywell atmosphere temperature Meets intent, of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in

~

Section 1.10 (see response to Ques-tion F421.36).

3. Cooling water temperature to ESF compon-ents Meets intent of guide. See TMI Item II F.l in Section 1.10 (see response aa to Question F421.'36).

Amendment, 19 ill of 169 May 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.116 Revision 0-R Ma 1977 Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment and Systems FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position* J ae The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-l, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 130 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re lator Guide 1.123 Revision 1 Jul 1977 Quality Assurance Recpxirements for Control of Procurement of Items and Services for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position* I 26 The Unit 2 project complies with the Re'gulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described as follows:

Certain standard catalog or nonengineered items may be processed without seller prequalification. This alternative method is described in Section 7, paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2, 1.4.3, and 3.1.2 of the Quality Assurance Program for Unit 2.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 26 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 137 of 169 May 1986

0 Nine Mile'oint Unit' FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.143 Revision 1 October 1979 Design Guidance for Radioactive Waste Management Systems, Structures, and Components Installed in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section. 15.7.1, 11.4 Position The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.

A. Liquid Waste System The fiberglass tanks purchased for the liquid rad-waste system (LWS) have been designed in accordance with the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Product Standard (PS) PS 15-69, Custom Contact-Molded Reinforced-Polyester Chemical-Resistant Process Equipment, as identified in NMP2 Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, Table C-10b.

NBS PS 15-69 provides the necessary design and fa-brication requirements to ensure the integrity of the tanks without the additional cost of burst testing.

B. Off-Gas System The charcoal adsorbers of the off-gas system are not designed to the seismic requirements of this regulatory guide.

Offsite dose calculations in accordance with Chapter 15.7.1 of the NMP2 FSAR show that release of gaseous activity due to failure of the charcoal adsorbers results in offsite doses less than 0.5 Rem to the whole body. In accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29, this permits classification as nonseismic. At the time of design and procurement of the off-gas system (July 1974),

Regulatory Guide 1.29, Revision 1, established the seismic requirements for the radioactive waste processing systems.

160 of 169

0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.144 Revision 1 Se tember 1980 Auditing of Quality Assurance Programs for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 Position*

The Unit 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.

The pre-audit and post-audit conferences required by Sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977 may be fulfilled by a variety of communications such as telephone conversations.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 162 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.146 Revision 0 Au ust 1980 Qualification of Quality Assurance Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants FSAR Section Chapter 17, QA Topical Report QATR-1, Rev. 1 26 Position" The Unit 2 project complies with Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide.

  • This commitment is modified at the time of the QA Topical 26 Report implementation. At that time, the QATR-1, Revision 1 supersedes this commitment.

Amendment 26 164 of 169 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.147, Revision 1 Februar 1982 Inservice Inspection Code Case Acceptability-ASME Section XI Division 1 FSAR Section 14 Position The Unit. 2 project complies with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C) of this guide through the alternate approach described below.

At the date of issuance of the NMP2 construction permit, the 1974 edition of ASME Section XI was in effect. The NMP2 ISI is based upon this edition according to 10CFR50.55a(g)(2).

165 of 169

-0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (Cont)

Re ulator Guide 1.150 Revision 1 Februar 1983 I ~s Ultrasonic Testing of Reactor Vessel Welds During Preservice and Inservice Examination FSAR Section PSI/ISI Plan I" Position The Unit 2 degree of compliance with the Regulatory Position (Paragraph C and Appendix') of this guide is addressed in 23 the response to Question F250.1.

Amendment 23 169 of 169 December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TADLE 1.9-1 (Cont)

SRP IIILmhcr Title Revision Conformance Difference 6.2. 1.4 Mass and Energy Release Analysis for Postulated Secondary System Pipe Ruptures NA IIA 6.2 1 5 Minimum Containment. Prcssure Analysis for fmergcncy Core Cooling System Performaricc Capability Studies Nn NA 6.2.2 Containment llcat Remova I Systems Attachment 1.9-45 6.2.3 Secondary Containment functional Design Attachment 1.9-46 6.2.4 Cont.ainment Isolation System X 6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment X Appendix A IIA NA D1P CSD 6-2 NA NA 6.2.6 Containmcnt Leakage Testing X 6.2.7 lracturc Prevention of Containment Pressure Doundary Attachment 1.9-.48 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Attachment 1.9-49 DTP RSD 6-1 NA NA 6.4 Control Room llabitability System X Appendix A X 6 5 1 Engineered Safety feat,ure Atmosphere Cleanup Systems Attachment 1.9-50 6.5.2 Containmcnl, Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System NA NA 6.5.3 Fission Product Control Systems and Struct,urcs 6.5.4 Ice Condenser as a Fission Product Cleanup System 6.6 Inservice Inspection of Class 2 and 3 Components X 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve Leakage Control System ( DWR) NA NA CIIAPTER 7: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 7.1 Instrumentation and Controls-Introduction Table 7 Acceptance Criteria and Guidelines for Instrumentation and Controls Systems Important To Safety 2 X 7.2 Reactor Trip System 2 X Appendix A 2 NA NA 7.3 Engineered Safety Features System 2 X Appendix A 2 NA NA 7.4 Safe Shutdown Systems 2 X 7.5 Information Systems Important to Safety 2 X Amendment 23 5 of 11 December 1985

0 Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1;9-14 (Cont) containment. This is verified in the j et impingement 4

evaluation where breaks are postulated at various elevations and azimuths. Additional investigation is only repetitive.

It is therefore concluded that this will not degrade the safety of the plant.

Difference 2 Section B. l.c. l.d states that "if intermediate break locations cannot be determined by (b), (B.l.c.l.b) and (c),

(B.l.c.l.c) above, two highest stress locations based on equation (10) should be selected." Unit 2 uses a reasonable basis which includes factors such as points of maximum stress intensity and/or cumulative usage factors; however, the points of maximum stress intensity are based on Equation (12) or (13).

Discussion Since all postulated intermediate breaks require evaluation of Equations (12) and (13) and cumulative usage factors, it is reasonable to use these equations to determine points of maximum stress intensity. This approach is conservative.

Difference 3 Section BE 1.c.4 states that "if a structure separates a high energy line from an essential component, the separating structure should be designed to withstand the consequences of the pipe break in the high energy line which produces the greatest. effect at the structure irrespective of the fact that the above criteria might not require such a break location to be postulated." Unit 2 design structures withstand the consequence of pipe breaks postulated at locations in accordance with Sections B.l.c.l, BE 1.c.2, and B.l.c.3.

Discussion A systematic logical method must be used to evaluate the effects of pipe breaks in order to address a finite number of potential load cases. By assuming breaks at highly stressed locations and by requiring a minimum number of locations to be selected, a reasonable margin of safety will evolve.

Requiring breaks to be postulated based on structural capability is not prudent and does not enhance the safety of the plant. Several points are:

Amendment 1 3 of 4 April 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-14 (Cont)

Pipe whip loadings are very sensitive to the distance over which unrestrained whip could occur, piping geometry, and break orientation. An infinite number of cases would require consideration particularly if arbitrarily postulated along the length of the splits are pipe. Jet impingement does not have this problem since the load is distributed over a reasonable area. However, pipe whip requires evaluation of local effects, which is much more involved.

2. 'n excessive number of scab plates would be required on all structures which separate high energy and essential systems, thus causing an unreasonable number of scab plates to be installed.
3. By strengthening the weakest part of a structure, the next weakest part would then be the worst case.

This is a perpetual cycle.

Additional safety is not really obtained by evaluating the least likely events. Since pipe breaks themselves are extremely unlikely, reasonable to postulate them only at the higher it is stressed locations. Additionally, all walls in the proximity of high energy systems are evaluated for a reasonable number of pipe breaks simply due to the number of breaks which must be postulated using the stress criteria.

Amendment 1 4 of 4 April 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-29 STANDARD REVIEW PLAN 3.11, REVISION 2 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF MECHANICAL AND EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Difference 1 The submittal of the environmental qualification document which demonstrates equipment environmental capability is not included.

Discussion The environmental qualification document will be submitted and the FSAR amended accordingly prior to fuel load.

Difference 2 Discussion of equipment qualification to a mild environment is not included.

Discussion Definitive guidelines are not yet available from the NRC concerning equipment qualification in mild environment.

Difference 3 Coverage of mechanical equipment qualification is not.

included.

Discussion Current NRC direction indicates that formal mechanical equipment qualification guidelines may be issued in the future. The NRC has stated that no further requests for mechanical equipment qualification data will be made until the NRC has acceptance criteria upon which to evaluate them. When NRC guidelines are issued, the mechanical equipment qualification impact will be addressed.

Amendment 1 1 of 1 April 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 STANDARD REVIEW PEAN 9.5.1, REVISION 3, JUIY 1981 FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM (FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM)

Deviations to BTP CMEB 9.5-1 Attached to Standard Review Plan 9.F 1 Fire Protection Pro ram Difference 1 Section C.l.c.(3) states that "the fire suppression system should be capable of delivering water to manual hose stations located within hose reach of areas containing equipment required for safe shutdown following the safe shutdown earthquake (SSE)."

Discussion Unit 2 standpipe and hose connection design is in accordance with Appendix A (dated August 1976) to BTP 9.5-1 (dated May 1, 1976) and Appendix R to 10CFR50, and is not seismically qualified.

The design does not contemplate simultaneous earthquake and fire conditions; therefore, this requirement was not incorporated into the design. Further, justification is that Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.

Difference 2 Section CD 5.a(3)(b) of Unit 2 design incorporates fire boot-type penetration seals (approximately 200 of 11,000 fire rated seals) for which temperature levels on the unexposed 27 side reached 3930F during the acceptance test.

Discussion Fixed combustibles potentially within close proximity have ignition temperatures of )500 F. Cables are generally installed in raceways (ice., conduit or cable trays).

Difference 3 Section C.5.a(5) - Unit 2 fire doors, including fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding gas suppression systems, are administratively supervised to verify that they are in the closed position.

Discussion Fire doors are maintained in the closed position. Additionally, fire doors in areas protected by automatic total flooding CO< systems are provided with CO2 activated door releases, in the event that the door is in Amendment 27 1 of 4 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont) the open position at the time "of CO< discharge. Halon 1301 suppression systems are used in computer rooms and control rooms. Doors to these areas are inherently supervised by the occupants in the area, in addition to the "daily.

inspection, to verify that the doors are in the proper

'osition.

Amendment 27 la of 4 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont) incorporate the use of open directional spray nozzles discharge an excessive amount of water in protected areas, requiring substantially larger drainage and processing capabilities than areas protected by sprinkler systems which minimize the potential for damage to safety-related structures and components.

Difference 7 Section C.5.g.(1) - Unit 2 emergency lighting capability is provided by means other than individual 8-hr battery supplies.

2 Discussion Areas which must be manned during safe shutdown will be supplied with '8-hr battery packs for access and egress lighting.

Difference 8 Section C.S.g.(3) The Unit 2 emergency communications system is not independent of the plant communication system.

Discussion Fixed emergency communications systems independent of normal plant communications systems are not necessary because:

1 The systems are connectible to uninterruptible which provide reliability during

~

power sources, emergency conditions.

2 ~ In case of total loss of power to all communication systems, the Sound Powered Communication (SPC) system can be utilized.

3. The system is set up as described in Section 9.5 '.
4. The system and important components are supervised.

Difference 9 Section C.6.a.(3) The fire detector spacing criteria for Unit 2 meet the intent of NFPA 72E.

Discussion NFPA 72E recommends one detector per bay for beam depth greater than 8 in and bay width greater than Amendment 27 3 of 4 July 1986

Nine Mile Point. Unit 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-61 (Cont) 8 ft. NFPA 72E does not address beam depth greater than 8 in and bay width less than 8 ft. In this situation, the Unit 2 design incorporate's one detector for every other bay mounted on the bottom flange of structural steel..

Difference 10 Section C.6.c.(4) Unit 2 design does not cross connection to the service water firefighting capability post-SSE.

Discussion Standpipes and hose connections for manual fire fighting are seismically supported in safety-related areas and in areas containing safety-related equipment. The design bases do not contemplate simultaneous earthquake and fire conditions; therefore, this requirement was not incorporated into the design. Further justification is that, Unit 2 is not in an area of high seismic activity.

Difference ll Section C.7.a.(1), part (c) During normal operation, the Unit 2 design does not, incorporate the use of general area fire detection in the primary containment.

Discussion The Unit 2 containment is inerted during normal operation.

Difference 12 In general, Section C endorses the use of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards. Unit 2 deviates from a number of these NFPA standards.

Discussion Each Unit 2 deviation to the NFPA standards is described and justified in Table 9.5-3.

Amendment 27 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit, 2 FSAR ATTACHMENT 1.9-80 SRP DEVIATION WRITEUPS CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The information contained in Chapter 16 j.s preliminary and has not yet been modified to reflect NMPC policy and Unit 2 design. Therefore, an analysis to determine conformance to the SRP is not yet required.

Amendment, 1 1 of 1 April 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR NUREG-0578 Position Position No. Clarification SRO training (3 ) Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft) Section 5.2.1.8

'Administrative duties (4) Not affecting plant safety Administrative duties On same interval as reviewed (4)* reinforcement: i. e.,

annual by V. P. for operations Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position Prior to fuel loa'ding and annually thereafter, the Vice President Nuclear Generation shall issue a management directive that emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Station Shift Supervisor (SSS) for safe operation of the plant under all conditions on his shift and clearly establishes his command duties.

Plant procedures are written to ensure that the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the SSS and other licensed control room operators are properly defined to affect the chain of command.

In the future, administrative duties of the SSS will be reviewed annually after fuel load by the Vice President Nuclear Generation to ensure that such functions do not detract from safe plant operation.

SSS Res onsibilities The Station Shift Supervisor is in charge of all operations on his assigned shift. Under the general direction of the Supervisor Operations Nuclear, his function includes direction of shift activities, authorization of equipment releases for maintenance, ensuring that the plant is operated safely and within the license and technical specifications and ensuring that plant operations are conducted in accordance with approved procedures. As

  • This requirement shall be met before fuel loading.

See NUREG-0578, Section 22.1a, Item 4 and NRC letters of September 27, and November 9, 1979.

Amendment 14 1.10-9 October 1984

Nine Mile,Point Unit 2 FSAR overall supervisor of operations for his shift, the Shift Supervisor shou'ld avoid becoming personally involved in the manipulative tasks or details of operation of any one portion of the plant so, that he may retain a comprehensive perspective of general station conditions at all times. In an emergency situation, however, should the Shift Supervisor choose to perform manipulative functions to ensure that the plant is in a safe condition, he shall, coordinate his actions with the Chief Shift Operator. Whenever he determines that the safety of the reactor is in immediate jeopardy or when operating parameters exceed any of the reactor protection circuit set points and automatic shutdown should but does not occur, he has the responsibility and the authority to order shutdown of the reactor, or to personally effect the shutdown.

The Shift Supervisor shall hold an NRC sen'ior reactor operator license. He shall be contin-uously present at the plant for the duration of his assigned shift until properly Amendment 17 1.10-9a January 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The staff realizes that, the necessary knowledge and experience can be gained in a variety of ways.

Consequently, credit for equivalent experience should be given to applicants for SRO licenses.

Applicants for SRO licenses at a facility may obtain their 1 yr operating experience in a licensed capacity (Operator or Senior Operator) at another nuclear power plant. In addition, actual, operating experience in a position that is equivalent to a licensed Operator. or Senior Operator at military propulsion -reactors will be acceptable on a one-for-one basis. Individual applicants must document this

experience in their individual applications in sufficient detail so that the staff can make a finding regarding equivalency.

Applicants for SRO licenses who possess a degree in engineering or applicable sciences are deemed to meet the above requirement, provided they meet the requirements set forth in Sections A.l.a and A.2 in enclosure 1 in .the letter from H. R. Denton and all power reactor applicants and licensees, dated March 28, 1980, and have participated in" a training program equivalent to that of a

'old Senior Operator Applicant.

The NRC has not imposed the 1-yr experience requirement on cold applicants for SRO licenses. Cold applicants are to work on',a facility not yet. in operation; their training

.

programs are designed to supply the equivalent of the experience not. available to them.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Upgrading of Operator Training and Senior Operator Training for Unit 2 is being performed as described in

.

Section 13.2 of the FSAR. This is also in accordance with the Site Administrative Procedures.

1.10-15

Nine Mile Point. Unit 2 FSAR I.A.2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF TRAINING PROGRAMS FSAR Cross Reference Section 13.2.1 NUREG-0737 Position Pending accreditation of training institutions, licensees and applicants for operating licenses will assure that training center and facility instructors who teach systems, integrated responses, transient, and simulator courses demonstrate SRO qualifications and are enrolled- in appropriate requalification programs.

The above position is a short-term position. In the future, accreditation of training institutions will include review of the procedure for certification of instructors. ,The certification of instructors may or may not. include successful completion of a Senior Operator examination.

The purpose of the examination is to provide the NRC with reasonable assurance during the interim period that instructors are technically competent. The requirement is directed to permanent members of the training staff who teach'he subjects enumerated above, including members of other organizations who routinely conduct training at the facility. There is no intention to require guest lecturers who are experts in particular subjects (reactor theory, instrumentation, thermodynamics, health physics, chemistry; etc) to successfully complete a Senior Operator examination.

Nor do we intend to require a system expert, such as the Instrument and Control Supervisor teaching the rod control drive system to sit for a Senior Operator examination. The use of guest lecturers should be limited.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The qualification of the training instructors meets the requirements of this task, as described in Section 13.2 of the FSAR.

1. 10-16

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I.A.3.1 REVISE SCOPE AND CRITERIA FOR LICENSING EXAMINATIONS SIMUZATOR EXAMS FSAR Cross Reference Section 13 '.1 NUREG-0737 Position k

Simulator examinations will be included as part of the licensing examinations. The administration of simulator examinations will- be deferred for applicants whose facilities do not have simulators onsite as of October 1, 1980. These deferred simulator examinations will be initiated by October 1, 1981.

The clarification provides additional preparation time for utility companies and the NRC to meet examination requirements as stated. A study is under way to consider how similar a nonidentical simulator should be for a valid examination. In addition, present simulators are fully booked months in advance.

Application of this requirement was stated on June 1, 1980 to applicants where a simulator is located at the facility.

Starting October 1, 1981, simulator examinations will be conducted for applicants of facilities that do not have simulators at the site.

NRC simulator examinations normally require 2 to 3 hr.

Normally, two applicants are examined during this time period by two examiners.

Utility companies should make the necessary arrangements with an appropriate simulator training center to provide time for these examinations'referably these examinations should be scheduled consecutively with the balance of However, they may be scheduled no sooner than the'xamination.

2 weeks prior to and not later than 2 weeks after the balance of the examination.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position All new licensing examinations will utilize a control room for Unit 2 has been ordered, it is expectedThe tosimulator

,simulator.

be operational in January 1985.

and

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I.B.1.2 INDEPENDENT SAFETY ENGINEERING GROUP FSAR Cross Reference Sections 13.4, 16.6.2 NUREG-0737 Position Each applicant for an operating license shall establish an onsite independent safety engineering group (ISEG) to perform independent reviews of plant operations.

The principal function of the ISEG is to examine plant operating characteristics, NRC issuances, Licensing Information Service advisories, and other appropriate sources of plant design and operating experience information that may indicate areas for improving plant safety. The ISEG is to perform independent review and audits of plant activities, including maintenance, modifications, operational problems, and operational analysis and to aid in the establishment of programmatic requirements for plant activities. Where useful improvements can be achieved,

is expected that this group will develop and present it detailed recommendations to corporate management for such things as revised procedures or equipment modifications.

.-Another function of the ISEG is to maintain surveillance of plant operations and maintenance activities to provide independent verification that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as far as practicable. ISEG will then be in a position to advise utility management on the overall quality and safety of ISEG need not perform detailed audits of plant operations.

operations and shall not be responsible for signoff functions such that organization.

it becomes involved in the operating The new ISEG shall not replace the plant operations review committee (PORC) and the utility's independent review and audit group as specified by current staff quidelines (Standard Review Plan, Regulatory Guide 1.33, Standard Technical Specifications). Rather, it independent group of a minimum of five dedicated, is an additional full-time engineers, located onsite but reporting offsite. to a corporate official who holds a high level, technically-oriented position that is not in the management chain for power production. The ISEG will increase the available technical expertise located onsite and will provide continuing, systematic, and independent assessment of plant activities. Integrating the Shift Technical Amendment 23 1.10-18 December 1985

Nine Mile, Point Unit 2 FSAR Advisors (STAs) into the ISEG in some way would be desirable in that knowledge it could enhance the group's contact with the of day-to-day plant operations to provid'e additional expertise. However, the STA on shift is necessarily a member of the operating staff and cannot be independent of it.

It is expected that'he ISEG may interface with the quality assurance (QA) organization, but preferably should not be an integral part of the QA organization.

The functions of the ISEG require daily contact with the operating personnel and continued access to plant facilities and records. The ISEG review functions can therefore best be carried out by a group physically located onsite.

However, for utilities with multiple sites, possible to perform portions of the independent safety it may be assessment function in a centralized location for all the utility's plants. In such cases, an onsite group still is required, but case if it it may be slightly smaller than would be the were performing the entire independent safety assessment function. Such cases will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

At this time, the requirement for establishing an ISEG is being applied only to applicants for operating licenses in accordance with Task I.B.1.2. The staff intends to review this activity xn about a year to determine its effectiveness and to see whether changes are required. Applicability to operating plants will be considered in implementing long-term improvements in organization and management for operating plants (Task I.B.l.l).

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position An onsite independent safety engineering group (ISEG) will be established to perform independent reviews of plant operation. The principal function of the ISEG 'is to examine plant operating characteristics and the various NRC and industry licensing and service advisories, and to recommend areas for improving plant operations or safety. The ISEG will perform independent review of plant activities, including maintenance, modifications, operational concerns and analysis and make recommendations to the Supervi'sor Technical Support Nuclear.

The Supervisor Technical Support Nuclear (or his designee) will present to the Operations Assessment Committee (OAC) and/or the Technical Superintendent the results of the analysis, including (when useful improvements can be Amendment 17 1.10-19 January 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR achieved) detailed recommendations such as revised procedures or equipment modifications. Presentations to the SORC are provided by the OAC (Section 13.4).

The ISEG will observe plant operations and maintenance activities to determine that these activities are being performed properly and provide written recommendations (when useful improvements can be achieved). The ISEG does not perform detailed (QA-type) audits and is not responsible for signoff functions associated with daily operational activities. The ISEG is independent of the SORC and SRAB, but may make recommendations to these groups.

The ISEG shall be composed of at least five dedicated, full-time engineers located onsite, assigned to Unit 2, who report to the Supervisor Technical Support Nuclear. Each shall have a bachelor's degree in engineering or related 26 science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at lease 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field. The Supervisor Technical Support, Nuclear reports to the Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear who reports to the Technical Superintendent who is responsible for all technical support onsite.

Although the Technical Department reports to the General Superintendent Nuclear Generation (who is responsible for operations), the Technical Department is independent from the direct operational supervision of the plant (that responsibility resides with the Station Superintendent) ~

Additionally, the Technical Department has recourse to resolve safety concerns by addressing such concerns to either the SRAB or the Vice President Nuclear Engineering and Licensing.

Amendment 26 1.10-19a May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Nine-Mile Point Unit 2 Position Unit 2 will utilize administrative and training procedures to implement op'crating experience feedba'ck to the plant staff.. These procedures will:

l. Clearly identify organizational responsibilities for review of operating experience, the feedback of pertinent -'nformation to operators and other personnel, and the incorporation of such information in training 'and requalification training programs (Section 13.2.4. 1. 1, Item 9).
2. Identify the administrative and technical review steps necessary to tianslate recommendations by the Operating Assessment Committee (OAC) into plant actions (e.g., changes to procedures and operating orders). Sections 13.4 and 1.10 provide information concerning the OAC.
3. Identify the recipients of various categories of operating experience information (i.e., shift or supervisor, personnel) or otherwise provide means through which such information can be readily related to the job functions of the recipients (Section 13.2.4.1.3).

Provide means to ensure that affected personnel become aware of and understand information of sufficient importance so that this information should not wait for emphasis through routine training and retraining, standing orders or night orders. (For example, required reading assignments are made on an ongoing basis to address this concern.)

5. Ensure that plant personnel do not routinely receive extraneous information on operating experience in such volume that it could obscure priority information.
6. Provide suitable, checks to ensure that correct information is conveyed to operators and other personnel.
7. Provide periodic audits to ensure that the feedback program functions effectively (e.g., training audits).

Amendment 17 1.10-33 January 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Operating experience assessment is performed on an ongoing basis by the Technical Support. Group, OAC, and SORC as described in the administrative procedures. The individuals involved review information from a variety of sources such as IE Bulletins, IE Information Notices, INPO reports, LERs, and vendor information letters, such as SILs.

The feedback system provides for early notification of significant  :- information to operating personnel and management. The evaluation process, specifically the OAC meeting, provides assurance that the information is correct and that unimportant and extraneous information does not impact overall proficiency.

Amendment 17 1.10-33a January 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR

3. Improvements in the safety monitoring and human factors enhancement of controls and control displays.

Communications from the control room to points out-side the control room, such as the onsite technical support center, remote shutdown panel, offsite telephone lines, and to other areas within the plant for normal and emergency operation.

5. Use of direct rather than derived signals for the presentation of process and safety information to the operator.
6. Operability of the plant from the control room with multiple failures of nonsafety-grade and nonseismic systems.
7. Adequacy of operating procedures and operator training with respect to limitations of instrumen-tation displays in the control room.

8 ~ Categorization of alarms, with unique definition of safety alarms.

9. Physical location of the shift supervisor's office either adjacent to or within the control room complex.

Prior to the onsite review/audit, the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation will require a copy of the applicant's preliminary assessment and additional information which will be used in formulating the details of the onsite review/audit.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 project will utilize the guidance provided by the NRC Committee to Review Generic Requirements (CRGR) as stated in SECY 82-111.

NMPC has performed a preliminary control room design review based on the BWR Owners Group program. The survey was structured with a team consisting of representatives from NMPC, other utilities, the NSSS supplier, and a human fac-tors consultant. This group included licensed Senior Reac-tor Operators.

The review included panel layout and design, instrumentation, hardware, and annunciators. The 1.10-39

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR preliminary review, was set, up to identify areas where poten-tial changes could be made in the PGCC shop prior. to ship-ment. to the site in early 1983. The final control room design review will be conducted during 1983 or 1984 based on the guidance of NUREG-0700. The following paragraphs provide a description of this review.

Pur ose and Sco e The purpose of the control room design review described is to 1) review and evaluate, the control room workspace, instrumentation, controls, and other equip-ment, from a human factors engineering point of view that takes into account, both system demands and operator capabilities; and 2) to identify, assess,.and implement con-trol room design modifications that improve control room man-machine interfaces. The scope of the Unit 2 control room design review described covers the human factors en-gineering aspects of the completed control room.

the following objectives:

To determine whether the control room provides the system status information, . control capabilities, feedback, and analytic aids necessary for control room operators to accomplish their functions effectively.

2. To identify characteristics of existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.
3. To analyze and evaluate the problems that could arise from discrepancies of Items 1 and 2, and to analyze means of correcting those discrepancies.

To define and put into effect a plan of action that applies human factors principles to improve control room design and enhance operator effectiveness.

Particular emphasis will be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator perform-ance under abnormal or emergency conditions.

To integrate the control room design review with other areas of human factors inquiry identified as a result of TMI-related requirements.

1. 10-40

Nine Mile Point. Unit 2 FSAR room is separated into a primary display and a secondary display. The secondary display is also utilized for main generator temperature monitoring.

At this time the nuclear data link (NDL) has not been defined by the NRC and no equipment has been procured for this purpose.

Amendment, 3 1.10-46a June 1983

Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 3 1.10-46b June 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Criterion 2 The licensee shall establish an onsite radiological and chemical analysis capability to provide, within 3-hr time frame established above, quantification of the following:

Certain radionuclides in the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere that may be indicators of the degree of core damage (e.g., noble gases; iodines and cesiums, and nonvolatile isotopes);

2. Hydrogen levels in the containment atmosphere
3. Dissolved gases (e.g., H~), chloride (time allotted for analysis subject to discussion below), and boron concentration of liquids.

'4. Alternatively, have inline monitoring capabilities to perform all or part of the above analyses.

Clarification 2 A discussion of the counting equipment capabilities is needed, including provisions to handle samples and reduce background radiation to minimize personnel radiation exposures (ALARA). Also a procedure is required for relating radionuclide concentrations to core damage. The procedure should include:

a. Monitoring for short- and long-lived volatile and non-volatile radionuclides (see. Vol. II, Part 2, pp., 524-527 of Rogovin report for further information).
b. Provisions to estimate the extent of core

.

damage based on radionuclide concentrations and taking into consideration other physical parameters such as core temperature data and sample location.

2. Show a capability to obtain a grab sample, transport and analyze for hydrogen.
3. Discuss the capabilities. to sample and analyze for the accident sample species listed here and in Regulatory Guide 1.97, Rev. 2.
4. Provide a discussion of the reliability and maintenance information to demonstrate that the Amendment 7 1. 10-64'a December 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR selected on-line instrument is appropriate for this application. (See (8) and (10) below relative to back-up grab sample capability and instrument range and accuracy).

Position 2 Response: (2)

The reactor coolant and containment atmosphere samples from the PASS can be analyzed for major fission product concentrations by gamma ray spectral analysis'he samples may be diluted by a factor of up to 10~ to. obtain activities permitting isotopic analysis on a germanium crystal detector. The samples are handled using long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure to a level as low as reasonably achievable. The concentrations of Kr-85, I-131, Cs-137, and Xe-133 are corrected for dilution, decay, temperature, and pressure to the time of reac+or shutdown.

The extent of fuel damage can then be determined directly from the figures provided in the plant emergency procedures.

Hydrogen levels in the containment, can be measured by the Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System. The hydrogen analyzer is environmentally qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.89 to operate satisfactorily following a LOCA. The hydrogen concentration is recorded in the main control room.

Alternatively, a grab sample of the containment atmosphere can be obtained by the PASS and analyzed for hydrogen concentration by using a gas chromatograph.

Boron content of reactor coolant can be determined by analyzing the diluted reactor coolant sample by the carminic acid method. The sample is handled in the laboratory with long tongs and lead brick shielding to reduce radiation exposure.

Total dissolved gas levels in the reactor coolant can be determined by measuring the pressure of the gas collected from a degassed sample of coolant.

A sample of the dissolved gases can be obtained and analyzed for hydrogen or oxygen content using a gas chromatograph.

Amendment 20 1.10-64b July 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II B.3-1 TIME AND DOSE PROJECTIONS FOR PASS SAMPLING'RANSPORTS AND ANALYSIS Task Start ~Sto Persons<>> Whole ~Bod Extremities Notes Decision to take sample 0 0 NA N/A N/A Assumes TSC and OSC activated and sample room habitated Read containment atmosphere NEG . N/A Hm levels in control room Operate control panel for dilute 0 20 9-5 9 5 6<< lead shielding reactor coolant Transpor t dilute reactor coolant 20 42 3 6+1 2. 5+2 6<<

3<<

lead shielding (Max) lead shielding (Min) to laboratory Prepare coolant for isotopic 42 44 5 1 5 0-1 6.3+1 4<< lead glass for W. B. (Max) 1/2<< lead shielding (Min)

Perform isotopic analysis of 445 495 1 2 2-A 2 0-1 coolant Analyze coolant for Boron 49 5 54 2 1 2 5 8. 6+1 4<< lead glass + 2<< lead for W.B.

1/2<< lead shielding 28 Prepare sample panel for containment 20 20 6<< lead shielding atmosphere Operate control panel for 20 35 4. 8+0 4 8+0 2<< lead shielding containment atmosphere Transfer containment atmosphere 35 39 8 1 1 8+1 2.4+2 2<< lead shielding to small cask Transport containment atmosphere 39 8 58 5 2 5.8+2 2 4+3 3<< lead shielding to laboratory Prepare containment atmosphere 58 5 63 9 1 3 3 5. 2+2 4" lead glass 6 2<< lead for isotopic for W.B. (Max) 1/2<< lead shielding (Min)

Perform isotopic analysis of 63 9 68 9 1 2\7 3 2. 0+0 containment atmosphere Operate control panel for total 39 8 109.8 3 2 5+1 2. 5+1 6<< lead shielding dissolved gas Amendment 28 1 of 2 May 1987

Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II.B.3-1 (Cont)

Task Start Stop persoosll) lltole ~soo Brtreeities Notes Operate control panel for 10-ml 109 8 119 8 3 3.6+0 3.6+0 6" lead shielding reactor coolant Transport 10-ml reactor coolant 119.8 179 1 3 6. 0+1 3.8-3 6" lead shielding (Max) 2PB lead shielding (Bin) to laboratory Analyze 10-ml reactor coolant 4" glass lead 2" lead for chloride 179 1 183 6 1 2 4+1 8. 1+3 8 for Q.B. (Sax) 1/2<< lead shielding (Sin)

<>>Number of persons performing particular task.

<>>Doses are based on the assumption that the decision to take a sample is made 1 hr after reactor scram.

2 of 2 Nay 1987 Amendment 28

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE II.B.3-2 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING ANALYTICAL METHODS A~nal sis Method Suitabilit Rancae A~ccurac Boron Carmini c GE NEDC-30088 50- +50 ppm acid In-house 2,000 ppm I testing Chloride Specific ASTM D512D 1-10 ppm +1 ppm:"

ion In-house >10 ppm +10%

electrode testing pH Combina- GE NEDC-30088 2-12 pH +0.2 pH tion pH electrode Isotopic Gamma In-house lvCi/gm- +200%

spectral testing 10 Ci/gm analysis Total Gas GE testing 25-50 cc/kg +50%

Dissolved sample In-house 50-400 cc/kg 230%

Gas pressure testing measure-ments Dissolved GE testing 25-50 cc/kg +50%

H> or 0< chromato- 50-400 cc/kg +30%

graph and pressure measurements Gas In-house 0. 1-100 %

  • +0. 1%

Hydrogen'~'xygen'~'as chroma- testing tograph Gas In-house 0.5-100  % +0.5%

chroma- testing tograph

Verification is analysis for on-line inconclusive'Backup H>/O~ monitoring system Amendment 14 1 of 1 October 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.D.1 RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE TEST REQUIREMENTS FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 5.4 NUREG-0737 Position BWR licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief and safety valves under expected operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position

~

The NRC has identified a total of 20 scenarios that could possibly lead to high pressure two-phase or liquid flow through the SRV.

The Unit 2 project will provide the following means to resolve the NRC concerns:

1. Redundant Level 8 trip for RCIC (Events 4 and 9)
2. Redundant Level 8 trip for HPCS (Events 5 and 10)
3. Redundant nonsafety Level 8 trip to close the three feedwater control valves and two HPLF valves (Event 1)

The tests and analyses described in Reference 1 verify the adequacy of safety relief valves (SRV) operation and the integrity of the SRV piping under expected liquid discharge conditions, and satisfy all requirements of NUREG-0737, Item IIELD.l.

As discussed in Appendix A of Reference 1, for Dikkers valves, there are no material, dimensional or operational differences between the in-plant valves and the tested valves. Since the valves are identical, the test results for Dikkers valves are applicable to the corresponding in-plant valves.

Reference

1. Analysis of Generic BWR Safety/Relief Valve Operability Test Results, NEDO-24988, Class I, October 1981.

Amendment 7 1.10-69 December 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR In a letter from D".G. Eisenhut of the NRC to C.V. Mangan of NMPC dated March 29, 1984, the Equipment Qualification Branch requested that NMPC provide additional information

.concerning TMI Action Plan II.D.1. Following are the responses to each NRC question:

uestion 1 A The test program utilized a rams head discharge pipe configuration. Most plants utilize a tee quencher

.

configuration at the end of the discharge line. Describe the discharge pipe configuration used at your plant and compare the anticipated loads on valve internals in the plant configuration to the measured loads in the test program. Discuss the impact of any differences in loads on valve operability.

~Res ense Unit 2. utilizes a tee quencher at the end of the main steam SRV discharge line (SRVDL). The test program described in NEDE-24988-P used a rams head discharge device with test conditions simulating the shutdown cooling mode. The impact of the difference on valve operability is accounted for as follows:

. Valve operability is affected by dynamic loads on valve internals. The dynamic loads are governed by (a) back pressure of the SRV and (b) flow through the SRV.

Higher back pressures and flow will produce higher dynamic loads.

(a) In the test -.program, the SRV inlet pressure was equal to 250 psig. The Unit 2 reactor pressure during shutdown cooling'ode is approximately 135 psig. The maximum back pressure of the SRV is approximately 35 percent of the SRV inlet pressure; thus, the test program has qualified the SRV to .work with back pressure of about two times that of Unit 2. This provides adequate margin to offset the difference in using a tee quencher.

(b) The test program has qualified the SRV with a rams head discharge device. The tee quencher allowed less flow (257 ibm/sec) than the rams head (260 ibm/sec) because resistance.

it has- higher flow Thus, operability of the SRV for Unit 2 SRVDL with a tee quencher will also be qualified.

Amendment 23 1.10-69a December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Refer to the responses to Questions F421.21 and F421.23 for further information regarding the Unit 2 position.

Refer to the response for Task II.F.1 for a discussion of incore thermocouples and to the response for Task I.D.l for Amendment 14 1.10-84a October 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjjY BIANK Amendment 14 1.10-84b October 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR An investigation of the feasibility and contraindications of reducing challenges to the relief valves by use of the aforementioned methods should be conducted. Other methods should also be included in the feasibility study. Those changes which are shown to reduce relief valve challenges without compromising the performance of the relief valves or other systems should be implemented. Challenges to the relief valves should be reduced substantially (by an order of magnitude).

Failure of the power-operated relief valve (PORV) to reclose during the TMI-2 accident resulted in damage to the reactor core. As a consequence, relief valves in all plants, in-cluding BWRs, are being examined with a view toward their possible role in a small-break LOCA.

The SRVs are dual-function pilot-operated relief valves that use a spring-actuated pilot for the safety function and ex-ternal air diaphragm-actuated pilot for the relief function.

The operating history of the SRV has been poor. A new design is used in some plants but the operational history is too brief to evaluate the effectiveness of the new design.

Another way of improving the performance of the valves is to reduce the number of challenges to the valves. This may be done by the methods described above or by other means. The feasibility and contraindications of reducing the number of challenges to the valves by the various methods should be studied. These changes, which are shown to decrease the number of challenges without compromising the performance of the valves or other systems, should be implemented.

The failure of an SRV to reclose will be the most probable cause of a small-break LOCA. Based on the above guidance and clarification, results of a detailed evaluation should be submitted to the staff. The licensee shall document the proposed system changes for staff approval before implementation.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The BWR Owners Group (BWROG) .evaluated the NRC-suggested modifications listed earlier. Section 4.3 of the BWROG study (March 31, 1981) states: "For comparing the various valves, the Three-Stage Target Rock Valve was taken as the benchmark valve with an assumed normalized factor of 1.0 for probability to stick open when challenged." Section 4.3.3 compares Crosby and Dikkers SRVs to the three-stage target rock, and states: "Based on valve qualification test data and limited operating experience, a normalized factor of 1.10-89

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 0.125 was assigned for their relative probability to stick open, when challenged." Since the Unit 2 design includes Dikkers SRVs, a reduction of challenges, relative to the benchmark valve, of roughly one order of magnitude, is achieved; therefore, the intent of the NUREG is satisifed.

The Unit 2 design does not incorporate any of the proposed changes listed in NUREG-0737, since the BWROG study has determined that either unjustified increases in system complexity and/or minimal reduction (less than 5 percent) in SRV challenge rate would result from these changes.

II.K.3.17 REPORT ON OUTAGES OF EMERGENCY CORE-COOLING SYSTEMS LICENSEE REPORT AND PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES FSAR Cross Reference Section 6.3, 16.3/4.5 NUREG-0737 Position Several components of the emergency core-cooling (ECC) systems are permitted by technical specifications to have substantial outage times (e.g., 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> for one diesel-generator; 14 days for the HPCI system). In addition, there are no cumulative outage time limitations for ECC systems.

Licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and lengths of outages for all ECC systems for the last 5 years of operation. The report should also include the causes of the outages (i.e., controller failure, spurious isolation).

The present technical specifications contain limits on allowable outage times for ECC systems and components.

However, there are no cumulative outage time limitations on these same systems. It is possible that ECC equipment could meet present technical specification requirements but have a high unavailability because of frequent outages within the allowable technical specifications'he licensees should submit a report detailing outage dates and length of outages for all ECC systems for the last 5 years of operation, including causes of the outages. This report will provide the staff with a quantification of historical unreliability due to test and maintenance outages, which will be used to determine for cumulative outage requirements in the technical if a need exists specifications.

Amendment 23 1.10-90 December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Based on the above guidance and clarification, a detailed report should be submitted. The report should contain (1) outage dates and duration of outages; (2) cause of the outage; (3) ECC systems or components involved -in the outage; and (4) corrective action taken. Test and maintenance outages should be included in the above listings which are to cover the last 5 years of operation. The licensee should propose changes to improve the availability of ECC equipment, if needed.

Applicant for an operating license shall establish a plan to meet, these requirements.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position NMPC will report ECCS outages via LERs and Annual Summary Reports as required by technical specifications.

Amendment 9 1.10-90a March 1984

Nine Mile*.Point'nit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 9 1.10-90b March 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.22 RCIC SUCTION SOURCE FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.4.6, 7.4 NUREG-0737 Position The reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) system takes suc-tion from the condensate storage, tank with manual switchover to the suppression pool when the condensate storage tank level is low. This switchover should be made automatically.

Until the automatic switchover is implemented, licensees should verify that clear and cogent procedures exist for the manual switchover of the RCIC system suction from the con-densate storage tank to the suppression pool.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 project will implement the NRC . position to automatically transfer RCIC suction source. Condensate storage tank low water inventory will initiate automatic transfer of the suction of the RCIC pump to the suppression pool.

1.10-93

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.24 RCIC AND HPCI SUPPORT POWER FSAR Cross Reference Section 9.4 NUREG-0737 Position Long-term operation of the reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) and high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) systems may require space cooling to maintain the pump room tem-peratures within allowable limits. Licensees should verify the acceptability of the consequences of a complete loss of ac power. The RCIC and HPCI systems should be designed to withstand a complete loss of offsite ac power to their sup-port systems,'ncluding coolers, for at least 2 hr.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The Unit 2 ECCS design employs a cubicle arrangement to en-sure physical, electrical, and environmental, separation of each portion ,of the ECCS. The RCIC system is also located within a separate cubicle. The HPCS pump room is cooled ,by either of two fully redundant Category I unit space coolers.

The remaining ECCS pump rooms and the RCIC pump room are each cooled by one Category I unit space cooler with an ad-ditional cooler provided as a spare. These coolers are part of the reactor building heating, ventilation, and air con-ditioning (HVAC) system which utilize cooling water from the service water (SWP) system. The safety-related portions of the SWP system are powered from the standby diesel generators following a loss of offsite power; therefore a reliable supply of cooling water is provided. Likewise, the control systems involved in the operation of the unit coolers also receive their power from the diesel generators following a loss of offsite power. This design assures that the pump room temperatures are maintained within normal limits for an indefinite period following a complete loss of offsite power.

1. 10-94

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.27 COMMON WATER LEVEL REFERENCE FSAR Cross Reference Sections 7.3, 16.3/4.3 NUREG-0737 Position Different reference points of the various reactor vessel water level instruments may cause operator confusion.

Therefore, all level instruments should be referenced to the same point. Either the bottom of the vessel or the top of the active fuel is a reasonable reference point (NUREG-0737).

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position Unit 2 utilizes a common water level reference elevation at 380.69 in above the vessel invert elevation. This reference point corresponds to the top of the upper core support plate. All five level instrumentation ranges ( shutdown, upset, wide, narrow, and fuel) utilize this reference.

Amendment 23 1 '0-97 December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR II.K.3.28 ADS ACCUMULATORS FSAR Cross Reference Sections 5.2, 6.3, 9.3. 1 NUREG-0737 Position Safety analysis reports claim that air or nitrogen accumulators for the automatic depressurization system (ADS) valves are provided with sufficient capacity to cycle the valves open five times at design pressure. GE has also stated that the emergency core cooling systems (ECCS) are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their function for 100 days following an accident.

The licensee should verify that the accumulators on the ADS valves meet these requirements, even considering normal leakage. If this cannot be demonstrated, the licensee must show that the accumulator design is still acceptable.

The ADS valves, accumulators, and associated equipment and instrumentation must be capable of performing their functions during and following exposure to hostile environments, taking no credit for nonsafety-related equipment or instrumentation. Additionally, air (or nitrogen)'eakage through valves must be accounted for in order to assure that enough inventory of compressed air is available to cycle the ADS valves.

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 Position The primary source of pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the ADS accumulators will be from two nitrogen storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Long-term post-accident supply and leakage makeup will be provided by two bottled nitrogen connections, also located outside the reactor building. Two Category I nitrogen accumulator tanks are located in the reactor building and are pressurized from the nitrogen storage tanks. These two large accumulators provide pneumatic supply and leakage makeup for the seven smaller ADS accumulators located inside the primary containment. This arrangement provides sufficient time to place the bottled nitrogen system into service condition requires long-term ADS operation.

if the plant The ADS valves, including pilot operators, are designed to withstand a hostile environment and still perform their safety function for 100 days following an accident.

Amendment 23 1.10-98 December 1985

Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE III D 3 4-1 RESULTS OF TOXIC CHENICAL ANALYSIS FOR THE CONTROL ROON HABITABILITY STUDY Allowable Naximum Control Time Chemical Room Concentration Toxic Limit Period Location Chemical ~ZmZl J.A. FitzPatrick Nm 7.5 274 15 Plant HgSOg 6.6 x 10-m 0. 002 2 COm 4 3 54. 8 15 Propane 0.9 43. 1 15 Alcan Clm 0.02 0 045 2 Propane 3 5 43 1 15 Nm 0 9 274 15 HCl 0. 02 0 05 15 COm 0.06 54 8 2 28 Route 104 Hcl 0 04 0 050 2 Nm 0 4 274 15 COm 0.06 54. 8 2 Nine Nile Point Ng 15. 0 274 15 Unit 1 COg 10. 2 54. 8 15 Hm SOg 1.3 x 10-~ 0 002 2 Nine Nile Point HgSOg 0 0017 0. 002 2 Unit 2 COg 32. 8 54 8 15 Halon 1301 4 0 432 15 Nm 20 5 274 15 Copper Neld Isopropyl 4.0 x 10-i 1 2 15 Bimetallics Group Alcohol 1 Amendment 28 1.10-133 Nay 1987

0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR In addition to the load combination requirement for the con-tainment design, there is a fatigue analysis requirement for the liner of a concrete containment. For'steel containment, the consideration of fatigue is specified in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.

However, the liner on the concrete foundation mat of the steel containment should be treated as the liner of a con-crete containment. Since the staff's position requires the pool liner to be designed in accordance with the ASME BEcPV Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE, it is suggested that a generic method to consider fatigue of both the steel containment and the steel liner in the concrete containment should be adopted.

Position The absolute sum method of combining dynamic loads is used for the design of structures. The details of load com-binations used in designing the structures are covered in FSAR Section 3.8.

The Unit 2 primary containment liner is evaluated for fatigue to the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-.

sel Code Section III, Division 1, Subsection NE.

LICENSING ISSUE: 43 FIUID/STRUCTURE INTERACTION I

I s sue.

The dynamic forcing functions for various loads have been established through testing on models that. are generally more stiff than the actual structures to which the lo'ads will be applied. By directly applying such forcing func-

'o tions actual structures in the analysis, the interactive effect between the fluid mass and the structure is neglected.. Under certain conditions, this effect may be significant". It is proposed that a generic approach to study; such effects should be established.

Position This issue is not directly applicable to the Unit 2 Mark II containment. Since the Unit 2 containment is stiff in the suppression pool region and the dynamic forcing functi'ons are conservatively defined, any interactive effect between the fluid: mass and the structure is inherently included.

Amendment 3 1.12-31 June 1983

Nine Mi'le Point Unit 2 FSAR LICENSING ISSUE 44 .LONG-TERM POST-LOCA OPERABILITY OF DEEP-DRAFT ECCS PUMPS Issue IE Bulletin 79-15, dated July 1979, identified problems with deep-draft ECCS pumps that could threaten their long-term post-LOCA operability. Structure flexibility; shaft/column misalignment; vibrational frequencies near rotation speeds; inlet flow induced vortices; and dimensional deficiencies such as those discovered with certain LaSalle ECCS pumps, could cause excessive vibration and bearing wear. The'RC staff has asked applicants to define programs and provide data that compare the expected servic'e life with the ac-cumulated operating time and confirm the long-term operability.

Position The inherent design features of the Byron Jackson ECCS pumps in Unit 2 .preclude excessive vibration and bearing wear.

Each pump is supplied with a casing or suction barrel and is not installed in a wet sump. They do not have long, limber columns; the longest pump is only 24 ft, compared to the 30-to 60-ft pumps described in IE Bulletin 79-15. Also the pump assembly rigidity is enhanced by seismic rings between the assembly and the barrel. The pumps use a double-suction first stage to provide stability over a wide range of flows.

Column frequencies are well removed from pump speed. Larger diameter barrels provide low flow velocities around pump inlets, and ring seismic restraints act" as flow straighteners to suppress vortex formation. The pumps'have high-precision, keyed, sleeve-type couplings.

Long-term operability is assured by preventive maintenance, functional testing and surveillance, and vibration monitoring. Scheduled preventive maintenance consists of resistance readings of motor windings; lubrication of critical rotating components; general cleaning and inspec-tion of rotating electrical equipment; and inspection, overhaul, alignment, and adjustment of impeller lift.

Functional-testing measurements of pump inlet pressure, differential pressure, flow rate, vibration, and upper temperature, as prescribed by Section XI of the ASME BEcPV Code, provide data for engineering analysis to identify per-formance changes or trends. In addition, vibration data bases, established during the preoperational/startup testing, are compared with functional-testing vibration data to monitor journal bearing wear and shaft whip.

"Amendment 4 1. 12-32 September 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ISSUE: A-24 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION OF SAFETY-RELATED EIECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ~

NRC Descri tion Accidents postulated for nuclear power plants could create severe environmental conditions such as temperature, pressure, humidity, radiation, chemical sprays, and submergence both inside and, outside the containment. In order to ensure that the electrical equipment in safety systems will perform their intended function, that such equipment be qualified to perform in the it is required environment associated with an accident.

Schedule for NRC Resolution NUREG-0588, Revision 1, completed August 1981.

IEEE-323 and Regulatory Guide 1.89 contain specific guidance for meeting the requirements. The final rule concerning environmental qualification was published in the Federal Register on January 21, 1983.

Unit 2 Position Environmental qualification of Class lE equipment located in harsh environments meets or exceeds the requirements for Category II qualification in accordance with NUREG-0588, including the guidance provided for incorporation of IEEE-323. The mild environments qualification program has not been addressed to the NRC.

Amendment 9 1.13-11 March 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR ISSUE: A-26 REACTOR VESSEj PRESSURE TRANSIENT PROTECTION g )

NRC Descri tion Pressure transients in PWRs which have exceeded the pressure/temperature limits of the reactor vessel have occurred (usually during plant startup or shutdown, when the temperature of the reactor coolant was low). The transients have been attributed to personnel error, procedural deficiencies, component random failure, and spurious valve actuation.

Schedule for NRC Resolution NUREG-0224 completed September 1978. All operating PWRs have an installed system to protect against low temperature overpressurization. However, systems in 10 plants have not been completely reviewed against acceptance criteria.

Unit 2 Position As Unit 2 is a BWR, this issue is not applicable.

Amendment 9 1. 13-12 March 1984

NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 QQo[gQQ g OQCIQQQQOG

'1 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction 1.2 General Plant Description 1.3 Comparison Tables 1 ~ 4 Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7 Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8 Conf ormance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9 Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria 1.10 Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI

1. 11 Abbreviations and Acronyms
1. 12 Generic Licensing Issues
l. 13 Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 Geography and Demography 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3 Meteorology 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 Appendix 2A 4 Appendix 2B 5 Appendixes 2C through 2H 6 Appendixes 2I, 2J 7 Appendixes 2K, 2I., 2M 8 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2 Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment 16 December 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5 Missile Protection 3.6A Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply) 9,10 3.6B Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply) 10 3.7A Seismic Design 10 3.7B Seismic Design 10 3.8 Design of Seismic Category I Structures 10 3.9A Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply) 3.10A Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply) 12

3. 10B Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply) 12 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 Appendixes 3A through 3D 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 Summary Description 12 4.2 Fuel System Design 12 4.3 Nuclear Design 12 4 Thermal/Hydraulic Design 12 4.5 Reactor Materials 12 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems 12 CHAPTER 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS 13 5.1 Summary Description 13 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 13 3.i

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 5.3 Reactor Vessel 13 5.4 Component and Subsystem Design 13 CHAPTER 6 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials 13 6.2 Containment Systems

'4 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling Systems 15 6.4 Habitability Systems 1'5 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6.6 Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 15 Appendixes 6A, 6B 15 CHAPTER 7 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 7.1 Introduction 15 7.2 Reactor Protection (Trip)

System (RPS) Instrumentation and Controls 15 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems 15

7. Systems Required for Safe Shutdown 16 4'.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation 16 ~

7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for 'Safety 16 7' Control Systems Not Required for Safety 16 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER 8.1 Introduction 16 8.2 Offsite Power System 16 8.3 Onsite Power System 16, 17 CHAPTER 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 17 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling 17 9.2 Water Systems 18 9.3 Process Auxiliaries 19 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 20,21 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 21,22 Appendix 9A 23

'0-

Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR TABIE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23 10.1 Summary .De sc r iption 23 10.2 Turbine Generator 23 10.3 Main Steam Supply System 24 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.1 Source Terms 24 11.2 Liquid Waste Management Systems 24 11.3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems 25 11.4 Solid Waste Management System 25 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 25 Appendix 11A 25 CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION 25 12.1 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 25

12. 2 Radiation Sources 25
12. 3 Radiation Protection Design Features 25 12.4 Dose Assessment 26 12.5 Health Physics Program 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26
13. 1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 26
13. 2 Training 26
13. 3 Site Emergency Plan 26
13. 4 Operation Review and Audit 26
13. 5 Plant Procedures 26
13. 6 Industrial Security 26 Appendixes 13A, 13B 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) 26

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume L

14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 General 27 15.1 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature 27 15.2 Increase in Reactor Pressure 27 15.3 Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 27 15.4 Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies 27 15.5 Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.6 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.7 Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components 27 15.8 Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS) 27 Appendix 15A 28 Appendix 15B 28 Appendix 15C 28 26 Appendix 15D . 28 Appendix 15E 28 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 17.0 Introduction 28 17.1 Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 Human Factors Engineering Team 28 18 ' Safety Parameter Display System 28 Amendment 26 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Pacae 2.3.3.1.3 Meteorological Instrumentation

. 2.3-28 2.3.3.1.4 Methodologies 2.3-30 2 '.3.1.5 Instrumentation Surveillance 2.3-30 2.3 '.1.6 Data Acquisition and Reduction 2.3-31 2.3.3.1.7 Data Analysis Procedures 2 3 31 2.3 '.2 2 '.3.2.1 Operational Measurements Program Description

~

2.3-31 2 3 31

~

2.3.3.2.2 Meteorological Instrumentation 2.3-32 2.3.3.2.3 Processing and Recording of Meteorological Sensor Signals 2.3-32a 2' '.2.4 Instrumentation Surveillance 2.3-32b 2.3.3.2.5 Data Analysis Procedures 2.3-32b 2.3.4 Short-Term (Accident) Diffusion Estimates 2 3 33

~

2.3.4. 1 Objective 2 3 33 2.3 '.2 2 '.4 '

X/Q Estimates Accident Assessment

~

2 3 33

~

2.3-34 2.3.4.3.1 Methodology 2.3-34a 2.3.4 '.2 Meteorological Data 2.3-36 2 '.4.4 Atmospheric Diffusion Models 2.3-38 2.3.4.4.1 Main Stack X/Q Calculations 2.3-38 2.3.4.4.2 Vent X/Q Calculations 2.3-42 2.3.4.4 ' Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panel X/Q Calculations 2.3-46 2.3.5 Long-Term (Routine) Diffusion Estimates 2 '-46 2.3. F 1 Objective 2.3-46 2 '.

2.3. 5.2 5.3 2.3. 5.3.1 X/Q and D/Q Estimates Methodology Meteorological Input 2.3-46 2.3-47 2.3-47 2.3. 5.3.2 Source Configuration 2.3-48 2.3. 5.3.2.1 Main Stack Release 2.3-48 2.3. 5 '.2.2 Vent Release 2.3-48 2.3. 5 '.2.3 Site Impacts on the Main Stack and Vent Releases 2.3-49 2.3.5 3 3

~ ~ Plume Rise 2.3-50 2.3.5 3.4

~ Diffusion Model 2.3-52 2.3.5 .3.5 Terrain Corrections 2.3-52 2.3.5 .3.6 Wind Speed Adjustment 2.3-53 2.3.5 .3.7 Atmospheric Stability 2.3-53 2.3.5 3.8

~ Dispersion Coeffients 2.3-53 2.3.5 3.9 Land/Lake Breeze 2.3-54 2.3.5 3 2.3.6

~

~ '0 Deposition References 2.3-55 2.3-57 2.4 HYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING 2.4-1 Amendment 24 2-113. February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Pacae 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description 2. 4-1 2.4.1.1 Site and Facilities 2. 4-1 Amendment 24 2-iiia February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 24 2-iiib February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Pacae 2.4. 1.2 Hydrosphere 2. 4-1 2.4.2 Floods 2. 4-3 2.4.2.1 Flood History 2. 4-3 2.4.2.2 Flood Design Considerations 2. 4-3a 2.4.2.3 Effects of Local Intense Precipitation 2. 4-4 2.4.2.3.1 Probable Maximum Precipitation 2. 4-4 2.4.2.3.2 Precipitation Losses 2. 4-4a 2.4.2.3.3 Probable Maximum Flood Flow 2. 4-5 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers 2.4-7 2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures 2.4-7 2.4.5 Probable Maximum Surge and Seiche Flooding 2.4-8 2.4.5.1 Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters 2.4-8 2.4.5.2 Surge and Seiche Water Levels 2.4-10 2.4.5.3 Wave Action 2.4-11 2.4.5.4 Resonance 2.4-12 2.4.5.5 Protective Structures 2.4-13 2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding 2.4-14 2.4.7 Ice Effects 2.4-14a 2 '.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs 2.4-15 2.4.9 Channel Diversions 2.4-15 2 '.10 Flooding Protection Requirements 2.4-16 2.4.11 Low Water Considerations 2.4-16a 2.4.11.1 Low Flow in Streams 2.4-16a 2.4.11.2 Low Water Resulting from Surges, Seiches, or Tsunami 2 '-16a 2.4. 11.3 Historical Low Water 2.4-17 2.4. 11.4 Future Controls 2 '-18 2.4. 11. 5 Plant Requirements 2.4-18 2.4.11.6 Heat Sink Dependability Requirements 2.4-18 2.4.12 Dispersion, Dilution, and Travel Times of Accidental Releases of Liquid Effluents in Surface Waters 2.4-19 2.4.13 Groundwater 2.4-22 2.4.13.1 Description and Onsite Use 2.4-22 2.4.13.1.1 Regional Groundwater Conditions 2.4-22 2.4.13.1.2 Local Aquifers 2.4-31 2.4.13.1.3 Recharge and Discharge 2.4-32 2.4.13.1.4 Onsite Use 2.4-32 2.4.13.2 Sources 2 '-32 Amendment 26 May 1986

Nine Mile. Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Parcae Section Title APPENDIX 2G LONG-TERN (ROUTINE) DIFFUSION ESTIMATES FOR THE MAIN STACK AND COMBINED RADWASTE AND REACTOR BUILDING VENT APPENDIX 2H EXCAVATION MAPS APPENDIX 2I DEMSTER STRUCTURAL ZONE WITH DISCUSSION ON ORIGIN AND EXTENT APPENDIX 2J TEST PROCEDURES, APPENDIX 2K BORING LOGS APPENDIX 2L POPULATION DISTRIBUTION APPENDIX 2M ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON TRENCH 1 Amendment 24 2-viiia February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 14 2-viiib October 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)

Table Number Title 2 3 3

~

-

GROUND-LEVEL INCREASES IN AMBIENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) DUE TO OPERATION OF THE NATURAI-DRAFT COOIING TOWER AT NINE MILE POINT 2.3-4 METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.3-4A OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATIONS

,2. 3-5 METEOROIOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES 2.3-5A OPERATIONAL METEOROIOGICAI INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM ACCURACIES

2. 3-6 FASTEST MILE WIND SPEEDS AT OSWEGO, SYRACUSE, AND ROCHESTER 2~3 7 NORTHEAST STATE SNOWFALL RECORDS ABSTRACTED BY LUDLUM 2.4-1 HISTORICAL MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION 2.4-2 MAXIMUM INSTANTANEOUS WATER LEVEIS OF LAKE ONTARIO AT OSWEGO, NEW YORK 2.4-3 PROBABLE MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION (PMP) 2.4-4 STORMS CAUSING HIGH RECORDED SURGES ON LAKE ERIE AND LAKE ONTARIO 2.4-5 DIURNAL VARIATION OF RATIO OF OVERWATER SPEED TO OVERLAND SPEED 2.4-6 PREDICTED HOURLY VAIUES OF PRESSURE, WIND SPEED,. AND WIND DIRECTION FOR PMWS ON LAKE ONTARIO
2. 4-7 BRETSCHNEIDER'S JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF H AND T FOR ZERO CORRELATION Amendment 24 2-Zi February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)

Table Number Title 2.4-8 JOINT DISTRIBUTION OF WAVE HEIGHT AND WAVE PERIOD AT THE MAXIMUM WAVE DURING PMWS 2.4-9 PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY DATA 2 '-10 DOMESTIC WELLS WITHIN 2-MI RADIUS OF PLANT

~4 I 2.4-11 PUBLIC AND PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS IN THE UNITED STATES DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO-WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI) OF UNIT 2

2. 4-12 CANADIAN WATER SUPPLIERS AMD INDUSTRIAL USERS DRAWING FROM LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI) OF UNIT 2 2.4-13 UNITED STATES IRRIGATION INTAKES ON jAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM .(50 MI) OF UNIT 2 2.4-14 CANADIAN IRRIGATION INTAKES ON LAKE ONTARIO WITHIN 80 KM (50 MI) OF UNIT 2 Amendment 24 2-xia February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 LIST OF TABLES (Cont)

Table Number Title 2.5-48C TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION TEST DATA

SUMMARY

FOR ORGANIC SILT SPECIMENS 2.5-49

SUMMARY

OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSIS 2.5-50

SUMMARY

OF TESTING, INSPECTION, AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS DURING EMBANKMENT BACKFILLING OPERATIONS Amendment 15 2-xiiib November 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 IIST OF FIGURES Figure Number Title 2.1-1 REGION WITHIN 80" KILOMETERS OF SITE NEW YORK STATE AND ONTARIO PROVINCE CENSUS DISTRICTS 2 1 2

~ SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES I

2. 1-3 SITE PLAN 2.1-4 TOWNS OF OSWEGO COUNTY WITHIN 16 KILOMETERS OF SITE 2.1-5 DELETED 2.1-6 DEI ETED 2 '-7 DELETED 2.1-8 DELETED 2.1-9 DELETED 2.1-10 DELETED 2.1-11 DELETED 2.1-12 DELETED 2.1-'13 DEI ETED 2.1-14 DELETED 2 '-15 DEIETED 2.1-16 DELETED 2.1-17 DELETED 2.1-18 DELETED 2.1-19 LOW POPULATION ZONE BOUNDARY 11 2.1-2O ZONING MAP, CITY OF OSWEGO, NEW YORK 2.2-1 TRANSPORTATION ROUTES WITHIN A 10-KM RADIUS OF UNIT 2 Amendment 11 2-xiv June 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 .-FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont) 2.4-2 DRAINAGE BASIN AND WATERSHED 2.4-3 ICE RIDGES IN THE VICINITY OF THE SITE 2.4-4 REIATIONSHIP OF OVERLOAD ISOTACHS 250 KM/HR (27 KNOTS) TO ISOBARS FOR PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-5 DESIGN PATH OF PROBABLE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-6 ZONES FOR METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETERS ON LAKE ONTARIO 2.4-7 PREDICTED WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION FOR EASTERN END OF IAKE ONTARIO DURING PROBABIE MAXIMUM WINDSTORM 2.4-8 SIGNIFICANT WIND WAVES GENERATED BY PWWS AT UNIT 2 Amendment: 5 2zviiiR October 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALITY BLANK Amendment 5 2-xviiib October 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 GEOGRAPHY AND DEMOGRAPHY 2.1.1 Site Location and Description Unit 2 is located on the western portion of the Nine Mile Point promontory approximately 274 m (900 ft) due east of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1. The eastern portion of the promontory is owned by the Power Authority of the State of New York (NYPA) which owns the James A. Fitz-Patrick Nuclear Power Plant'~'.

2.1.1.1 Specification of Location The site is adjacent to Lake Ontario in Oswego County, NY, approximately 10 km (6.2 mi) northeast of the city of Oswego. The Unit 2 reactor is located at latitude 43 deg, 31 min, 17 sec north and longitude 76 deg, 24 min, 27 sec west. The Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates are N 4,819,478 m and E 386,254 m. Figure 2.1-1 shows the area surrounding the site within an 80-km (50-mi) radius.

Lake Road, a private, hard-surfaced, east-west road, crosses the site and provides a connection with County Route 1A.

County Route 1A connects to County Route 1 and extends to the city of Oswego to the west. On the east, Lake Road joins County Route 29 which connects with State Highway 104 6.2 km (3.9 mi) southeast of the site. A spur of the Con-solidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station'~'. There are no residential, agricultural, or in-dustrial developments on the site other than Nine Mile Point Unit 1 and the James A. FitzPatrick plant, which are both operating nuclear power plants. The site area is posted as private property, and access to the station buildings is controlled.

2. 1 1 2 Site Area Map

~ ~

Main plant structures and the cooling tower occupy ap-proximately 9. 3 ha (22. 9 acres) of the total site area of 364 ha (900 acres) .

Figures 2.1-2 and 2.1-3 show the Unit 2 site plan including property and exclusion area boundaries, principal structures Amendment 26 2.1-1 May 1986

Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR for Units 1 and 2, ground contours, railroads, highways, and transmission lines in the site area.

2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits The. minimum distance from Unit 2 to the EAB is approximately 1.4 km (0.87 mi) to the southwest. Exclusion area distances for the site are shown on Figure 2.1-2.

The restricted area for the station follows the same boun-dary as the exclusion area. Lake Road provides access from Lakeview Road and County Road 29 to Nine Nile Point Units 1 and 2 and to the FitzPatrick plant. Access to the Visitors Center at, Nine Mile Point is also from Lake Road. Although Lake Road is privately owned between Lakeview Road and County Road 29, public use is permitted during normal operating conditions. Niner Road provides an alternate route between Lakeview Road and County'oad 29. This road is in the town of Scriba. No public use restrictions affect public use along Niner Road. There are no state or other roads, shipping lanes, or rail lines crossing the restricted area. The Oswego River is located approximately 8.8 km (5.5 mi) west of the restricted area boundary at its closest point.

North of the plant, the restricted area boundary follows the shoreline of Lake Ontario. A fence along the shoreline prevents unauthorized access to Unit 2. Local authorities will notify persons on the lake in the vicinity of the plant of the need to leave the area in the event of an emergency.

The boundary of the restricted area is posted with signs to assure public awareness of access restrictions. During emergency conditions, public access to the restricted area, including the Visitors Center, will not be permitted. The necessary authorities will be contacted to enforce access restrictions from local roads (Section 13.3). The radiation dose outside the restricted area will be within the guidelines of 10CFR20, 10CFR50, Appendix E (Appendix 11B),

and 40CFR190.10.

Dose estimates for persons within the rest:-icted area are presented in Section 12.4. There are two gaseous release points for routine airborne radioactive emissions: the com-bined radwaste/reactor building vent and the stack. Rad-waste and reactor vents are combined on the reactor building to form one release point (Figure 11.3-2). Distances from the stack and from the vent to the restricted area boundary are shown in Table 2.1-1 as a function of direction.

Amendment 3 2.1-2 June 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1.2 Exclusion Area Authority and Control 2.1.2.1 Authority Distances from the plant to the exclusion area boundary (EAB) are measured from the centerline of the reactor and approximately 1.6 km (1 mi) to the east, 1.4 km (0.87 mi) to the southwest, and over 2.1 km (1.3 mi) to the southern site boundary. Exclusion area distances for the site are shown on Figure 2.1-2.

NMPC is owner in fee of the property within the exclusion area except for that portion encompassed by the James A.

FitzPatrick site owned by NYPA. The authority which permits NMPC to control activities over that portion of the Unit 2 EAB owned by NYPA is a formal agreement between NMPC and NYPA executed on March 9, 1970, which provides for reciprocal inclusion of each party's project property in the exclusion area for Nine Mile Point Units 1 and 2 and The James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. No one resides in the exclusion area and no easements have been granted within the EAB, except such agreements between NMPC and NYPA for joint use of facilities and access to them for that purpose. "

The Emergency Plan (Section 13.3) discusses the means of control of this area in the event of an accident.

A private, hard-surfaced, east-west road crosses the site connecting with Oswego County Highway Route 29. A spur of the Consolidated Railroad Corporation provides rail service to the station. Since the site is located on a navigable portion of Lake Ontario, the station is accessible by barge for construction and supply purposes.

2.1.2.2 Control of Activities Unrelated to Plant Operation The Energy Information Center is owned by NMPC and NYPA and is located on the site west of Nine Mile Point Unit 1. The center has averaged more than 50,000 visitors annually since its official opening in 1967. The center provides visitor facilities including educational exhibits, picnic and playground areas, and nature study trails. Control of recreational activities in the vicinity of the plant is discussed in the Emergency Plan (Section 13.3).

As discussed in Section 13.3, a study for evacuation of area population surrounding the plant was performed. Calculated doses received by any individual in this area in the event of an accident are within allowable limits (Chapter 15).

Plant tours normally are not provided due to security and insurance restrictions.

Amendment 19 2.1-3 May 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1.2.3 Arrangements for Traffic Control The exclusion area is traversed by one road and a rail spur (Section 2. 1.2. 1). Under emergency conditions, the appropriate authority (Section 13.3) is contacted in the event, that Road.

it becomes necessary to control traffic on Lake When reguested, the Consolidated Railroad Corporation controls railroad-traffic through the exclusion area.

Amendment 4 2.1-3a September 1983

Nine Nile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 4 2.1-3b September 1983

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 2.1 2.4

~ Abandonment, or Relocation of Roads No public roads within the exclusion area have been aban-doned or relocated.

2' ~ 3 Population Distribution 2.1.3.1 Population Within 16 km (10 mi)

In 1980, Oswego County had an estimated population of 113,901 -

at an average density of 43 people/sq km (111 people/sq mi)' ~ This population density is con-siderably lower than the state average of 137 people/sq km (356 people/sq mi). The 1980 population and population den-sity for the eight towns and one city within 16 km (10 mi) of Unit 2 are listed in Table 2.1-2.

The total 1980 population within 16 km (10 mi) of Unit 2 is estimated to be 35,467. This population is projected to in-crease to approximately 74,082 by the year 2030'~'. The 16-km (10 mi) area contains all or portions of one city and eight towns: the city of Oswego, and the towns of Minetto, Scriba, New Haven, Oswego, Mexico, Palermo, Volney, and Richland. City and town boundaries are shown on Figure 2.1-4.

Of the eight towns and one city in the 16-km (10 mi) area, the city of Oswego is the largest in population, containing approximately 19,793 people in 1980. Following the city of Oswego in population size are Granby, Scriba, and Volney with estimated 1980 populations of 6,341, 5,455, and 5,358, respectively'~'. Population and the 1970-1980 percent change in population for the towns and city within the 16-km (10 mi) area are listed in Table 2.1-3.

It is expected that a large portion of the population growth in the 16-km (10 mi) area will occur around the southeastern fringes of the city of Oswego, with the surrounding towns absorbing much of the city's satellite distribution within 6 km (3 ' mi) of the station growth'opulation is based on the results of a field survey conducted in May 1982. Population distribution between 6 (3.7 mi) and 16 km (10 mi) is based on a house count from U.S.

Geological Survey maps, photorevised in 1978, on which Amendment 26 2 '-4 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit -2'FSAR 2.1.3.4 Low Population Zone The low population zone (LPZ) surrounding Unit 2"encompasses an area within a 6;4 km (4 mi) radius from the Nine Mile Point Unit 1 stack. LPZ boundary accident doses for Unit 2 are calculated at a distance of approximately'.1 km (3.8 mi) from the Unit 2 stack, which is 6.4 km, adjusted for the distance between the Unit 1 and Unit 2 stacks.

Figure 2.1-19 depicts the LPZ. The distance for the LPZ was chosen based on the requirements of 10CFR100. 11.

The LPZ is expected to contain approximately 2,315 people in the year 1985 at an average density of 48 people/sq km (125 people/sq mi). By the year 2030, the: LPZ"population is expected to have increased to approximately. 4;372 at a'n "

average density of 91 people/sq km (236 people/sq mi) .

The only facility in the LPZ that attracts a transient population is the Ontario Bible Campground at Lakeview, located approximately 1.5 km (1.0 mi) west-southwest of the station. This campground is a privately-owned facility operated on a 52-acre lakeshore plot. Groups of up to 500 persons use this camp during the summer and as many as 1,500 people may gather there for short periods on Sundays throughout the summer. The facility is unused during the balance of the year except for an occasional weekend in the spring and fall.

2.1.3.5 Population Centers In 1980, the closest population center, as defined by 10CFR100, to Unit 2 was the city of Syracuse, which con-tained approximately 170, 105 people. The city' closest corporate boundary to Unit 2 is approximately 53 km (33 mi) south-southeast:. The city of Syracuse is part of the Syracuse SMSA, which encompasses Onondaga, Oswego, and Madison Counties.

Based on county-level population projections provided by the New York Department of Commerce, the population of the city of Oswego will exceed 25,000 people and become the nearest population center in the year 2000'4'. This estimate may prove to be somewhat high based on historical growth in the city; however, the estimate is useful because conservative estimate for use it in calculating provides a doses from potential accidents.

Amendment 25 2.1-7 March 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Although Oswego City's closest political boundary is ap-*

proximately 7.24 km (4.5 mi) from the site, no with the LPZ/population center distance requirements conflict'xists defined in 10CFR100 since the boundary of the city' residential area is located approximately 8.85 km (5.5 mi) away, over 1.33 times the distance of the LPZ. Future residential growth is not anticipated to decrease this distance since the area between the residential and political boundaries. is'sed and zoned for industry.

most likely that residential growth will occur to the It is south and southeast where land is available and more desirable from a residential perspective, rather than into an area of strong industrial character. A zoning map for the city is provided on Figure 2.1-20 which shows the difference between the industrial and residential boundaries closest to the site.

Amendment ll 2%1 7a June 1984

CONTROLLED SY tHE COASTOVARDDVRINO EMEROENCIES IN ACCORDANCE WITHLETTER DFAOREEMENT

// /

I R I 0 III S5IOSS I S LS I UNIT 2 I VISITOR INFORMATION I CENTER l ~ IlPIANr

~ i r I I I I

'n;~

I I

I, ', 5

~ pm, I rollor 5 Ol r

Lohovlow NINE MILE POINT Sltf JAMES A, r FITZPATRICK SltE V' OO POWER AUTHORITYOF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PROPERTY LINE NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORP

~

PROPERtY LINE MINE R ROID t EXCLUSION AREA LTCOrnrng SOUNDARYI Nor Ih Scribo Ic 0

nolo nl lc rn5rrrr 5lOSrrrrpr SCALE MILES FIGURE 2.1-2 SCALE ~ nrLOMETCPS SITE BOUNDARIES AND TRANSPORTATION ROUTES NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION NINE MILE POINT-UNIT SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT 2'INAL AMENDMENT26 MAY 1986

NINE MILKPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 Qo[gg~

0 QOCIOOQO CI VOL. 13

((

/

~

1a

'l

'vj

!

y,ll f,,

()>>

I

/

g k'

('"E:~

'r+

! I

( g'(

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction 1.2 General Plant Description 1.3 Comparison Tables 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7 Drawings and Other Detailed Information

~ 1.8 Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9 Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria 1.10 Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11 Abbreviations and Acronyms 1.12 Generic Licensing Issues 1.13 Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 Geography and Demography 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 3 2.3 Meteorology 3 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering h 3

2' Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B 5 Appendixes 2C through 2H 6 Appendixes 2I, 2J 7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 8 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2 Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment; 16 December 1984

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5 Missile Protection 3.6A Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply) 9,10

3. 6B Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply) 10 3.7A Seismic Design 10 3.7B Seismic Design 10 3.8 Design of Seismic Category I Structures 10 3.9A Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of Supply)
3. 10A Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply) 12 3.10B Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply) 12 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 Appendixes 3A through 3D 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 Summary Description 12 4.2 Fuel System Design 12 4.3 Nuclear Design 12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design 12 4.5 Reactor Materials 12 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems 12 CHAPTER 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS 13 5.1 Summary Description 13 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 13

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 5.3 Reactor Vessel 13 5.4 Component and Subsystem Design 13 CHAPTER 6 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 13 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials 13 6.2 Containment Systems 14 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling Systems 15 6' Habitability Systems 15 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6.6 Inservice,Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 15 Appendixes 6A, 6B 15 CHAPTER 7 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 15 7.1 Introduction 15 7' Reactor Protection (Trip)

System (RPS) Instrumentation and Controls 15 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems 15 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown 16 7.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation 16 7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety 16 7.7 Control Systems Not Required for Safety 16 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER 16 8.1 Introduction 16 8.2 Offsite Power System 16 8.3 Onsite Power System 16, 17 CHAPTER 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 17 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling 17 9.2 Water Systems 18 9.3 Process Auxiliaries 19 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 20,21 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 21,22 Appendix 9A 23

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23 10.1 Summary .Description 23 10.2 Turbine Generator 23 10.3 Main Steam Supply System 24 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 24 11.1 Source Terms 24 11 ' Liquid Waste Management Systems 24 11.3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems 25 11.4 Solid Waste Management System 25 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 25 Appendix 11A 25 CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION 25

12. 1 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 25
12. 2 Radiation Sources 25
12. 3 Radiation Protection Design Features 25
12. 4 Dose Assessment 26
12. 5 Health Physics Program 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26
13. 1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 26 13.2 Training 26 13.3 Site Emergency Plan 26 13.4 Operation Review and Audit 26 13.5 Plant Procedures 26 13.6 Industrial Security 26 Appendixes 13A, 13B 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26
14. 1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) 26

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANAIYSIS 27 15.0 General 27 15.1 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature 27 15.2 Increase in Reactor Pressure 27 15.3 Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 27

15. 4 Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies 27 15.5 Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15 ' Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.7 Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components 27 15.8 Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS) 27 Appendix 15A 28 Appendix 15B 28 Appendix 15C 28 26 Appendix 15D 28 Appendix 15E 28 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 17.0 Introduction 28 17.1 Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18.1 Human Factors Engineering Team 28 18.2 Safety Parameter Display System 28 Amendment 26 May 1986

, Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Pacae 5.4.12.2 Description '5.4-49 5.4.12.3 Safety Evaluation 5.4-50 F 4.12.4 Inspection and Testing 5.4-50 5.4.13 Safety and Relief Valves 5.4-51

5. 4. 13. 1 Safety Design Bases 5.4-51 5.4.13.2 Description 5.4-51 5.4.13.3 Safety Evaluation 5.4-52 5.4.13.4 Inspection and Testing 5.4-52 5.4.14 Component Supports 5.4-52 5;4.14.1 Safety Design'ases 5.4-52 5.4.14.2'.4;14.3, Description 5 '-52 Safety Evaluation 5.4-53 5.4.14.4 Inspection and Testing 5.4-53 5.4.15 References 5.4-54 Appendix 5A- Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix G and Appendix H Amendment 24 5-vii February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF TABLES Table Number Title 5 '-1 APPLICABLE CODE CASES 5.2-2 NUCLEAR SYSTEM SAFETY/RELIEF SET POINTS

'

5.2-3 SYSTEMS THAT MAY INITIATE DURING OVER-PRESSURE EVENT 5.2-4 SEQUENCE OF EVENTS FOR FIGURE 5 '-1 5.2-5 REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE BOUNDARY MATERIALS 5.2-6 BWR WATER CHEMISTRY 5.2-7 WATER SAMPLE LOCATIONS 5.2-8 LEAK DETECTION METHODS, ACCURACY, AND SENSITIVITY 5.2-9

SUMMARY

OF SYSTEM ISOLATION/ALARMS OF SYS-TEMS MONITORED AND THE LEAK DETECTION METHODS USED 5.2-10

SUMMARY

OF ISOLATION ALARMS OF SYSTEM MONITORED AND LEAK DETECTION METHOD USED 5.3-1 UNIT 2 REACTOR VESSEL CHARPY TEST RESULTS VESSEL BELTL'INE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION 5.3-2 RADIATION RT AND EOL RT 5.4-1 REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS

5. 4-2 RHR RELIEF AND SAFETY VALVE DATA
5. 4-3 REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA Amendment 19 5 Vii1 May 1985

Nine, Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Number Title 5.l-la RATED OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR 5.1-1b COOLANT VOLUMES OF THE BOILING WATER REACTOR 24 5.1-2 NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM 5.2-1 SAFETY RELIEF VALVE CAPACITY SIZING TRANSIENT "MSIV CLOSURE WITH HIGH FLUX TRIP" 5.2-2 SAFETY RELIEF VALVE SCHEMATIC ELEVATION 5.2-3 SAFETY RELIEF VALVE AND STEAM LINE SCHEMATIC 5.2-4 NUCLEAR BOILER SYSTEM PE(ID 5.2-5 SCHEMATIC OF SAFETY RELIEF VALVE WITH AUXILIARYACTUATING DEVICE 5.2-5a ABNORMAL AMBIENT CONDITIONS FOR ACTUATOR QUALIFICATION TEST 5.2-6 TYPICAL BWR FLOW DIAGRAM 5.2-7 CONDUCTIVITY, pH, CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS AT 77 F (25 C)

5. 2-8 CALCULATED LEAK RATE VS CRACK LENGTH AS A FUNCTION OF APPLIED HOOP STRESS 5.2-9 AXIAL THROUGHWALL CRACK LENGTH DATA CORRELATION 5.3-1 BRACKET FOR HOIDING SURVEILLANCE CAPSULE 5.3-2 MINIMUM TEMPERATURES REQUIRED VERSUS REACTOR PRESSURE 5.3-3 PREDICTED ADJUSTMENT OF REFERENCE TEMPERATURE "A," AS A FUNCTION OF FLUENCE AND COPPER CONTENT 5.3-4 REACTOR VESSEI Amendment 24 5-ix February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)

Figure Number Title 5.3-5 NOMINAL REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVEL TRIP AND ALARM ELEVATION SETTINGS 5.4-1 RECIRCULATION SYSTEM ELEVATION AND ISOMETRIC 5.4-2 REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM PE(ID 5.4-3 RECIRCULATION PUMP HEAD, NPSH, FLOW CURVES AND'FFICIENCY F 4-4 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF JET PUMP 5.4-5 CORE FLOODING CAPABILITY OF RECIRCULATION SYSTEM 5.4-6 MAIN STEAMLINE FLOW RESTRICTOR 5.4-7 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE CUTAWAY VIEW S.4-S DELETED 5.4-9 RCIC SYSTEM 5.4-10 REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLANT SYSTEM PROCESS DIAGRAM 5.4-10a RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FIOW VS. POWER

5. 4-10b RCIC TURBINE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STEAM FLOW VS. PRESSURE
5. 4-11 VESSEL COOIANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (TWO HEAT EXCHANGERS AVAILABLE) 5.4-12 VESSEL COOLANT TEMPERATURE VERSUS TIME (ONE HEAT EXCHANGER AVAILABLE) 5.4-13 RHR SYSTEM Amendment 28 5-x May 1987

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR "

CHAPTER 5 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont)

Figure Number Title 5.4-14 RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM PROCESS DIAGRAM AND DATA 5.4-15 RHR PUMP CHARACTERISTIC CURVES 5.4-16 REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM 5.4-17 REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM 5.4-18 FlLTER DEMINERALIZER SYSTEM PE(ID Amendment 24 5-xa February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Amendment 7 5-xb December 1983

NINE MILEPOINT NUCLEAR STATION UNIT 2 D. g Qo[gg~

0 0000000 0 vor.. 19

~I(.'A ~

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Volume CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction 1.2 General Plant Description 1 3

~ Comparison Tables 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors 1.5 Requirements'for Further Technical Information 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference 1.7 Drawings and Other Detailed Information 1.8 Conformance to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.9 Standard Review Plan Conformance to Acceptance Criteria 1.10 Unit 2 Response to Regulatory Issues Resulting from TMI 1.11 Abbreviations and Acronyms

1. 12 Generic Licensing Issues
l. 13 Unit 2 Position on Unresolved Safety Issues CHAPTER 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 Geography and Demography 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities 2.3 Meteorology 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering 3,4 Appendix 2A Appendix 2B 5 Appendixes 2C through 2H 6 Appendixes 2I, 2J 7 Appendixes 2K, 2L, 2M 8 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria 3.2 Classification of Structures, Systems, and Components Amendment 16 December 1984

Nine Mile'oint Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loading 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design 3.5 Missile Protection 3.6A Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (SWEC Scope of Supply) 9,10 3 'B Protection Against, Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping (GE Scope of Supply) 10 3.7A Seismic Design 10 3.7B Seismic Design 10 3.8 Design of Seismic Category I Structures 10 3.9A Mechanical Systems and Components (SWEC Scope of Supply) 3.9B Mechanical Systems and Components (GE Scope of .Supply) 3.10A Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (SWEC Scope of Supply) 12 3.10B Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment (GE Scope of Supply) 12 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 12 Appendixes 3A through 3D 12 CHAPTER 4 REACTOR 12 4.1 Summary Description 12 4.2 Fuel System Design 12 4.3 Nuclear Design 12 Thermal/Hydraulic Design 12 4.5 Reactor Materials 12 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems 12 CHAPTER 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED SYSTEMS 13 5.1 Summary Description 13 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary 13

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF'ONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 5.3 Reactor Vessel 13 5.4 Component and Subsystem Design 13 CHAPTER 6 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials 13 6.2 Containment Systems 14 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling Systems 15 6.4 Habitability Systems 15 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems 6 6

~ Inservice Inspection of Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Components 15 Appendixes 6A, 6B 15 CHAPTER 7 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 15 7.1 Introduction 15 7.2 Reactor Protection (Trip)

System (RPS) Instrumentation and Controls . 15 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems 15 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown 16 7.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation 7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety 7.7 Control Systems Not Required for Safety 16 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER 16 8.1 Introduction 16 8.2 Offsite Power System 16 8.3 Onsite Power System 16, 17 CHA'PTER 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 17 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling 17 9.2 Water Systems 18 9.3 Process Auxiliaries 19 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 20,21 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 21,22 Appendix 9A 23

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume CHAPTER 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION SYSTEM 23

'I 10.1 Summary .Description 23 10.2 Turbine Generator 23 10.3 Main Steam Supply System 24 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System CHAPTER 11 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.1 Source Terms 24 11.2 Liquid Waste Management Systems 24 ll'. 3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems 25 11.4 Solid Waste Management System 25 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems 25 Appendix 11A 25 CHAPTER 12 RADIATION PROTECTION 25

12. 1 Ensuring That Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 25 12 2

~ Radiation Sources 25

12. 3 Radiation Protection Design Features 25
12. 4 Dose Assessment . 26
12. 5 Health Physics Program 26 CHAPTER 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS 26
13. 1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 26 13.2 Training 26
13. 3 Site Emergency Plan 26
13. 4 Operation Review and Audit, 26
13. 5 Plant Procedures 26 13 6

~ Industrial Security 26 Appendixes 13A, 13B 26 CHAPTER 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 26 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) 26 iv

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

Section Title Volume 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) 26,27 CHAPTER 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSIS 27 15.0 General 27 15.1 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Temperature 27 15.2 Increase in Reactor Pressure 27 15.3 Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 27

15. 4 Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies 27 15.5 Increase in Reactor Coolant Fl

.Inventory 27 15.6 Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory 27 15.7 Radioactive Release From Subsystems or Components 27 15.8 Anticipated Transients without Scram (ATWS) 27 Appendix 15A 28 Appendix 15B 28 Appendix 15C 28 26 Appendix 15D 28 Appendix 15E 28 CHAPTER 16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 CHAPTER 17 QUAI ITY ASSURANCE 28 17.0 Introduction 28 17.1 Quality Assurance Program During Operation 28 CHAPTER 18 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 28 18 1 F Human Factors Engineering Team 28 18.2 Safety Parameter Display System 28 Amendment 26 May 1986

0 Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3.1 Compressed Air Systems The compressed air systems consist of the instrument air system (IAS), the service air system (SAS), and the breathing air system (AAS). All three compressed air systems are used only for nonsafety-related equipment and components during normal plant operation.

The instrument air system is described in Section 9.3.1.1, followed by descriptions of the service air system and the breathing air system in Sections 9.3.1.2 and 9.3 '.3, respectively.

All instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, including the safety-related equipment and components of the automatic depressurization system (ADS) and the four inboard main steam isolation valve 28 (MSIV) actuator accumulators are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN). The automatic depressurization system and the instrument nitrogen systems are described in 'ections 9.3.1.4 and 9.3.1.5, respectively.

The four outboard main steam isolation valve (MSIV) actuator 28 accumulators are supplied with air from the reactor building instrument air receiving tank.

9.3.1.1 Instrument Air System 9.3.1.1.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Basis The instrument air system is not a safety-related control air system. It ofis not required to effect or support the the reactor or to perform safety-safe shutdown any related functions associated with its operation.

However, all instrument air system piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) design requirements so that their failure will not damage safety-related equipment, piping, and components.

The instrument air system component design bases are given in Section 3.2.

Amendment 28 May 1987

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Power Generation Bases The instrument -air system is designed to supply clean, dry, and oilfree air at 80 to 100 psig to all nonsafety-related

'plant instrumentation and control systems. However, all instrumentation and control systems located inside the Amendment 28 9.3-la May 1987

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR Each two-stage instrument air compressor assembly includes an intercooler, aftercooler, and air receiver tank. The instrument air compressor cylinders are of the non-lubricated type. The intake air filters and silencers are located on the turbine building roof. Cooling water is supplied to the air compressor cooling water system and heat exchangers from the reactor building closed-loop cooling water system.

Two refrigerant-type air dryers, with two prefilters and two afterfilters, are provided on the instrument air system supply header to filter and dry the air to a dewpoint of 35 F at 125 psig.

The instrument air system distribution piping network is supplied from a separate instrument air receiver tank located downstream of the refrigerant dryers and air filters. Instrument air used only for nonsafety-related instrumentation and control systems is distributed throughout the plant from this air receiver tank.

The service air system supply header is branched off the common compressed air supply header upstream of the instrument air dryers and filters. An isolation block valve on the service air system main supply branch header will automatically close and shut off the service air supply when the common compressed air supply header pressure decreases to less than 85 psig. The automatic shutoff and isolation of the service air system is designed to prevent decreased compressed air supply header pressure, as during high service air demand flows, which may adversely affect the operability of the instrument air system.

Each instrument air compressor has automatic unloader controls and a remote manual/automatic selector station for automatic start-stop operation. In the selected lead position the compressor runs continuously after starting and automatically unloads to maintain its air receiver pressure.

In the lag position the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure drops below the low-pressure setpoint of 90 psig. In the backup mode, the compressor will automatically start when the common air supply header pressure decays below the low-low pressure setpoint of 85 psig. The air compressors are operated from the normal plant power supply. Cooling water to the air compressor cooling system heat exchangers is supplied by the reactor =

building closed loop cooling system (Section 9.2.2.1).

Amendment 27 9.3-3 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3.1.1.3 Safety Evaluation The three instrument air compressors, i.e., the lead, lag, and backup units, operate to maintain the required pressure at the air receivers which provide the station's instrument air system with an air supply pressure of 100 to 120 psig.

Actuation of the selected lag unit is automatic when the compressed air supply header pressure decreases below 100 psig, and the selected backup unit automatically starts when the header pressure further decays below 85 psig.

The instrument air compressors and air receivers have sufficient capacities to supply the requirements of plant instrumentation and control systems. The loss of instrument and control air causes air-operated valves to fail to appropriate safe positions.

9.3.1.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements It is maintained air The instrument system operates on a continuous basis.

and monitored, and abnormal conditions are alarmed during normal plant operation.

The instrument air system will be tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.68.

Preoperational testing of the instrument air system is addressed in Table 14.2-43.

9.3.1.1.5 Instrumentation Requirements Manual and automatic controls are provided for maintaining an adequate supply of instrument air for air-operated instruments, equipment, and components. The controls and monitors described below are located in the main control room. The control system logic is shown on Figure 9.3-2.

Each instrument air compressor control system has a three-step regulator for free air unloading at constant speed and dual controls for both manual and fully automatic start-stop operation. The three-step regulation allows the compressor to operate at full, one-half, and zero load at rated speed as a function of the system air receiver pressure. The solenoid-operated three-way unloader valve in the control system automatically provides a 15-sec time delay for free Amendment 26 9. 3-4 May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR increasing the piping internal pressures. Therefore, piping inside the primary, containment is protected b'y thermal relief valves. The piping outside the primary containment is protected by the air compressor and receiver relief valves. Piping in Category I areas has been designed so that, its failure will prevent damage to safety-related equipment. With the exception of the containment penetrations and isolation valves, the service air system is nonsafety-related.

9.3.1.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements No special inspection and testing are required following preoperational testing except for ISI of the containment, penetrations (Section 6.6).

9.3.1.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements The air supply for the service air system is provided by the

-instrument air system. The only controls and monitors for the service air system are an instrument air/service air operated block (globe) valve and its associated alarm which is located. in the main control room. The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-'2.

In the normal mode, the service air system block valve can be opened locally at LCS738 only condition does not exist.

if The a low-low pressure valve will close 27 automatically on low-low pressure. The valve can be opened and closed manually.

Monitorin An alarm is provided for service air system block valve closure.

9.3.1.3 Breathing Air System The breathing air system provides clean, dry, oilfree air to various areas throughout the plant for breathing.

9.3.1.3.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Bases The breathing . air system is not required to effect or support safe shutdown of the reactor ot to perform in the Amendment 27 9.3-7 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR operation of reactor safety features. However, all items contained in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported for SSE conditions so that their failure will not damage safety- related equipment. For containment penetrations, see Section 3.2.

0 erational Desi n Basis The breathing air system has been designed to provide air suitable for breathing at selected breathing air stations for use by unit personnel during potential or actual airborne contamination situations.

9.3.1.3.2 System Description Compressed air is supplied to the breathing air syst: em by an oilfree reciprocative air'ompressor (Figure 9..3-3). The compressor is designed with a capacity of 250 scfm at 85 psig discharge pressure and is equipped with an inlet filter and aftercooler. Inlet air to the compressor "is taken from outside the turbine building, compressed, cooled, and discharged via headers to two air receivers. The compressor is provided with manual and automatic starting and shutdown features.

Cooling is provided by a self-contained cooling unit that consists of a circulating pump and forced draft type radiator.

Air quality is maintained by an inline three-stage filtration unit that removes oil, water, particulates, and carbon monoxide, and delivers clean air that meets OSHA requirements for breathing air.

During normal unit power operation, breathing 'air piping within the primary containment will be physically disconnected by a flexible hose connection and isolated by valves inside and outside the containment.

The compressor aftercooler is a shell and tube, counterflow heat exchanger with air passing through the tubes and coolant circulating around the tubes. An integral moisture separator equipped with an automatic drain trap'emoves condensed moisture from the cooled air. Coolant is provided by a self-contained cooling system. The aftercooler is built to ASME Section VIII, Division 1, requirements for a design pressure of 125 psig, and is equipped with a relief valve.

Amendment 23 9.3-8 December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The automatic depressurization system is safety-related, and

'all pressure-retaining components of the system are designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements .of ASME Section III, Division Subsection 1,

for Subsection ND for Class '3 components, and NC Class 2 components. Not included in this safety-related classification are the nitrogen gas storage tanks, equipment, and components located in the yard outside- the reactor building.

Piping segments that. penetrate the primary containment and serve as a containment boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, Category I requirements.

The loss of nitrogen gas-fo'r instrumentation and controls causes gas-operated valves to fail to appropriate safe positions. In the event that the nitrogen gas supply from the nitrogen gas storage tanks is lost, a 5-day supply is available to the accumulators from ADS nitrogen receiver tanks 2IAS*TK4(Z-) and 2IAS*TK5(Z-). In addition, there are provisions for recharging the ADS nitrogen receiver tanks through its individual supply lines located in a missile-protected area outside the standby gas treatment building from special emergency tube trailer supply connections.

These special, emergency recharging lines are part of the GSN system and are classified Seismic Category I, Safety

'lass 3.

Power Generation Bases The automatic depressurization system requires clean, dry, oilfree nitrogen gas at approximately 175 psig to be supplied to the selected group of seven main steam safety relief valves and their respective accumulators located inside the reactor primary containment. This designated group of ADS safety relief valves and accumulators is divided into two subgroups with three or four valves and accumulators in each subgroup. Each subgroup is supplied with nitrogen gas from one of two separate ADS receiver tanks. Each ADS receiver tank is supplied with nitrogen gas at 365 psig from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Nitrogen gas supplied for instrumentation and controls meets or exceeds the equivalent air quality requirements established for safety-related control air systems (SRCAS) by ANSI MC11.1-1975 (approved- January 15, 1976) (ISA-S7;3), Quality Standard for Instrument Air.

All piping, valves, and fittings associated with the stainless steel automatic depressurization system are of materials. Also, the system will be given a complete Amendment 28 9.3-11 May 1987

I Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR preoperational cleaning until the applicable acceptance

.,

cleanliness levels "are: established and verified. In

.addition, since the piping system materials are corrosion-resistant, the cleanliness levels achieved during preoperational cleaning are expected to be maintained and controlled to within acceptable limits.

Each of the six high-pressure nitrogen gas storage vessels is designed, fabricated, tested, and stamped in accordance with the ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code,Section VIII, and conforms to Code Case No. 1205 for seamless integrally forged vessels. The six-vessel modular assembly is provided with manifold isolation valves which separate three active vessels and three reserve vessels. A fill provided for refueling from a high-pressure tube trailer.

stanchion is 9.3.1.4.2 System Description The automatic depressurization system is supplied with nitrogen gas from a bank of six horizontal, high-pressure nitrogen gas storage tanks located outside the reactor building. Nitrogen gas is supplied to two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks at 365 psig. Each ADS nitrogen receiver tank supplies nitrogen gas to its corresponding subgroup of either three or four ADS valves and accumulators through a 365/185 psig pressure reducing station. These two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks provide makeup nitrogen to compensate for valve leakage losses and to maintain ,the required pressure at the accumulators.

A diaphragm-type'DS air compressor is provided to supply instrument quality air for testing purposes, during plant shutdown

and maintenance if desired, periods. Its discharge air supply connection is valved off during normal plant operation.

9.3.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation The two ADS nitrogen receiver tanks supplied by the bank of six horizontal nitrogen gas storage tanks will operate to maintain the required ADS valve-accumulator pressure of 175 psig.

Each nitrogen gas accumulator provides a passive safeguard which automatically supplies a motive source for the operation of each, SRV in the automatic depressurization system. The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators can only affect a single SRV. This is due to the independence of the other, and a postulated single failure does not prevent the operation of the remaining units. The Amendment. 23 9.3-lla December 1985

Nine llile Point Unit 2 FSAR

2. Open (red) and closed (green) indicating lights for the following:
a. ADS primary containment isolation valves.
b. ADS header high flow valves.
c. ADS header low flow valves.
3. Inoperable (amber) indicating lights for the following:
a. ADS isolation valves bypass/inoperable.
b. ADS control valve power failure.
c. ADS systems manually out, of service.

Position off-normal (white) indicating lights for the ADS primary containment isolation valves.

Pressure indicators for the following:

a. ADS nitrogen supply headers.
b. ADS nitrogen receiver tanks.

Annunciators for the following:

ADS air compressor auto tripj'fail to start (not used during normal plant operation) .

b. ADS air compressor auto start (not used during normal plant operation).

C. Primary containment isolation valve power failure.

d. ADS supply nitrogen systems bypassed or inoperable.
e. Keylock AVOCA override.
f. ADS trouble.
g. ADS nitrogen supply header pressure low.
h. ADS primary containment manual isolation.

Amendment 24 9.3-11d February 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR 9.3.1.5 Instrument Nitrogen System 9.3.1.5.1 Design Bases Safet Desi n Basis Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment are supplied with nitrogen gas at 120 psig from the instrument nitrogen system (GSN). The IAS designation is retained for these systems which are nitrogen gas exclusively during normal plant operation.

Instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment, except as described in Section 9.3.1.4.5, are not safety related. However, all piping, valves, and fittings located in Category I areas are seismically analyzed and supported in accordance with safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) design requirements so that their failure. will not damage safety-related equipment. For containment penetrations and items within the containment areas, see Section 3.2.

Power Generation Desi n Bases Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment areas is supplied from the vapor spaces of two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks maintained under a constant pressure of approximately 200 psig. The liquid nitrogen tanks are located in the yard area, north-northeast of the reactor building, alongside the railroad access lock. From the liquid nitrogen tanks nitrogen flows through an active bank of finned ambient vaporizers, a trim heater for heating to 70 F, and a 200/120 psig pressure-reducing station. An instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity. Nitrogen gas for instrumentation and controls inside the primary containment, is distributed from this nitrogen receiver.

A nitrogen gas backup supply connection is provided from the high-pressure nitrogen gas storage cylinders to the 26 (

instrument nitrogen receiver through a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing station.

Although instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment are nonsafety-related, the nitrogen gas supplied for these systems meets or exceeds the quality requirements of ANSI MC11.1-1975 (approved January 15, 1976) (ISA-S7.3), Quality Stan-dard Instrument Air, for use with safety-related Amendment 26 9.3-lie May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR control,air systems (SRCAS) . Additionally, these piping systems will receive a preoperational cleaning for the removal of contaminants and to. provide the required cleanliness level required. Also, all piping associated with these systems is of stainless steel, which eliminates the potential for particulate contamination coming from the piping material.

The pressure-retaining components of the instrumentation and control systems located inside the reactor primary containment are designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASME Section III, Division 1, Subsection ND for Class 3 components, and Subsection NC for Class 2 components.

Piping segments that penetrate the primary containment, boundary are designed to Safety Class 2, seismic Category I requirements.

Each 11',000-gal liquid nitrogen storage tank contains the equivalent gas capacity of 1,024,000 SCF of nitrogen. Each storage vessel consists of a Type 304 stainless steel inner tank fabricated to Section VIII of the ASME Code requirements, an outer- carbon steel jacket, and an annular space under vacuum filled with superinsulation for maintaining a low normal evaporation rate of approximately 0.15 percent per day. The normal operating pressure of the liquid nitrogen storage tank is 200 psig.

9.3.1.5.2 System Description The nitrogen gas supply for instrumentation and controls

"

within the reactor primary containment areas is provided by the two 11,000-gal liquid nitrogen vertical storage tanks

.located in the yard area (see Figure 9.3-20 for system 23 PEcIDs). These two liquid nitrogen storage tanks also supply nitrogen gas for inerting the primary containment when required. Additionally, a low-pressure slipstream from the nitrogen gas system maintains the reactor primary containment atmosphere inerted during normal plant operations. A nitrogen gas backup connection to the instrument nitrogen system is provided from the high pressure nitrogen gas 'storage cylinders through a 365/100 psig pressure-reducing station during off-normal conditions for instrument nitrogen supply.

The nitrogen gas supply for instrumentation and controls is normally drawn off the vapor spaces of the liquid nitrogen storage tanks, absorbs heat energy from the surrounding environment, across an active bank of finned ambient vaporizers, heated to 70OF through one of two electric trim heaters, and its pressure reduced from 200 psig to 120 psig.

Amendment 23 9.3-11f December 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR I

The instrument nitrogen system is provided with all necessary pressure and temperature indicators, alarms, and safety relief devices for safe and reliable operation. A solenoid-operated temperature control valve installed in the main supply header is set to close if the nitrogen gas temperature drops to the low temperature setpoint. This is a safeguard feature that prevents the flow of low temperature nitrogen gas into the piping distribution system in the event of a trim heater failure.

An instrument nitrogen receiver is provided inside the reactor building for additional storage capacity. Nitrogen gas is distributed throughout the instrumentation and control systems piping network within the reactor primary containment areas from this receiver.

9.3.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation The station nitrogen systems operate to supply the instrumentation and'"control systems inside the reactor primary containment with instrument quality nitrogen gas at 120 psig.

The liquid nitrogen storage tanks and the six modular nitrogen gas .cylinders, nitrogen gas receivers, and accumulators have sufficient capacities to supply the requirements of the instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment.

The principal gas-operated valves supplied with instrument nitrogen gas inside the primary containment areas are the inboard main steam isolation valves, the main steam safety 28 relief valves, and the drywell vacuum breakers. The selected main steam 'safety relief valves in the automatic depressurization system (ADS) are independently supplied with nitrogen gas from the high pressure nitrogen gas storage cylinders described in the previous section, Section 9.3.1.4.

Each accumulator in the instrument nitrogen system provides a passive safeguard which automatically supplies a motive power source for the operation of each safety relief valve.

The failure of a pilot control valve in the valve actuators is limited to that particular single safety relief valve, as each SRV is independent of the others; and a postulated single failure does not interfere with the operation of the remaining units. The design bases covering the total number of safety relief valves include additional allowances for the malfunction of any one valve.

Amendment 28 9.3-1lg May 1987

Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR The failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) of the instrument nitrogen systems, as part of the overall instrument air systems, is provided in the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR FMEA Report.

To prevent introducing cold (less than 40 F) nitrogen into the primary containment, the nitrogen temperature, for normal inerting, is controlled ,to 70OF and monitored upstream of the normal vent and purge lines. Low nitrogen temperature (55 F) is alarmed in the control room. Should the temperature continue to fall to 40~F at the outlet of the vaporizer, an independent temperature device will trip the outlet control valve closed. The nitrogen supply to the instrument nitrogen 'ystem is fed from nitrogen storage bottles and the ambient vaporizer is followed by trim heaters to hold the temperature at 70 F. The supply is fed to an accumulator prior to any containment penetration, thus essentially 'recluding any cold nitrogen from entering the containment. In addition, a temperature sensing device just downstream of the trim heater will trip the downstream valve closed.

there is if the no temperature equipment drops below 40OF.

or piping in the direct In addition, path of the injected nitrogen in either the drywell or wetwell, and the nitrogen system is normally isolated from the primary containment. Inerting is controlled administratively, and the valves are returned to a closed position after inerting.

'I 9.3.1.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements The instrument nitrogen system is operated on a continuous basis. It is maintained and monitored, with off-normal conditions alarmed during normal plant operation.

The instrumentation and control systems within the reactor primary containment will be tested in accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulatory positions of Regulatory Guide 1.68.3, as discussed in Table 1.8-1. )ze 9.3.1.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements Instrumentation and controls are provided for the manual and automatic operation of the nitrogen instrument systems within the reactor primary containment areas. These controls and monitors are described below.

The nitrogen gas system is placed in operation manually, including the trim heaters. In normal operation only one of Amendment, 26 9.3-11h May 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR two trim heaters is used to'ontrol the nitrogen gas temperature. The other trim heater is held on standby.

The instrument nitrogen systems primary containment isolation valves close when any of the following conditions exist:: the control switch is in the normal closed position, a LOCA isolation signal is present, and the manual isolation switch is activated. The isolation valves can be manually open'ed when a LOCA isolation signal is not present and the manual isolation switch is not activated.

'

Control room indications are provided for the following functions:

Open (red) and closed (green) indicating lights for the instrument nitrogen 'system primary containment isolation valves.

2. Position off-normal (white) indicating lights for the instrument nitrogen system primary containment, isolation valves.
3. Annunciators for the following:
a. Primary containment isolation valve power failure.
b. Keylock LOCA override.
c. Instrument, nitrogen system trouble.
d. Instrument nitrogen system primary containment manual isolation.

Amendment 18 9.3-11i March 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR High temperature samples (steam samples or liquid samples at temperatures greater than 180'F) are condens'ed and/or subcooled using local (close to the sample source) coolers.

These coolers are Type 316 stainless steel and are rated at 5,000 psig at 1,000 F. Their maximum working conditions exceed the design conditions of all sample sources.

All samples entering the sample panels are cooled sufficiently to ensure operator safety. Each sample line has an air-operated isolation valve (AOV) close to the sample source. These AOVs are manually activated by pneumatic valves from the sample panel. In the reactor and turbine sample systems, the high temperature samples have temperature switches that will automatically close the AOV if the sample temperature in the panel exceeds 180 F.

the radwaste sample system, flow switches are installed on In the outlet cooling water lines for the sample coolers. The flow switches will close the sample line isolation AOVs low cooling water flow is sensed.

if All AOVs fail closed upon loss of control power or air supply pressure. Manually operated, rod-in-tube pressure-reducing valves reduce any residual high sample pressure in the sample panel. Manual needle or globe valves regulate final grab sample flow. To ensure proper temperature compensation of conductivity measurements, conductivity samples are conditioned to 77 +1'F by a constant temperature bath prior to inline analysis. Suitable panel instrumentation is provided to allow proper sample system operation and to ensure the safety of the operator. Grab sample sinks have ventilated fume hoods to collect any airborne contamination. All sample panels are located in low radiation areas to reduce operator exposure. All liquid sample drainage is directed a3 to the respective building equipment drain system or is

(

collected and returned to the plant.

To provide representative samples, all sample lines are sized to maintain Reynolds numbers in excess of 4,000 (fully turbulent flow). Sample tubing runs are as short as possible and are sized to allow the highest practicable velocities. All tubing enters the top of the sample panel, thereby allowing the final leg of tubing to be downward in direction. To minimize coolant loss in case of a leak, tubing with an internal diameter of 0.18 in (reactor and turbine sample systems) and 0.209 in (radwaste sample system) is used. The tubing is ASTM A213 Grade Type 316 stainless steel rated at 4,261 psig at 1,000 F. These maximum working conditions exceed the design condition of all sample sources. Incoloy 825 tubing is used on the Amendment 23 9.3-15 December 1985 e

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR radwaste evaporator sample; lines. This material was selected due to its corrosion resistance to sodium sulfate solution being sampled.

Parent process piping is fitted with sample probes or wall taps in turbulent flow zones to ensure representative samples. All continuous samples have bypass purge lines around the analyzers. Grab samples are purged to hooded sinks.

9.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation The process sampling systems are not required to function during or following an accident, nor are they required to safely shut down the reactor.

9.3.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Nearly all process sampling system components are used regularly during power operation or during shutdown; thereby providing continuous assurance of system availability and performance. Routine calibration checks are performed on the continuous analyzers to ensure accurate indications and alarm functions.

9.3.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements 9.3.2.5.1 Reactor Plant Sample System Instruments and controls are provided, to monitor the quality of reactor coolant and various reactor plant fluid systems.

The controls described below are situated locally'. Except where noted, the monitors described below are located in the main control room. The control logic is shown on Figure 9.3-6.

>> Temperature and flow rate indicators are provided on the sample panel in the reactor building to indicate that

(

samples are properly conditioned for sampling purposes.

Sample valves for sampling lines are opened and closed manually. The sample valves for the RHR heat exchangers and the reactor recirculation inlet samples automatically trip closed on high sample temperature to prevent excessive downstream temperature in the sample line.

Amendment 23 9.3-16 December 1985

Nine Mile Point, Unit 2 FSAR The diesel generator building drain sump pumps discharge to the storm sewer through the diesel generator yard area oil separator by a hand-operated valve.

Monitorin Reactor Buildin E ui ment and Floor Drains Recorders are provided for:

1. Drywell floor drain tank level.
2. Drywell floor drain pump flow.
3. Drywell floor drain leak rate.
4. Drywell equipment drain tank level.
5. Drywell equipment drain pump flow.
6. Drywell equipment drain leak rate.

Alarms are provided for:

1. Reactcr building floor drain leakage high.
2. Reactor building floor drain temperature high.
3. Drywell floor drain tank level high-high.
4. Drywell floor drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
5. Drywell floor drain leakage rate high.
6. Drywell floor drain daily leakage rate high.
7. General area, HPCS, LPCS, RHR-A, RHR-B, RHR-C, and RCIC pump rooms flood water level high.
8. Reactor building floor drain system trouble.

9 ~ Reactor building equipment drain tank leakage high.

10. Drywell equipment drain containment isolation valves inoperable.
11. Drywell equipment drain tank temperature high.
12. Drywell equipment drain leakage rate high.

Amendment 27 9.3-27 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR

13. Drywell equipment drain daily leakage rate high.
14. Drywell equipment drain tank level high-high.
15. Reactor building equipment drains system trouble.
16. Reactor water drain valves not closed.
17. Drywell floor drain containment isolation valve motor overload.

22 18. Drywell equipment drain containment isolation valve motor overload.

19. Drywell floor drain pump motor overload.
20. Drywell equipment drain pump motor overload.
21. Cubicles 2RHS*ElA and *E1B flooded.

Turbine Buildin E i ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided for:

1. Turbine building floor drains leakage high.
2. Turbine building floor drains system trouble.
3. Turbine building equipment drains leakage high.
4. Turbine building equipment drain system trouble.

Radwaste Buildin E ui ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided for:

1. Radwaste building equipment and floor drains leakage high.
2. Radwaste building equipment and floor drain system trouble.

Miscellaneous Buildin s E ui ment and Floor Drains Alarms are provided for:

22 1. Screenwell building floor and equipment drains leakage high.

2. Screenwell building floor drain sump 5 level high.

Amendment 22 9.3-28 November 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR minates the nuclear fission chain reaction in the uranium fuel. The specified neutron absorber solution is sodium pentaborate (NazB>>0>< ~ 10Hz0). It is prepared by dissolving stoichiometric quantities of borax and boric acid in demineralized water. An air sparger is provided in the tank for mixing. To prevent system plugging, the tank outlet is raised above the bottom of the tank.

The SLC system can deliver enough sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor (Figure 9.3-18) to assure reactor shutdown. This is accomplished by filling the SLC storage tank with dimineralized water to.the low level alarm point, and then adding sodium pentaborate. The solution can be diluted with water to within 6 in of the overflow level volume to allow for evaporation losses or to lower the saturation temperature. The tank may contain boron solution from a minimum volume of 4,418 gal (net low level volume) to a maximum of 4,815 gal (net high level volume) based on a zero level of 5.1 in above the centerline of the outlet.

The minimum temperature of the fluid in the tank and piping is consistent with that obtained from Figure 9.3-19 for the solution temperature. The saturation temperature of the recommended solution is 60 F at the low level alarm volume.

Equipment containing the solution is installed in an area in which the air temperature is maintained within the range of 70 F to 100 F. An electrical resistance heater system provides a backup heat source that maintains the solution temperature between 75 F (automatic operation) and 85 F (automatic shutoff) to.prevent precipitation of the sodium pentaborate from the solution during storage. High or low temperature, or high or low liquid level, causes an alarm in the main control room. The entire system is located within the reactor building, so it is unaffected by cold weather.

The positive displacement pumps are sized to inject the boron solution (minimum 41.2 gpm per pump) into the reactor within a specified time period, independent of the amount of solution in the tank.

The pump and system design pressure between the explosive valves and the pump discharge is 1,400 psig. The two relief valves are set to open at 1,387 psig with no back pressure.

To prevent bypass flow in the event that a pressure relief valve fails and opens, a check valve is provided downstream of each relief valve in 'each pump discharge line.

The two explosive-actuated injection valves provide assurance of opening when needed and ensure that boron does Amendment 27 9.3-31 July 1986

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR not, leak into the reactor even when the pumps are being

-

tested. Each explosive valve is closed by a shear. plug in the inlet chamber. The plug is circumscribed with a deep groove so the end readily shears off when pushed with the valve plunger. This opens the'nlet hole through the plug.

The sheared end is pushed out of the way in the chamber and is shaped so it does not block the ports after release.

The shearing plunger is actuated by an explosive. charge with dual ignition primers inserted in the side ch'amber of the valve. Ignition circuit continuity is monitored by a trickle current, and an alarm occurs in the control room either circuit opens. Indicator lights show which primary if circuit opened.

Signals from the RRCS can automatically initiate the .SLCS by actuating both loops. The SLC 'system can also be actuated manually by two keylocked spring-return switches which ensure that switching from the NORMAL position to RUN position is a deliberate act. .Operation of either switch starts an injection pump and simultaneously opens its respective explosive valve and storage tank outlet valve..

The initiation generates a signal to .close the reactor water cleanup system isolation valve to prevent loss or dilution of the boron. This isolation signal is sealed-in during SLC operation and remains sealed-in until reset by operator action.

A light in the control room indicates that power- is available to the pump motor contactor and that the contactor is deenergized (pump not running). Another light indicates that the contactor is energized (pump running).

Storage tank liquid level, tank outlet valve position, pump discharge pressure pump flow, and loss of continuity of the explosive valves indicate that the system is functioning.

Pump discharge, pump flow, and valve status are indicated in the main control room.

Equipment drains and 'ank overflow are not piped to the

.

radwaste system but to a separate container (such as. a 55-gal drum) that can be'"removed and disposed of independently to prevent any trace of boron f'rom inadvertently reaching the reactor.

Table 9.3-2 contains the process data. for the various modes of operation of the SLC system. Seismic category and safety class. are included in Table 3.2-1. Principle's of system testing are discussed in Section 9.3.5.4.

Amendment 18 9.3-32 =March 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR THIS PAGE INTENTIONAjLY BI.ANK Amendment 18 9.3-33b March 1985

Nine Mile Point Unit 2 FSAR The SLC equipment required for injection of neutron absorber solution into the reactor is designed as Category I for withstanding the specified earthquake loadings (Chapter 3).

The syst: em piping and equipment are designed, installed, and tested in accordance with requirements stated in Section 3.9B.

The SLC system is powered normally from offsite power sources. In the event of a plant offsite power failure, the pumps, valves, and controls necessary to assure boron injection are powered from the standby diesel generators.

The heaters are manually connectable to the standby diesel generators. The pumps and valves are powered and controlled from separate divisional buses and circuits.

The SLC pumps have sufficient pressure margin, up to the system relief valve setting of 1,387 psig with no back pressure to assure solutioninjection into the reactor above the normal pressure in the bottom of the reactor.- The reactor safety relief valves begin to relieve pressure above approximately 1,100 psig. Therefore, the 'LC positive displacement pumps cannot overpressurize the nuclear system.

Only one of the two standby liquid control loops is needed for backup shutdown system operation. If a redundantis component (e. g., pump) in one of the two parallel loops found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to shutdown capability, and reactor operation can continue during repairs. The time during which one of the two parallel loops may be out of operation is given in the Technical Specifications.

9.3.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements Testability of one pump at a time is possible while the reactor is in service. While one pump is being tested during reactor operation, the other pump is capable of in-Amendment 26 9 '-34 May 1986